The Promise of Ascension

From GoldenGaiaDB
Jump to: navigation, search

Contents

Ascension is Coming

Life has a Purpose

From 2015

Some people do not believe in God or that there is a purpose in life, yet both will affect the outcome of whatever experiences they choose. You cannot remove God from your life, and it will have been planned prior to your birth regardless of what you may believe. (SaLuSa. Channelled by Mike Quinsey. January 30, 2015, http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/Mike%20Quinsey/channeled%20messages/January%202015/salusa_30_january_2015__nothing.htm)

From 2012

What would be the point in life if there was no apparent purpose to it. Surely without it there would be chaos and disorder and no real goal to aim for. Whereas it really flows along a divinely ordained path, that will lift Humankind up by giving every soul an opportunity to ascend. So within the chaos a plan for your evolution has almost been completed, to end this stage of it. Then you will enter a another cycle at a higher vibration, with the aim of going even higher. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

In such unsettling times such as you are in now, you need to keep a cool head and never forget the reason you have come to Earth at this time. It was to awaken to your true self as a Being of Light, and lift the level of your consciousness so that you were ready to ascend as soon as the opportunity arose.

You have a whole ream of experiences still to come, but in the end Ascension is your goal and that is really all that matters. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2012.)

Come out of your cocoons that are hiding your true self, the Light Being that you are and always will be. This is the time to claim your divine rights and sovereignty, and you are being given every help to do so. You are Beings of untold power and providing you can accept the responsibility to use it wisely, you will ascend and become the creator that you were previously before the fall.

Even now you still create but it takes longer to manifest, and you may not realise what you have done. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2012.)

So some souls will carry on drifting around and be quite content to watch the world go by. Their pace of progress is clearly a lot slower than most other peoples, but that has no bearing on their ability to eventually experience upliftment. The fact is that all souls have DNA genes that give them the impetus to seek the truth, and that will inevitably cause them to continue searching for it. The urge usually comes with wondering about the purpose of life, and this carries them forward on a long journey of adventure. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

We hear the cry, "Why am I here" as there does not appear to be any apparent purpose, but what you are in is an ongoing experience that is lifting up your level of consciousness. The ultimate goal is to prepare you for a return to full consciousness and Ascension, so that you may at last leave behind duality as you know it. Some wonder what they must have been like in previous lives, but do not concern yourselves too much about them.

At some stage you will have the power of full recollection, but the important part is that you have learnt from them, and the details are irrelevant. Today is what counts where you are concerned, as you are the sum total of all of your experiences. For many of you it is one that proves you have evolved sufficiently to understand the nature of unconditional love, and that is a most wonderful achievement. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

From 2011

Beloved masters, in the very beginning, each of you were one of the Holy Innocent Ones, a brilliant Spark of the Supreme Creator. When it came your turn to externalize and awaken, you suddenly were aware of your godliness as a fragment of the ALL THAT IS. Then came a startling awareness of your own conscious I AM Presence as an individualized facet of the Creator. This awakening of Souls has continued at every level, in every dimension of Creation, and continues today as Great Beings of Light are brought forth to create new galaxies, solar systems, planets and worlds without end. (Archangel Michael through Ronna Herman, Feb. 27, 2011, at www.AskArchangelMichael.com.)

From 2010

Whatever happens on Earth, never lose sight of the reason you are in the end times. Ascension is the most important aspect of your future experiences. (SaLuSa, May 28, 2010.)

Understanding the purpose of life is most important, and a step forward that moves you firmly onto your spiritual path. (SaLuSa, Apr. 19, 2010.)

From 2009

Everyone's lives have purpose and lead you ever onwards in your evolutionary search for upliftment. After all what meaning would your lives have if there was not some goal you were working towards? Your existence is not some freak accident, but of a careful design intended to give you every opportunity to move off the wheel of rebirth.

Ascension is that very process you can join that will bring an end to your need to continue in the cycle of Duality. You can of course ascend at any time, but what is special about this time is that the whole of Humanity has been given that choice. Also it is unique because you will ascend in a physical body, that has changed its body cells to make it suitable for life in the higher dimensions. By the end of the cycle it will be possible to say, that everyone had at some time been given the opportunity to take a new path out of duality. (SaLuSa, Dec. 16, 2009.)

As you stand poised at the threshold of the new Golden Age for mankind, many, who until now have thought little about life's meaning and why they are on earth, are starting to experience unaccustomed physical and psychic sensations.  They find these very unsettling and disturbing and wonder about their sanity, yet at the same time find them interesting and intriguing.  They want to talk about them, but are afraid that others will think them foolish, or worse.

And these of course are the first signs of an awakening - an awakening to the realization that their lives truly have a meaning and purpose beyond everyday reality. They are beginning to feel a deep longing for much, much more than life on Earth offers, and yet this makes no sense to them. They are confused and lonely and lack a trustworthy listener or guide. (Saul, July 5, 2009.)

All proceeds in an orderly manner with purpose even if you cannot grasp it. (Atmos of Sirius, June 24, 2009.)

The vibrations of Earth dull your senses, and it is not until you rise up higher that you can fully grasp the purpose of life on Earth. (SaLuSa, Apr. 3, 2009.)

We put a lot of emphasis on Ascension because that is what everything has been working towards. The energy of evolution has to have a goal as otherwise your efforts would be aimless and non-productive. Fortunately that inner drive towards something many know not is now becoming clear and we hope to have been part of the source that has clarified that information for you. (SaLuSa, March 20, 2009.)

[Ascension] is a natural step in your evolution, without which you could not move out of the lower vibrations. We see it as only a matter of time before more souls reach a point of true awareness of their higher purpose in life. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

What is Ascension?

From 2015

That is the Ascension. Many of you are having the experience of being completely out of body, looking down at the shell of who you are, then coming back with completely new paradigm. (An Hour With An Angel – TheDivine Mother: Welcome To ‘New Time’, http://goldenageofgaia.com/2015/01/27/divine-mother-welcome-new-time/) From 2013

The Kingdom of Heaven is whatever you want it to be; it is your heart, it is your child at rest, it is Cities of Light, it is the situation in which your full vision is restored so that you can see what has gone before you and what comes after you. It is a place of joy where the Angels and the Archangels, and yes, we the Masters, sit and walk and talk with you. But there is not simply…it is as vast as the Universe and it is as small as a new born duckling.

The ability to experience the Kingdom of Heaven is within you right now. There is a misunderstanding, so I am glad, my friend, that you have asked this question, there is a misunderstanding that you cannot experience the Kingdom of Heaven unless you have died, left your body. But that is not true; this is what this Ascension is about, it is anchoring Heaven on Earth, it is anchoring Love on Earth because that is what Heaven is. It is the state of being completely and totally in Love and having the freedom of movement to explore, to play, to sing, to go bowling if you wish. ("Transcript: Lao Tzu on Humility on Heavenly Blessings," April 26, 2013, at "http://goldenageofgaia.com/2013/04/transcript-lao-tzu-on-humility-on-heavenly-blessings/")

There comes a time in everyone's, (teacher and student), evolutionary journey when he shifts into a realization of oneness. This may come in an instant after lifetimes of spiritual seeking, or it may be a slow and gradual process. This is ascension, the attainment of that state of consciousness that realizes everything Real is perfect and held in place by Divine law and that ONE is ever manifesting ITSELF as... What you "see is what you get" as the saying goes... Your state of consciousness is interpreting for you, the divine ideas embodied within the One. (The Arcturian Group, Feb. 10, 2013.)

From 2012

What is Ascension? It is being in the heart, in love and in unity with us, and with each other and your sacred self. It is letting go. It does not in any way diminish, reduce your beauty or your light. Quite the opposite: it enhances beyond your understanding your capacity to be and to be in creation with us. ("The Divine Mother on 12/12/12 and 21/12/12," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/the-divine-mother-on-121212-and-211212/.)

There will be some surprises, not only amongst you, but within your sacred selves as you realize who you are. ("The Divine Mother on 12/12/12 and 21/12/12," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/the-divine-mother-on-121212-and-211212/.)

Ascension is a process that comes to all souls eventually, many times if necessary. The fact is that you will not want to remain in the lower dimensions forever. It has its attractions, but once you have conquered it and overcome the low vibration you will want to move on. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

A lot of people are going through an intense process of unifying with their soul in this time. You could say that every lifetime represents one ray from a big sun. Your essence or your soul is this sun, and what happens when ascension takes place, as you call it, is that you move up that ray and come closer to the source of light. And it may be the case that in this process you connect with other rays, remember other lifetimes you had.

Your consciousness grows wider, and you realise that you are much more than this human body made of flesh and blood. (Jesuha through Pamela Kribbe, May 16, 2012. at http://jeshua.net/.)

There are many planets in many solar systems, many galaxies, many universes that have ascended. ("Heavenly Blessings, April 5, 2012, with Archangel Jophiel," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/04/heavenly-blessings-april-5-2012-with-archangel-jophiel/.)

This golden opportunity is yours and ours and it is not just for Gaia, for Earth, it is for this universe and far beyond. You do not fully understand the ramifications of what is taking place here, nor do you need to. You have enough on your plate. But let us say, the beauty, the wonder, the love, that is why all are in attendance. It is not because of the drama or the chaos. Yes we help with that and it will be eliminated, it has no place where we are going.

But why we are here is because of the love that we witness in each and every one of you. ("Heavenly Blessings, April 5, 2012, with Archangel Jophiel," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/04/heavenly-blessings-april-5-2012-with-archangel-jophiel/ .)

This opportunity where there is a mass ascension does not come round very often, and it is your release from duality and the need to re-incarnate regularly. With this in mind, we are sure that you do not need much encouragement to put the effort in to step off the ladder of re-birth. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2012.)

It is Earth's destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

The singularly most profound aspect of this transit will be the energetic harmonization of the Divine with the physical, or as some would say, the manifestation of Heaven on Earth, meaning, that the very nature of what we understand reality to be will increasingly become 'distorted into Divinity.'

The metaphysical means by which this most wondrous process can best be explained is through the phenomenon now known as Spacetime Curvature, where time and space condense to a point of infinity, or as some theoretical physicists call the 'Zero Point.' This evolutionary mechanism, sourcing from the Event Horizon at the center of the Milky Way, is responsible for the Ascension of not only planet Earth, but of our entire galaxy.

The dawning of this glorious new era is a testament to the infinite and cyclical nature of Creation, best exemplified by our solar system's coming passage through the galactic horizon, otherwise known as the 'photon belt', which will transition us from a quadrant of darkness into a quadrant of Light. Rest assured that as of December 21st, 2012, the planet Earth will have crossed this cosmic border and begun its infinite and permanent ascent into the higher realms of existence.

As humanity marches beyond this most sacred boundary the value of linear time will melt into obscurity, replaced instead by a cherished observance of the perfect and everlasting planetary symphony home to our solar system, for this is true timing. For those who feel the furious fleeting of time, know that its source lies in the cosmos. (Salvador Russo, "Neptune in Pisces: The Renaissance of the Soul," May 3, 2011, TokenRock.com, http://www.tokenrock.com/blogs/Neptune-in-Pisces-The-Renaissance-of-the-Soul-1072.html.)

Ascension is not a give-away, but something that is earnt through your application of Universal Laws. With it comes a refining of your energies, and you are finally ready to leave vibrational levels that no longer fulfil your needs. It is a natural progression that comes to those who seek upliftment, sensing that the Earth is not their true home. Indeed, you might ask who's home is it, as each of you originally came from the higher levels. In the 3rd. dimension Mother Earth is your temporary home for the duration of this cycle, which as you know is about to end. Many will stay with Mother Earth after Ascension, whilst others will meet their real families again. They come from many civilisations scattered throughout the Universe. You will find them within the Galactic Federation, and often they are the very same ones that have had a hand in your evolution. So you will see that we are far from being strangers to you. (SaLuSa, April 22, 2011.)

You do not have to go through purgatory to ascend, and clearly your experiences from one soul to another will differ quite considerably. Most of you will ease yourselves into the New Age, and for our part we will make the transition for you as quickly as we can. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

The final run in to Ascension is one that gives you so many opportunities to tie up your loose ends, and change your mindset to one that is in alignment with the new vibrations. The old you will largely disappear and a beautiful Being emerge that will be ready to ascend. You have worked hard and come along way to reach this point, and it will be a most uplifting experience regardless of whatever you go through to get there. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

Regardless of any other aspects in your life, the achievement of Ascension is after all the main object of your many lives on Earth. You have come a long way and experienced so much about human life. About its power and the weaknesses of the flesh, and the strength of the soul with its infinite life and journey from the stars. You truly have tried and tested yourself to the limit. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2011.)

From 2010

Reality, God, is all that exists.  Nothing does, or could, exist outside of Him, simply because He is all that exists, and He is infinite in every way.  He is the unending abundance of energy within which all that is exists.  He is the life force, the divine field of indiscriminate, unconditional Love.  He is Love; He creates in Love; consequently all that exists is Love.

The illusion you have made and continue to support, maintain, and rebuild is a quite horrific concept that is in complete opposition to the glorious wonder that is Reality.  As I have told you before, you conceived of it as a way to experience separation from your divine Father, and to play imaginary games that are impossible in a Reality of unconditional Love.

Initially, you were quite captivated by what it seemed you had made: an environment that allowed you to judge and condemn or to forgive and love, to hate and destroy or to indulge and allow.  You seemed to have infinite power to use as you pleased, quite separately from one another, and, of course, the result has been chaos and confusion as you each seek ends that are divisive and incompatible.

Finally, the extreme incompatibility of your separate agendas is seeping into your awareness.  The insanity of the separate and divisive plans that you have been attempting to implement for so long is becoming apparent to you.  You are ready for the enormous changes in attitude that are required to enable you to stop playing these unpleasant games and awaken, allowing the illusion to dissolve back into the nothingness from which you built it.

The end of the illusion, and the suffering it engenders, is approaching.  Your happiness and exhilaration in the joy of being alive when you finally awaken from this deranged and stifling nightmare will overwhelm you. (Saul, Nov. 6, 2010.)

Ascension is an ongoing process. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2010.)

Although this movement is into planes of successively lighter energy, not into progressively higher elevations such as climbing a stepladder or a mountain, souls' growth in conscious awareness and spiritual clarity can be thought of as upward. Thus ascension is the most descriptive term for this advancement. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

Ascension is possible for all who have absorbed the light, and the souls who accompany Earth will do so in their physical bodies. If bodies lack organs or limbs or have physical, emotional or mental disorders, farther along the ascension pathway there will be healing of all disease and replacement of missing parts until the bodies are perfected and mental and emotional health is sound.

In fourth density the bodies of aged persons will become youthful and live healthfully much longer than your current life expectancy, and life spans in fifth density can be tenfold or more than yours are now. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

There is no seat of judgment or arbitrary selection of which humans can ascend and which cannot - it is strictly a matter of science and souls' own choices. Light changes third density's carbon-based cellular structure to the crystalline form that lets bodies survive in the higher frequencies, or vibrations, of fourth density and beyond.

That is why persons who choose to live in the light can ascend with Earth and those who choose to cling to their dark ways cannot.  After a time in spirit, souls in the latter group will incarnate in a world that corresponds to their Earth lifetime energy registration and have more opportunities to 'see the light.' (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

We have all traveled far to reach this momentous time in your evolution, and the experience for us will be crowned by witnessing your great joy and happiness. The knowledge that you are free at last from the dark Ones, will bring a great sigh of relief that will be heard all through the Solar System. In fact there will be immense celebrations throughout it, as your upliftment will mean that you can soon join us as fellow Galactic Beings. (SaLuSa, July 12, 2010.)

By now you will have had so many lives on Earth that you will, so to say, have done the rounds and there is little left for you to experience. For many of you that means playing out the last days preparing for Ascension. You should be able to sense if you have fulfilled your life plan, as you will feel no pressures upon you and relaxed even in these times of turmoil. You are partway to the higher levels and have that air of confidence and knowing. Your peaceful mien and relaxed approach to life, is helping others calm down and look for their own safe haven. ...

You have fought a battle for your souls and have passed all tests, and now stand proudly at the portal to Ascension. (SaLuSa, June 25, 2010.)

The plan has always been intended to increase the energies slowly but surely, to allow for your gradual awakening. However, it was also planned to greatly increase them after the Millennium, to help you be prepared for the last upliftment you know as Ascension. It will be the most important step you have taken since the last cycle began, and it is why so many Beings accompany you in the last stages of your preparations.

Be assured that, if it is your intention to ascend, you will be helped all of the way until the final great day when you will ascend. Now you will realize why we refer so frequently to your Ascension, as it is what you came into this cycle to achieve. In so doing you will have proved victorious in overcoming your perceived separation from God. You will have identified with your true Self, a magnificent Being of Light. (SaLuSa, June 11, 2010.)

Life will begin again for you when you have ascended, and then you will have returned to the levels that you left eons of time ago. (SaLuSa, May 21, 2010.)

Humanity's move into full consciousness ... is programmed to occur quite soon. ...

It is the state toward which you have been working for a very long period of Earth time, and through many Earth lifetimes. The moment of fulfillment of God's promise to humanity of a new Golden Age is shortly to dawn. When it does your joy will be stunning for you, as understanding of its meaning floods into your awareness - like the depths of winter changing instantly into the lushness of full summer.

Your thoughts, your imaginings, even your dreams have given you not the smallest inkling of what is about to occur. Rest assured that the wonder of this approaching event leaves absolutely no room for even the slightest sense of doubt or disenchantment. (Saul, May 12, 2010.)

As you begin to understand the implications for you personally, it will become quite clear that you are already in the midst of irrevocable changes. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

When you finally ascend you may be absolutely certain that you have succeeded in overcoming duality, and you will truly be looked upon as a Master. (SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

The most important thing is to put your efforts into raising your consciousness, so that you can be sure of being ready to ascend. Unless you reach a certain level of vibration, you will be unable to proceed when the opportunity arises. However, once you express the intent to ascend you are given every help to get there. (SaLuSa, March 29, 2010.)

It may sound impossible as you contemplate your present level, but in short time you will experience a fantastic upliftment. It is all bound up with Ascension, which will never cease until you return to the absolute Source. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

Ascension ... is only known to a relatively small percentage of Humankind. Many more have heard about it but it has no real meaning for them. In fact it is often denied as the fanciful notions of dreamers. It is most important that every soul understands what Ascension stands for, and that each one is able to make an inspired choice.

You who are already aware can help them understand what a wonderful process it is, one that is intended to lift you up to levels that are more in line with your true selves. (SaLuSa, March 3, 2010.)

After thousands of years in this cycle you approach the end times, and yet in the little time left will accomplish more in that period than any other one before. The growth of your consciousness is accelerating all of the time, and we see an overall surge in the numbers of you awakening.

That is bringing about profound changes for the good, as the Light is becoming stronger, and stronger. It is why we can tell you that the battle between the Light and dark is really over, and it is only the last gasps of the dark Ones that keep it going. 

Everything is illusory anyway, as you are coming to realize. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

You are spiritual Beings who are continually learning about duality, and when you become enlightened you can take a new viewpoint that leads to a greater understanding. Your aim is to exist in physicality and have such an understanding, that you can transmute the lower energies and lift the vibrations. It is all part of your evolution, and by being able to carry out such work you are assisting the whole of Mankind. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

The opportunity you have now is for mass Ascension, and it is a very special occasion that only comes up once in every solar cycle. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2010.)

The process of Ascension will be speeded up once we can meet you openly. We will educate you in soul expansion, and the upliftment of your body until the cells become crystalline. Finally you shall move into full consciousness, and we will also have a hand in that so that you reach completion.

The changes may sound rather frightening to some of you who have not yet been so well informed. Always remember our promise to help you along your path, and each step will be explained so that you do so with complete confidence and understanding.

Our greatest wish is for your success so that you may join us for the grand journey, that will take us far and wide in the Cosmos. It is unending and magnificent, and abounds with life everywhere. Can you not feel what awaits you and the excitement it will bring, and duality will fade into the background along with all of those memories that caused you pain or affliction. Move into the Light and Love with us, and we shall be the pioneers of a new movement for peace wherever we go. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2010.)

You have reached a stage where there can be no going back, and it is only a matter of time before everyone will see dramatic changes leading to a new future. We will be an integral part of them, as there is so much work to be done to establish a New Age that will carry you through to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2010.)

From 2009

Ascension is simply upliftment into the higher vibrations of the Universe, and it means that you will be part of it unless through choice you decide not to participate. However, as simple as it sounds it has far reaching effects, and nothing will be quite the same again. It is a wonderful event that allows you to move into the beauty and peace of the higher dimensions. It comes as your right, and is an opportunity that will not come around again for thousands of years. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2009.)

There are no specific "unmistakable" indications that one is ascending with Earth because those are as unique as each of you is. Most succinctly stated, personal ascension is the merging of your consciousness with your soul. Recognizable aspects are the raising of consciousness; strengthening discernment and trusting intuition; ever-increasing awareness of the higher self, the god/goddess self, and true spirituality; the sensation of peacefulness that comes with living in alignment with your soul contract - you feel this as if you are "going with the flow" instead of "bucking the current." Self-discovery may come as "Aha!" moments that can be considered indications, and these can be as varied as realizing the most ideal way to handle a perplexing situation or a difficult relationship, an inspiration about a new direction in life or moving to a location that "calls" to you, or perhaps the solution to an experiment. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

What many thought would never come in their lifetime has suddenly arrived. The opening of a new pathway that is glowing with a Golden Light that is going to become more intense, one that beckons all who have desired the opportunity to ascend and requires only your intent to live the remainder of your life to your very highest understanding of what it means. (Ker-On of Venus, 21 January 2009.)

From 2008

[Ascension] is a quantum leap of consciousness that will be all encompassing, and your previous lives will fade away as if a dream. It is your experiences and the wisdom gained from them that is important. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

From 2006

S:  Is it true that souls won't Ascend with Earth unless they are still living in 2012?

MATTHEW:  Residency on Earth for any specific duration in this unique time is neither a requirement nor a guarantee for accompanying Earth in her Ascension.  In the context of your planet, "Ascension" is actual movement from one energy placement into a "higher," or lighter, placement, but the term has been incorrectly used to denote bodies physically lifted off the planet and rising into the ethers.  In the eternal life of the soul, Ascension is spiritual growth, soul evolvement, and each soul experiences this in many places in the universe while "Ascending" into the Oneness of All - a return to our Beginning. (Matthew's Message, May 23, 2006.)

Ascension is Happening by Divine Decree

From 2012

Ascension itself is going to bring changes that have been divinely decreed, and are of Universal proportions and controlled by the higher forces. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2012.)

What is beyond all of our abilities to change, is the process of Ascension that has been divinely decreed. It is affecting the whole Universe and you are a small but nevertheless important part of what is taking place. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

The opportunity to ascend is the natural conclusion of this cycle, and although you have missed out on earlier occasions, this time if you are ready you are absolutely certain to ascend. Mere mortals cannot stop what has been divinely decreed, and bear in mind it applies to the whole Universe. (SaLuSa, May 14, 2012.)

The changes are affecting them and not just your solar system, but Universe and Galaxy. It is a tremendous change of scope beyond your imagination, and involves Beings of unlimited power and love. They carry out the Will of God and in that lies your assurance that all will proceed according to the Divine Plan. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

It does not matter what is placed in your path, nothing will stop Ascension taking place. (SaLuSa, March 9, 2012.)

You have had immense help and the plan to awaken you has been successful beyond expectations. As you are finding out, the dark Ones fight to the end but whatever they do it will not alter the outcome. The die has been [cast] and Ascension will come with all of its glory and majesty. It truly is a great occasion that has stirred the interest of life throughout the Universe, who watch on to be part of the inevitable and welcome celebrations. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2012.)

From 2011

To awaken, as you will, is your divine destiny, guaranteed since the moment of apparent separation from Reality. At that point you fell into the illusion and began to experience the misery of that separation from God as suffering, pain, conflict, and the terror of other horrors, unknown but vividly imagined, along with seemingly endless periods of time in which to ponder on it all. (Saul, Oct. 9, 2011.)

From 2010

By Divine Decree you are to be present to witness the end times, and are all part of the process of Ascension. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

Your glorious future is absolutely certain, and it is written into the plan decreed by the Creator. (SaLuSa, Feb. 15, 2010.)

From 2009

The future of mankind is ordained by God, and you are in a period of wonderful opportunity for any soul that can accept Ascension. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14. 2009.)

Release your fears, and trust in the Almighty Creator and the divine decree that offers you the opportunity to permanently leave duality. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

There is a grand plan being worked out, supported by great Beings of Light. (SaLuSa, April 1, 2009.)

The plan for your Ascension is contained within the many cycles that are part of the orderly function of the Universe. It is not a process confined to Earth or just your Solar System and is happening by divine decree and we can confidently assure you that it will not be delayed. Why otherwise would we of the Galactic Federation be encircling your Earth, with millions of craft in readiness for First Contact and the restoration of Mother Earth. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

From 2008

Ascension is a process that you have been involved in for quite some time and by Divine Decree it must take place. (Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/49712/atmos-13-october-2008.)

From 2007

But regardless of their source, the days, so to speak, for those who are trying to control your destiny for their own selfish ends are numbered. The shift from 4th dimensional consciousness to 5th dimensional consciousness cannot be stopped any more than the dawn of a new day can be avoided. The evolution of consciousness on your Earth and of Earth, herself, is in the midst of a dynamic shift and you are a vital part of it. (The Hathors, "Transcend and Transform Your World," Nov. 14, 2007, through Tom Kenyon, at http://tomkenyon.org/transcend-and-transform-your-world/.)

We Stand at the Threshold of Ascension

From 2015

The “Great Awakening” is taking place and as time passes so more and more souls will respond to the higher incoming vibrations. Clearly you will gradually become aware of the changes and pleased to be lifted up out of the lower ones. The overall effect will be the sharing of powerful energies resulting in even more Light being brought to Earth, and so it shall continue until it reigns supreme. (SaLuSa, Aug. 21, 2015.)

From 2012

We address those of you feeling great stress and pain regarding world events, and expectations of December 21, 2012.

This date brings to conclusion most of the new incoming energies, however this does not mean that all is finished, but that you will be ready for a new round of energies to begin.

Evolution is a gradual process for most. Many are simply unable to comprehend what is going on, while at the same time others seem very attuned and ready for change. You who are ready have been preparing for lifetimes. You were aware when incarnating that this lifetime would bring an opportunities for completion-the wrapping up of lifetimes of experience and the opportunity to finally move out of the density of the third dimension. (The Arcturian Group, Dec. 16, 2012.)

The level of energy required to awaken you from your eons-long slumber has nearly been reached, and when it is achieved, as it very shortly will, it will be impossible for you to cling any longer to the state of sleep that has caused you so much suffering and confusion.

As you awaken, the fog will clear from your minds; your vision, your awareness will become crystal clear, and you will have returned Home and into recognition of who you truly are: the perfect children of God, whose Love for you knows no bounds. (Jesus through John Smallman, Dec. 12, 2012.)

Galactic Federation: Dearest inhabitants of Earth ... The end days are at an end. New days are to shine down and give EVERYONE renewed HOPE of a beautiful Earth. A planet of beauty that YOU are to recreate into the glory of itself.

One shall notice the difference within the soul self ... no matter what level one has attained until now. For this Light Love that is to enter shall allow the spirit to soar and BE OF ITSELF.

Oh the joy that you shall experience. As you would say ... It shall knock your very socks off!

Blossom: And will that joy remain?

Galactic Federation: To a certain degree ... It shall be immense in its 'Dawning' ... Yet shall simmer a little in order for one to adjust to their newer Higher level.

NO ONE ... SHALL REMAIN THE SAME AS THEY ONCE WERE.

Blossom: And yet life shall ... just go on?

Galactic Federation: Not 'just' go on. Life shall take on New Enlightenment.

For THOSE WHO CHOOSE ... they shall find themselves in a wonderland that comes from the heart ... A difference within the heart shall be OBVIOUS to the self and the wanting to 'Get it right.'

Blossom: Can you explain that a bit more ... 'Get it right'.

Galactic Federation: The desire of self-mastery shall be more apparent. For so long has one been 'under the thumb' and oblivious to the absolute perfection of the Human Being. One shall be able to reconsider the situation that has been and make every move possible to correct the damage done upon/to them.

It will be upmost in ones desires ... For once this is corrected the leaps and bounds shall come in leaps and bounds ... and the 'type' of world that one has been Trusting they shall walk into ... shall be on the doorstep ... with the door wide open.

Souls of Earth ... Souls of life ... as this Light showers upon you ... find it within yourselves to ask for forgiveness ... Forgiveness to the self as it was led astray from time to time ... seeking pathways that were not so useful ... yet engaging.

Seek also forgiveness to those who have TRULY travelled the darker pathways and unable to find a road to freedom ... For they became so lost and entrenched in that particular walk way ... that all thoughts of sunlight left their thoughts and therefore their soul.

When this Light comes ... Find YOU ... The TRUTH OF YOU ... and offer the deepest Love for/to the self and for ALL THAT IS.

FEEL that Love ... for we say to you ... it shall be overwhelming. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Blossom: So will it be over a certain time? For I have seen a video of a Mayan gentleman that spoke recently about there being an eight minute span in which we would be made aware of a Higher consciousness and from then on it would be up to us to 'follow it through' ... something like that!!

Galactic Federation: As we say ... this stream of Light shall not be continual ... yet it shall be 'momentary ' in terms of the Grand Scheme of things.

Blossom: I mean ... If someone is busy ... Are they likely to miss it!!??

Galactic Federation: No ... that would not be possible. That which is to come is NOT of the same vibration of anything that has come before. It will not be as you mentioned previously that some may be aware and some not ... as in a star gate opening for example.

WHAT IS TO COME CANNOT BE PASSED BY.

Blossom: With all respect ... this is all well and good for you ... You know what you are talking about ... we don't! We have to surmise and 'take our pick' from all the different propositions that have been stated on the matter. I know there is not long to go ... but I have to say .... As much as I am doing my best to be in the best space possible until such time arrives ... it is for me ... rather reminisce of Oct 14th 2008 ... when the waiting seemed quite unbearable ... mixed with excitement and a great deal of anticipation!

Galactic Federation: Then we would suggest that one conducts as much breathing through meditation as possible and allow the KNOWING of the soul to bring PEACE to the situation.

KNOW IN YOUR HEART AND REST ASSURED IN YOUR MIND ... THAT WHATEVER TAKES PLACE IS TAKING PLACE THROUGH DIVINE AUGMENTATION.

ALL THAT IS TO GO ON WITHIN YOU AND AROUND YOU IS THE DIVINE PLAN BEING ACTED OUT.

REMEMBER THIS ... NO MATTER HOW IT MAY APPEAR.

Blossom: When you say things like that ... will it be a case of taking the rough with the smooth?

Galactic Federation: It will be smooth if you choose it to be of velvet ... and rough if you choose it to be of stone.

We are not wishing to confuse you at this juncture ... We merely desire to accompany your thoughts with that which is most valuable. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Blossom: Thank you. I would also like to clarify that you have not given a date for this Light to come ... Is their reason ?

Galactic Federation: What do you recall?

Blossom: That I decided not to go with 'times' as far as you were concerned ...

Galactic Federation: We are merely adhering to your wishes.

Imagine this ... KNOW this ... That the Light shining FROM your planet is incredibly bright ... For there are many many of you that KNOW in their hearts that the dawning of a NEW WORLD is to begin at any given moment.

This energy that is shining out is giving such magnitude to the matter.

IMAGINE ... all that are 'in the know' ... Your hearts beating as ONE and your thoughts being of the same vibration of LOVE and the desire to bring about this New World.

For deep within your hearts you know that your mission ... that you have awaited for so long and spent much heart felt anxiety over at times ... is to BEAM you into the time that you signed up to achieve.

AND ACHIEVE YOU SHALL.

Release your thoughts from ALL doubts ... Allow yourselves to bathe in the Golden glory of your accomplishments. The road travelled has not been without its pitfalls, yet the road yet to travel is one of glorious sunshine ... paved all the way with a FEELING that ignites and excites.

Dearest souls ... We are with you ... You are with us.

We KNOW that what is to come excels all expectations.

We KNOW that YOU have marched ever onwards towards these times ... for century upon century ... and NOW it is here.

The heavens resound Peace ... as life takes on an entire new meaning ... and yet ... it is the oldest story in the book. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Your Spiritual Age is about to begin and your progress will be astonishing and very quick. Imagine how wonderful it will be to be able to trust all of those around you, because you know that they are Ascended Beings like yourself. The Love and Light will have permeated everywhere, and there will be no doubting that you have arrived in the higher dimensions. Life will be a big contrast to what you have now, and will be of no comparison. (SaLuSa, Oct. 22, 2012.)

Here we are on the verge of a great episode in your journey through duality, that will end with those who are ready to ascend leaving your present dimension. It does not mean that everything will change at once, but it will result in you being elevated to a higher dimension where you are with other souls of a similar vibration. It will ensure a life in which you experience a close harmony and joyful relationship with all souls. (SaLuSa, Oct. 19, 2012.)

You are all moving inexorably towards the moment of awakening. It is to be an event of unimaginable significance because it marks the most remarkable shift in humanity's awareness as you come to a much greater understanding of the true meaning of Love. (Jesus through John Smallman, Sept. 28, 2012.)

You do not often enough look at yourself, at your totality, at this wondrous physical form that you have co-created with your guides and say: "Look at this and look at what it is capable of." Not in an ego way but in a way of wonder and awe that this is the unique form that you have designed and not only that you have chosen and designed, but that you have chosen and designed to Ascend.

So this isn't an inconsequential lifetime that you simply came to experience what family life is like or to learn lessons of humility or the lessons of wealth, of generosity; this is the lifetime that you have come to be in a form that is going to, not only carry you, but accompany you to a new dimension. (Jesus Sananda in "Transcript: Jesus - The Men of the Fifth Dimension are Beings of Love - on Heavenly Blessings, Sept. 13, 2012," Sept. 28, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/jesus-the-men-of-the-fifth-dimension-are-beings-of-love/.)

But the masculine, the man and the men of the 5th dimension are bright agents of change and the biggest change is the anchoring and the acceptance that they are beings of love, creators of a new reality, a new Earth, and I do not suggest to you that Gaia is leaning on you or counting on you to rebuild her, she is taking care of herself. But what are you building for the future, for your eternal now, for yourselves, for your families, for your community, for that unity consciousness?

The new male knows, not thinks or believes, but knows he stands in equal partnership, not with false grids and expectations, but in the full might of his ability to be, to create, to co-create, and to fully experience physicality and inter-dimensionality. So what does that mean to be inter-dimensional? Well for one thing it means that you are not completely obsessed and driven by earning money, by having towers that serve no purpose, that desecrate the air or the earth or the water, that the values of what you create and contribute are what has you holding your head high, knowing that you are fulfilling, not some idealized stereotype that never has existed, never.

Look to those you point to, they are not realized beings, but you can and you are and you will be. That is the invitation, that is why you came not only to break the paradigm of a stereotype that has crippled you, it has crippled you individually and it has crippled you in every society, it has bound you up tight. Now some of you would say to me "But Lord, I am very successful, I have money in the bank, I am admired in my community." And I would say to thee, "Are you happy? Do you love yourself? Do you take time to love yourself? Do you take time to expose yourself to the wants, the needs, the dreams and creations of your family and community? Or do you simply keep plunging ahead? And if you are a beggar on the street and you are a male, do you feel that you have somehow failed? Or do you see that you are a teacher of humility, that you are a reminder for all to share the wealth, that each being has value regardless of where they sit, lie at night, or reside?" (Jesus Sananda in "Transcript: Jesus - The Men of the Fifth Dimension are Beings of Love - on Heavenly Blessings, Sept. 13, 2012," Sept. 28, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/jesus-the-men-of-the-fifth-dimension-are-beings-of-love/.)

However, whatever course events follow the main focus will remain upon you who are preparing to ascend. We are pleased to see that people are now speaking more freely amongst themselves about Ascension and what it means for your civilization.

After all it will affect every single soul regardless of whether they have any foreknowledge of what is about to take place. Simply put, you either stay in your present level of vibration, or it is sufficiently raised to enable you to ascend with Mother Earth.

There is no question of souls being chosen for Ascension, as it is a state of being that you achieve yourselves. If you are ready you cannot do anything else but rise up as the higher vibrations take hold. Obviously it means that you will find yourselves with those souls who are very much like you, and ready to participate in creating a new environment fit for a civilization that works with Light and Love.

We will by then have been able to openly work with you, and we will progress together and build a society that is based upon harmony and balance in all things. Until you are lifted up out of the lower vibrations, you will always find it difficult to create and hold on to your vision of the New Age. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

Your steadfastness in the light has remained strong even though nearly midway into this world-transformational year, nothing that you would consider conclusive evidence has occurred.

It is logical to expect that by now the thousands of spacecraft in your skies would be visible to all; crews would have landed in great numbers and been officially welcomed; and turmoil, warring and other violence would have decreased significantly.

We have been awaiting these developments along with you, and we have what you could call "bittersweet" feelings about the delay. We know that millions still are winding up third-density karma; divine grace is granting to millions more amended soul contracts to transition early with full karmic completion credit; and still more millions are evolving at an accelerated pace by sharing others' karmic burdens. Yet it is sad for us, just as for you, that the topmost dark ones still have enough influence to cause widespread suffering.

However, please do not think for a moment that Earth may not make it to the celestial window in time to enter fourth density, where darkness cannot exist. Absolutely everything that needs to precede that momentous happening will! However, instead of coming one by one for society's easier assimilation and adjustment, profound revelations and changes will be rushing far more swiftly and in larger doses than the Golden-Age master planners had anticipated. (Matthew's Message, June 3, 2012.)

Take each day as it comes and do not be fearful of anything. As we so often tell you, all is progressing well, and we and your Inner Earth brethren are so close to openly meeting you. It must however be safe for such meetings, as you will no doubt understand. We have all come a long way to make this finale a most wonderful experience for you, and you will enjoy the days soon to come. Once you are released from the dark Ones, the relief will lift you up immediately. The feeling around you will bring out much happiness, and great expectations for the future which will be fully explained before you ascend. (SaLuSa, May 18, 2012.)

The opportunity to ascend is the natural conclusion of this cycle, and although you have missed out on earlier occasions, this time if you are ready you are absolutely certain to ascend. Mere mortals cannot stop what has been divinely decreed, and bear in mind it applies to the whole Universe. (SaLuSa, May 14, 2012.)

We ask you to look on the bright side when things get tough, knowing that it is only a passing phase. The Golden Age beckons and once you are there, all that has preceded it will seem irrelevant and soon forgotten. You have all but completed the hard bit, and now all that awaits is to get the cleansing underway which with our help will take next to no time. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

Be assured that results are going to come to your notice, and it will be the time when you will absolutely know the countdown to Ascension has started. That you have a date for the completion of this cycle is wonderful, as it means you have something to set your sights upon as you count the days that remain. The people that front the freedom movements that press for release from the old ways of dictatorship, are really the pioneers that have set the scene for even greater achievements. All changes have to commence somewhere and sometime, and from small beginnings the Light shall take over from the dark and deliver the promises made to you. ...

We protect you and Mother Earth and have done so for millennia of time, and shall continue to do so. It will be more obvious when we can finally meet with you openly, and when we can it should be a most enjoyable change of direction for you. To know that you are finally safe from the attentions of the last cabal will bring a rush of joy and excitement, and a great time acting out the final plan for your Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2012.)

From hereon it is all gain, and a continual outpouring of Light will continue to guide you ever onwards and upwards. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

The most enjoyable part is to come when we can meet you and go the final stretch together, and do so as one family of Light. Your hardships will be over, and by then you will be fully aware of your true selves, your purpose and place in the Galaxy. At present you are but a shadow of who you really are, and have little idea of what it is like to be in the Oneness of All That Is. It is bliss and peace that you cannot imagine, but it is not that far away anymore and awaits your presence. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

Meantime, some of you still find it hard to believe you are so near to completion, yet it approaches faster than ever. It does not rely on the outer happenings as they are the preferred conditions that will lead to a great leap forward where your living standards are concerned. You know now that you have been seriously held back, and by filling the gaps there will be a smoother and more acceptable transition. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

Most of them, whether they are fully conscious of it or not, have shifted their dimensional reality. They do not sometimes realize that it is not like a big bang. It is more like a whisper of the heart, the coming of the dawn. It is a shift in where you live, in where you have placed yourself within the domain that is available to the humans and to this reality that is occupied at this moment by Gaia. So yes, most of you have already mostly completed this Ascension process. (Archangel Michael in An Hour with an Angel, Jan. 23, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/01/transcript-of-an-hour-with-an-angel-with-archangel-michael-jan-23-2012/.)

This year will quickly pass and move you on quite rapidly, so that you are raised to that level you should have already reached but for the deliberate interference of the Illuminati. Then you will progress just as quickly to even higher levels that will see you settle in the 5th. dimension. The changes will be most welcome and prepare you to be the Galactic Being that are your destiny. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

As old ways of being fade from your rearview mirror, you're able to bring your full focus and attention to new visions and inspirations that stretch before you.

This new year marks the ultimate new beginning as the song rises within many to unite in a vision of oneness for the future. This vision allows us to become one with our higher self and move forward as a whole, unified being. When we become one within ourselves, we are able to unite with others in unity, harmony and oneness.

In this new time the energies of high-vibrational timelines are more accessible than at any other location in human consciousness. All we need do is perceive with our imagination new timelines of inner unity and oneness stretching before us in all directions and set our intention to align with these. By entering a relaxed, meditative state, we are able to sense the frequencies of these timelines entering our energy field. These frequencies have the ability to raise our vibration to allow stronger communion with our higher self. Over time this communion allows us to become telepathic to our higher self. (D.L. Zeta, "Navigating New Time By Activating Time Lines of Inner Unity and Oneness," Jan. 16, 2012, at http://www.celestialvision.org/journal/2012/1/12/navigating-the-new-time-by-activating-timelines-of-inner-uni.html.)

What you are seeking is right around the corner. (Jesus in "Transcript of an Hour with an Angel, with Jesus," Jan. 16, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/01/trasncript-of-an-hour-with-an-angel-with-jesus-jan-16-2012/.)

Earth is at an intersection of time, with no clear directions.  The playing field of earth is being changed forever. It is becoming a clearing house of light and information for all universes. We are traveling in and out of time sequences, past present and future; no longer are we anchored and docked in 3-D. The time fluctuations are accelerated when the sun shakes her golden locks and her explosive nature is seen  by all who are brave enough to look. We are being escorted into different time portals of experience and this will continue in a dramatic fashion for the next several years. (Channeled by Gillian MacBeth-Louthan, "2012 Time Fields," Jan 14, 2012, http://bit.ly/dSE9WI.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and enjoying this period that has lifted you up to new heights because you can sense how near you are to Ascension. The hard work you have put in will now pay off, as your path to success opens up and your preparations are brought to a conclusion with God's blessing. (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)

The energies around the world continue to build up, and are carried by the grid that is lifting up the Earth. All is preparing for the final thrust of energy, that will propel it into the new level of expression and out of duality. It will also fulfill the promises of a new Age that will be unlike anything you have experienced previously. and truly bring about a heaven upon Earth. (SaLuSa, Jan. 19, 2012.)

Some in the lightworker ranks doubt that everything we have told you will be accomplished by the end of the year. While this holds a measure of disappointment for us and other lighted beings who also have said that Earth's Golden Age is imminent - and already exists in the continuum - we do understand. You still are dealing with third density's linear time, and it is only within that framework that you can calculate how long life-changing developments will take in terms of how long they would have taken heretofore.

Please leave the past where it belongs - in the past! And do not doubt for a moment that everything that must be accomplished will be! (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

So my friends do your best not to be distracted by the problems arising from the cleansing that has already commenced, or the last gasp from those who are part of the Illuminati and are fighting to the very end. Always remember that your success is guaranteed, and all of you who desire to ascend will do so. Also do not concern yourself if events do not turn out as you believe they should, as the most important issue is Ascension. We remind you that it is unique and will be quite an experience to say the least. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

The Creator gave all of you the freewill to determine your experiences, and over many lives there is not much that you have not tried. Now you are much the wiser for it and most of you have held on to your Light, and never let it fully diminish.

You now stand proudly with your Light shining out like a beacon, that is lighting up other people's lives. The awakening goes on at full speed ahead, and many souls are beginning to understand the purpose of life. It is the realization that you are more than your body, and that life is infinite and that you have your being in the energy that is God.

This also leads to the acceptance that you are All One, and you can see all souls are interconnected and make up the whole. It teaches you that judgment is unjust and unwise, because you do not know the circumstances that have led to a soul taking a certain path in life. Indeed, most of you do not know your own background, beyond perhaps having a flashback to a previous life. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

There is around the world a sense of foreboding as it is becoming obvious from outer appearances that all is not well. Man has taken this civilization as far as it can go, and faces the slippery slope to oblivion. However, all of this was foreseen, and you have not just been left as you would say "to stew in your own juice."

Karma requires that you experience the results from the seeds that you have sown over millennia of time. Yet the Creator has no desire to see you suffer needlessly, and has given you the way out through Ascension. Those of you who are already of the Light need little if any guidance to follow that through, and are moving your consciousness to higher levels that will lift you out of duality. Your awareness is such that you are already on the path that is taking you all of the way up to and through the end times, onto the next stages of evolution. (SaLuSa, Dec. 9, 2011.)

Take heart my beloved brother and sisters of earth, my inter-galactic friends, my angelic brother and sisters. Take heart for the time is nigh for mighty change. And the change is not simply external, it is internal to your being dear heart. Let go of all that binds you in any way shape or form. Let go. You cannot fly if you are bound to ideas, people, belief systems. Let go that you may fly free. Spread your wings. It is time. (Archangel Michael to Johan Bouwer through Linda Dillon, autumn 2011.)

The time of waiting is almost over.  You have struggled long and hard to reach the moment when you will awaken, and I assure you that you will not be disappointed.  Continue to focus on maintaining loving attitudes at all times as this enables you to behave appropriately in every situation, which in turn strengthens your intent and your ability to do so. (Saul. Nov. 13, 2011.)

Most of you by now should be in the right place for the end-times, and it will be where you shall experience the final days of this cycle. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2011.)

You will certainly be pleased that you were privileged to be on Earth for such a wonderful upliftment. The Creator is taking you into the higher realms, prepared already to receive you as the Cosmic Beings you are already becoming. You and your Higher Self shall become as One and travel the Heavens that stretch into Infinity. ...

Whatever way you look at it these are unique times for mankind, after having spent so long in the darkness of ignorance deliberating foisted upon you, the lifeline is held out for you. Grasp it and do not let go, and hold strongly to your belief that the end of this cycle is just the beginning of a completely new one. It is there already and you have a wonderful opportunity to leave the lower dimensions.

It is almost too good to be true, yet the Creator has set the scene for your gradual awakening, and upliftment into those higher dimensions that are like a wonderland of untold beauty and a peace that knows no equal. It is yours, Dear Ones, and you have truly earnt that gift by your steadfastness to the Love and Light.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius and cannot do enough to impress upon you what a fantastic time you are in, one that many souls desired to be part of - but it is you who were chosen knowing that you could lead the way out of the darkness and help others find the Light. You have succeeded and soon the changes you have invited and willed into being will manifest. (SaLuSa, Oct. 21, 2011.)

At this juncture of Cosmic events, the World and all upon Her stand poised, seemingly at a standstill, waiting for they know not what, only knowing and feeling these changes as they become more noticeable in their daily living. (Melchizedek, Oct. 4, 2011, through Marlene Swetishoff, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com.)

The density of physicality is diminishing as your frequencies rise in preparation for your move into full consciousness. This is demonstrated by the sense of impermanence that many are feeling as they move through relationships, jobs, places that they call home, and as contact with old friends and family is lost or much reduced. Everyone and everything seems to be on the move, and in a way that is the case, as you move into position to take on and fulfill the new roles awaiting you when you awaken. (Saul, Oct. 5, 2011.)

It is to be a mass event bringing intense happiness, which, in your present state, is quite inconceivable to you while the illusion still seems so real. So holding your Light high and sharing your love unconditionally and indiscriminately also helps you in the final stages of this arduous journey. As you continue to move ahead toward your heavenly destination, the divine energy field enveloping you is intensifying, and you will begin to get glimpses, intuitive sensations, and premonitions of the wonders that await you. You know that you are almost Home. Focus on that knowing and allow time to speed up and whisk you Home to a tumultuous welcome. (Saul, Oct. 5, 2011.)

There is no going back and indeed why would you wish to, when such a wonderful future awaits you that will release you from the cycle of duality. For each soul the future is yours to decide and you will be granted the freedom of choice. Be guided by your intuition and stay with your own understanding of what lies ahead. From being very limited during your lives on Earth, you are suddenly being prepared to become Cosmic Beings. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2011.)

Your intent to awaken is growing stronger each day as your desire to be awake intensifies and the moment for it to happen draws ever closer.

In the spiritual realms, delight and excitement are rampant as we observe ever more of humanity twitching and stirring as you move towards wakefulness.  This truly is a time of great expectations which will be mightily surpassed when awakening occurs, and you, as it were, open your eyes, stretch, yawn, rub the sleepiness from your eyes, and stare with wonder and amazement at the sight that greets you, and the awareness dawns - you are Home!  The ecstasy of that most fantastic moment is waiting to welcome you. (Saul, Sept. 21, 2011.)

This will be an introduction for those still locked into the box of that which others would have you believe about beings from other planets. You are not alone. Could it ever be that an Infinite Source Creator would manifest as only one planet, and only one people and then be finished? Many on earth believe that humans are the ultimate creation but earth's beautiful peoples are actually standing on the bottom rung of a very long ladder. You are now being given the opportunity to move to a higher rung, should you choose. Creation is an ongoing expression of the Creator. ...

You have been given an opportunity to be on earth at this most powerful time and to shift into the higher fifth dimensional energies with Gaia should you choose. (The Arcturian Group, Aug. 16, 2011.)

Your present concern is to take the golden opportunity that beckons to leave duality for good. It is but a small step upward in the context of time as you understand it, but a vastly important experience that will bring benefit to many souls in the future. Here you are today so near to a quantum leap forward, that you have been preparing for since you commenced the long journey from out of the darkness. It is perhaps as well that you do not remember the details of every life experienced since that time. All that matters now are your immediate efforts to hold your focus upon Ascension, as it is going to change you beyond your expectations. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2011.)

Within the next twelve months of your timing you are going to see a great shift in the collective consciousness. It is happening right now; it is in process. Ones are seeking, as you are seeking. There are many groups all over the face of our holy Mother Earth who are asking to see something different than what they have been brought up to believe in; to see peace, love, friendship, respect; to know compassion. ...

I desire now to continue our conversation about the evolution of consciousness and the evolution of awakening. We have spoken to you how you have, as a collective human consciousness, been at the most dense place. You descended into the greatest density that you could imagine because you wanted to know, "How does it feel to create that which is seemingly unlike divine?" And the lifetimes were short, because you did not want to be with those lifetimes. Gradually you came up out of that density, the first dimension density, the heaviest, and you said, "There must be something else that I can experience. There must be something that is easier, more rewarding than what I am experiencing."

And so with that thought, with that one glimpse that there might be something different, you moved into second dimension reality, into a place that was not quite as dense, but was still full of challenges and not awake, not even having a glimpse for a long time that there could be something beyond that.

And then again there came the thought, "What more can I create? What can be different than this?" And you moved into third dimensional reality, which is where your world now abides. The collective consciousness, for the most part, is in third dimension, having come up out of great density.

Now you have ideas, remembrances, urges within yourself to see what else there might be: "Perhaps I can live in peace and in friendship with my brothers and sisters. Perhaps I can live in a space of health; health of body, health of mind, health of friendships and relationships. Perhaps I can be the love that I've heard about." Every time that thought comes up in your mind, you move into fifth dimensional possibilities.

You still have the feet in third dimension, because there is much that you have to take care of in the world, so you do not deny the world. (Jeshua through Judith Coates, 12 April 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/129130/jeshua-ascension-collective-consciousness.)

The awakening consciousness - that is where you stand in this year. It is the process of ascension in consciousness, of being in peace, being in love, knowing the divinity that activates everything; being the beholder that stands back and knows, proclaims the Oneness, the true Oneness of everything that is happening. Everything serves the Atonement, the realization of At-one-ment.

Allow yourself to have the feet in third dimension yet, because there are worldly things that have to be taken care of.  But allow the inner being of you to be at peace, knowing  that truly you have fashioned all of the activities around you and you can behold their true meaning.

Allow yourself to live in an ascended consciousness, even while you are doing the worldly things that have to be attended to. Feel the expansion. Feel the love. Abide in love. Abide in non-judgment. And if you must judge, judge from the place of the Beholder that sees everything from the standpoint of  w, h, o, l, e - holy vision. And know that always, as you walk into this space, the holy ascended space, always I am with you. (Jeshua through Judith Coates, 12 April 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/129130/jeshua-ascension-collective-consciousness.)

It has never been plain sailing where duality is concerned, but soon you will be in a position to realise that the end is clearly in sight. All of the major changes needed will forge ahead, and the last vestiges of the Illuminati's control will disappear. So once again we will reiterate that all is well, because your victory is assured. It is a time for celebration because it will be the first time your civilisation has won through the challenges presented to it, and brought the Light to Earth. (SaLuSa, Apr. 11, 2011.)

It is a strange situation that you find yourselves in, as you still prepare for your normal day-to-day living yet know that in the not too distant future your lives will change quite considerably. Bear in mind that Ascension is a process that is continually occurring, and does not just stop because of the end times. The biggest changes will be the ones happening to you, and already many of you are registering new levels of consciousness. With such an expansion comes a better realisation and understanding of the power of love, and how it can be used for the good of all. To be at peace with yourself and one with the world is something wonderful to aim for and quite achievable.

  The experiences you are carrying forward have not been gained without considerable sacrifices on your part. However that is the reason you came to Earth, and nowhere else would you have progressed so quickly. Duality was the ideal playing field to test your ability to live through the challenges between the Light and dark forces. You have played on both sides to make your experiences complete, and today you are clearing up any remaining karma which is why your present life can be quite demanding. So take the last challenges in your stride, knowing that your karma will be cleared before you rise up into the higher dimensions.

  The most wonderful gifts are about to be bestowed upon you, and come with the rising up of your consciousness. In time you will become more psychic and your knowledge will know no bounds. You will travel wherever you desire and become a part of the great family of Space Beings. As a member of the Galactic Federation you can explore the Universe, and serve other people who like you at present are seeking their way home to the higher dimensions. The past and future will have become one, and time will cease to exist as you now understand it. Little will remain that relates to your third dimensional experiences, and life will be so different and enjoyable without the chores that you now endure. Perhaps the most attractive aspect to you at present would be the thought of having a light-body, one that does not age and suffers no ills or diseases. One that you can also change through pure creative thought that allows you to present yourself as you wish. (SaLuSa, April 6, 2011.)

In these extraordinary times, to one degree or another, there is a major internal, transformational process occurring within every Soul on Earth. Individually, you are experiencing a clearing and cleansing process as well as modification and expansion in various areas of your physical, mental, emotional and etheric bodies, changes which are necessary if you are to hold up under and integrate the ever-increasing vibrational frequencies which are bombarding your Earth at this time.

There is an ever-increasing number of energy fields of consciousness available to you, the awakening Star Seed. Just as the Creator Light pours forth from the cosmic treasury of Light to be used by the Elohim and Builders of Form, this rarified Light is available to those of you who are now attuned to at least the higher fourth- and lower fifth-dimensional frequency patterns. (Archangel Michael through Ronna Herman, Feb. 27, 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/125821/age-conscious-awareness-and-self-mastery-archangel-michael-thru-ronna-herman.)

You warriors who were chosen to be here at this time are now to come into your own. Very soon dearest ones, the Light that we have been speaking of is to shine down upon your earth. (Blossom Goodchild's sources, Feb. 17, 2011 at http://www.blossomgoodchild.com/index.html?page=BG99feb17.html.)

Over many lives and through many civilisations you have experienced virtually every religion and culture, and today you stand as an extremely advanced soul. Your intuition has been heightened by them, and you have little else to learn except to apply your knowledge to the everyday situations. That way you should be able to make decisions that maintain your place in the Light. Your links with any aspect of the dark ones activities should fall away, as you answer to your Higher Self. It will become the normal way in which you lead your lives, and harmony and balance will result. ...

Dear Ones, knowing what lies ahead of you, find joy and satisfaction in that knowledge. The dark Ones will no longer have any say in the matter, and will have been removed from all positions of power. Great spiritual Beings will have replaced them and Mankind will at last be led out of the darkness into the Light and Truth of Understanding. What happy times are just around the corner for you, and we know because we are part of them. Can you imagine how much weight will be lifted off your shoulders, and how quickly stressful situations will be changed. To be really free is in itself such a great step forward, but it comes with the recognition of the Oneness of All That Is. (SaLuSa, Jan. 21, 2011.)

Everything comes to him who waits, and certainly you have needed much patience over the last few years. Yet for all of the frustration and waiting the process of Ascension has proceeded uninterrupted. At times it has seemed that progress was held back but in spite of all the delays, the original goal is still within our sights. Most importantly those of the Light have continued to keep focused on Ascension, and helped raise the consciousness levels on Earth. (SaLuSa, Jan. 19, 2011.)

It is because you have now passed beyond the need to have another soul show you the way that you have been able to take control of your own journey. The choices made by you now fully reflect your desires, and you become the master of your destiny. Your beliefs are formulated by your own experiences, and you realize that it is you who has created them. Now you are free to go forward without relying on others, and by the same token you can allow them the same freedom.

Finding your true Self also enables you to understand your purpose in life, and direct your experiences accordingly. You and you alone take responsibility for them, as you attract to yourself whatever your intent is focused upon. Consequently we urge you to be positive as to what you want out of life. If you set your sights upon Ascension, then continue to keep it in your sights without allowing anything to distract you. (SaLuSa, Jan. 10, 2011.)

You are continuing to move forward towards your moment of awakening, and on inner levels you know this, which gives you the strength and determination to keep doing so despite your doubts and anxieties. ...

Put your attention on your desire and intention to awaken.  You know deep within yourselves - where you remain eternally at one with each other and with your infinitely loving Creator - that everyone is maintaining that same intention because no other is possible.  As you intensify that focus you begin to catch glimpses, albeit brief ones, of the loving intent that others are holding, even though their actions and attitudes as humans living in the illusion may appear to be completely at variance with that intention.  What you see and generally experience is not Reality. (Saul, Jan 2, 2011.) 

From 2010

Humanity is waiting with a strong sense that something of immense importance is about to occur. It is a very unsettling feeling because you have been locked into the experience of an unchanging environment in which disagreement, fighting, and war are endemic. And yet you sense, and deep within yourselves you know, that this is all about to change.

For eons, in your quiet and private moments, you have been longing for, hoping for, and praying for peace, harmony, acceptance, and love. But it has all seemed way beyond your reach, impossible to achieve, and it appears to the majority of you that you are unworthy and do not deserve a prize or a reward as wonderful as that. But it is your destiny. You were created in that state by God, and it is where you belong. (Saul, Dec. 19, 2010.)

The end of the illusion, and the suffering it engenders, is approaching.  Your happiness and exhilaration in the joy of being alive when you finally awaken from this deranged and stifling nightmare will overwhelm you. (Saul, Nov 7, 2010.) 

Waiting for a momentous event to happen is very stressful, and throughout your illusory environment signs of stress are to be seen everywhere.  The momentous event is of course humanity's awakening into fully-conscious awareness of their Oneness with God and therefore with one another.  When this happens the stress everywhere will dissolve, along with fear, anxiety, and judgment, to be replaced by eternal peace and ecstatic joy.  Every human knows deep within themselves that this is to happen, even though the vast majority have no conscious awareness of this.

This deep inner knowing, because it is far below your level of conscious awareness, leads to severe impatience and stress, which is then attributed to the various unhappy situations occurring across the planet, such as wars, extreme weather, earth movement, economic crises, and even strife in personal relationships.  Everyone feels that something of enormous significance is about to occur, and they are seeking for signs of it in those unhappy situations.  However, those are caused by your own collective fears and anxieties and not by the closeness of the moment of your awakening. (Saul, Nov 3, 2010.)

Divine warriors, we cannot begin to express the joy and gratitude that we feel for your earthbound journeys, your selfless sacrifice and the amount of love that you carry within the earth plane. We want to thank you for your divine missions of service, for your absolute dedication to the light and to the future of this planet that you call home. We are like proud parents, awe-inspired as we watch your wings unfold in preparation for flight.

To you we say, your salvation draws nigh.

We regard you as the lighted ones, for surely you kept alive the inner light of your three-fold flame, burning even through the darkest of nights. As you incarnated into the dimensions of separation you held the awareness that your only role, your only true mission of service toward personal and planetary ascension, was to keep that light alive. (The Spiritual Hierarchy, "Welcome the New (7th) Day!," November 02, 2010, through Lauren Gorgo, at http://transmissionsfromhome.blogspot.com/.)

The occasion of Ascension is of such a magnitude, that you may consider yourselves very privileged to be involved in the end-times. That applies to every soul regardless of how they have planned to exit this cycle. The fact that you have spent many lives in duality has raised your levels of consciousness far quicker than any other means. Bear in mind that every life you have had on Earth has seen you accept many different roles, and it is serious business and each time you have acted out the plan you brought with you. Each has been carefully made to allow you opportunities to experience exactly what you needed to further your evolution.

Your success or otherwise, has determined whether or not you are ready to take a great leap forward and ascend. Looking at other people at this present time, do not judge them by their outer appearance or their occupation. Societies are planned in such a way that those chosen to incarnate into it cater for the skills or knowledge required for it to function correctly. You can therefore correctly assume that over many lifetimes you have given of your varying skills, whether as a person of high status to one doing menial tasks. (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2010.)

What success there has been [for Earth] is more an individual achievement, and is expressed in the number of souls now ready and desirous of ascending. What is remarkable and to be commended, is the manner in which you have overcome the darkness to find your true self within. It is no wonder that you are viewed as mighty Beings ready to claim your Christ consciousness. What lies ahead is a wonderful journey that will elevate you into the higher dimensions, and know that you could not enter them unless you had lifted your own vibrations accordingly.(SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2010.)

As I showed you, my dear, the boil is coming to a head, it's ready to erupt. All the muck will come out and will be exposed for all to see. It will get rid of all that is BAD, is EVIL, and is CORRUPT, a sorting will occur. Don't worry everything will be OK. ...

You are about to experience an enormous transformation of consciousness. The Dark control in your World is ending, proceed with Joy in your Hearts as you embrace the Light.(Montague Keen to his wife, Veronica, Sept. 26, 2010, at http://www.montaguekeen.com/articles/montague/sep26-2010.htm,)

Civilizations come and go quite often but whereas of late there has been a downward trend, your time has come for yours to take that great leap forward. The cycle of duality is finally at an end, and you will soon enter a peaceful and happy period. ...

Your individual journeys are almost at an end, so enjoy the prospect of it all changing for the better because you need not return to duality again. Let the upsets and worries of everyday life be measured against the bright and happy future that is just around the corner. ... Set your sights upon all that is good and wholesome, and ignore those who would have it otherwise. (SaLuSa, Sept. 13, 2010.)

The point has been reached in Earth's transition from third to fourth density where spiritual preparedness is of much greater importance than preoccupation with current happenings. By no means are we suggesting that you be uninformed or disinterested in national and international developments, but rather that you not be drawn into third density's drama that is playing itself out. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 11, 2010.)

Matters change day to day but one thing is for sure, and that is your victory and subsequent elevation into the higher dimensions. It has been planned for eons of time, and in spite of what may appear to be setbacks it advances in a most acceptable way. ... The cycle of duality is finally at an end, and you will soon enter a peaceful and happy period. ...

Your individual journeys are almost at an end, so enjoy the prospect of it all changing for the better because you need not return to duality again. Let the upsets and worries of everyday life be measured against the bright and happy future that is just around the corner. (SaLuSa, Sept. 13, 2010.)

You are learning how to do something differently, and to have an experience as a fully-empowered human while still in a physical body.  There are certainly challenges that come with this. Most of you will deal with ego adjustments somewhere along the path.

There are all kinds of fun little challenges you will experience on planet Earth as a result of this, and we are very confident you will find the answers to those challenges. We are simply trying to make you aware that it is coming because it is like a freight train moving at top speed now and there is no stopping it.

You have already moved into the fifth dimension, and now you are simply learning how it works. You are learning how to use it every day, learning how to create your reality and heaven on Earth right here, right now. All of this is unwritten so please, when you find something that works, share it. Do not say, 'I have the answer.' but rather, 'I have an answer. (The Group, "The Secret of the Expanding Universe," Aug. 2010, through Steve Rother, at http://lightworkers.org/blog/112100/expanding-universe-steve-rother-group-august-2010.)

A soul can at anytime ascend if they are ready, but as you know by now the end of this Solar Cycle allows for everyone to ascend. It is a special time when great effort is made by Beings all through the higher dimensions, to get you prepared for it. Say the word and your guides are with you in an instant, and the Angels will oversee your progress. For your part acknowledge their presence and ask for guidance, as without your approval it will be looked upon as interference. (SaluSa, Aug. 9, 2010.)

Life does not have to continue as you experience it, and we will ensure that you leave it behind with the coming of the end times. The solar cycle is ending and cannot be prolonged, and will not result in the destruction of the Earth. A new Earth is to arise with all souls that are ascending with it. (SaLuSa, July 26, 2010.)

In your hearts you know that this cycle is all but completed, and also that you are to be helped to move into a higher dimension as part of your return to your real home. (SaLuSa, June 7, 2010.)

Because we are aware of all the coming changes and see the complete success they will bring, we do not experience tension or concern but rather a feeling of excitement at the thought of the great hope and happiness it will bring you. We have the privilege of seeing the wider view and all probabilities, and know the path will lead to completion of this cycle.

You however, have no certain way of knowing the outcome, and it is very much a matter of faith according to your beliefs. Yet it is not faith alone that spurs you ever onwards, as within your subconscious memories you already know of the success you are to experience. It is that inner knowing that gives you the strength to overcome any obstacles placed in your way. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

Your spiritual journey of many lives is reaching its end where duality is concerned. However, it will still continue with Ascension, and you will never stop learning as you make your way through the higher dimensions. That will take you further along your evolutionary path, until you reach the Source. You have all but finished the difficult bit by finding your way through the challenges of duality, and it has been a most trying time reaching up for the Light. (SaLuSa, Apr. 19, 2010.)

At this time you stand at the gateway to Ascension, and once the changes commence that will bring it into being, they must take you to it with as little inconvenience as possible. Clearly in view of the massive changes to be made, we want it to go smoothly and it is why our plan is reviewed quite often. The timing must be right and we will not move until it is seen to be certain that it will succeed. (SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

We have so much in common that it will not take you too long to reach our levels, and that will restore you to where you should be as one of us. (SaLuSa, Apr. 14, 2010.)

Dear Ones, you are on the last lap that will see an end to this cycle in a most glorious finale. In short time you will have moved from realms of darkness to those of Light. The "Living Hell" will become the heavenly bliss and peace beyond your present understanding. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

From 2009

You stand at the threshold of Ascension, enabling you to leave the cycle of duality for the higher dimensions where peace, happiness, joy, and love reign.(SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

The preparations are in place for your successful transition and all of the activities connected with it. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2009.)

The moment for which all are waiting moves inexorably closer. The eager anticipation here in the spiritual realms is approaching fever pitch, as we look forward most enthusiastically to humanity's imminent awakening.

All is on schedule. All the necessary arrangements have been made so that the glorious party to celebrate your awakening is quite exquisite in its magnificence. You have unequivocally earned this brilliant reward for the unceasing efforts you have made to ensure that this moment of wonder and exhilaration would occur precisely as divinely scheduled. (Saul, Apr. 30, 2009.)

We can confidently assure you that it will not be delayed. Why otherwise would we of the Galactic Federation be encircling your Earth, with millions of craft in readiness for First Contact and the restoration of Mother Earth? (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

Follow the path of Light, beloveds; the time of the grand reunion is at hand. (Archangel Michael, "The Many Facets of Ascension, Part 1," January 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

From 2008

Ascension is a quick process triggered by the higher energies of the Photon Belt that you are now entering and gets stronger the more you penetrate it. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

Stay tuned, stay aware and awake as you progress toward one of the greatest moments in the history of Earth, as she is birthing into the light of a new day. (The Brotherhood of Light, chanelled through Kathleen Long in Mark Huber e-mail, Oct. 14, 2008.)

It will be four difficult years for humanity and then you're going to see a new dawn. You're going to see the new age that you and others have been working on out in the other realms. You're going to see it come manifest to Earth. You're going to see a lot of the old leave and the ones that haven't left will be changed. You're going to see a lot of the new ones coming in. (St. Germain, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

The next four years are going to be a time for you to be in balance, to bring up within yourself everything that you've learned, everything that you've gained in wisdom, everything that you already know within yourself. The next four years are going to be a time to stop hiding and stop pretending that you're a victim, stop pretending that you're waiting for something else. Stop pretending that you have to learn more, you have to go through all of these rituals and ceremonies to become a New Energy human. You are it right here, right now, today. There is not one thing that you are missing other than the true trust in yourself. (St. Germain, 4 Oct. 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

What are a few more years against the emerging Golden Age, and all it represents? (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

My Dear Ones, believe what you hear because you are but a whisper away from the most exciting event that has occurred on Earth in recent times. An event of far reaching repercussions that will reverberate around the world. One that will move you onwards to the promised changes, and release you from the thraldom of centuries of oppression. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

As you bring the new Earth into being, so your own evolution proceeds to gain pace and the enlightenment of the masses grows in intensity. What is taking place is unstoppable, and in its ultimate expression will surpass your desires and ideas of what it is like to ascend. Your experience shall be a unique and most exciting time. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

It is time to leave all of your worries and concerns behind you, as a new day begins. One full of promise and the opportunity to leave duality for good and to fully rise up into the Light. With it comes the energy of love bringing purity and harmony in all things, and the peace that has so far eluded you. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

The Impact of Waiting

From 2010

Waiting for a momentous event to happen is very stressful, and throughout your illusory environment signs of stress are to be seen everywhere.  The momentous event is of course humanity's awakening into fully-conscious awareness of their Oneness with God and therefore with one another.  When this happens the stress everywhere will dissolve, along with fear, anxiety, and judgment, to be replaced by eternal peace and ecstatic joy.  Every human knows deep within themselves that this is to happen, even though the vast majority have no conscious awareness of this.

This deep inner knowing, because it is far below your level of conscious awareness, leads to severe impatience and stress, which is then attributed to the various unhappy situations occurring across the planet, such as wars, extreme weather, earth movement, economic crises, and even strife in personal relationships.  Everyone feels that something of enormous significance is about to occur, and they are seeking for signs of it in those unhappy situations.  However, those are caused by your own collective fears and anxieties and not by the closeness of the moment of your awakening. (Saul, Nov 3, 2010.)

General Contextualizing Discussions of What is Taking Place

From 2012

Reaching the year 2012 is a power point for your mass consciousness. It was revealed in your antiquity and carried through your ages as a focal point for change.

The dissemination of this information, in your most recent history, through your ubiquitous electronic communications, has created an energy gestalt around this point greatly augmenting its power in support of the predicted transformation.

Arriving at this year in your world's progress, has released this accumulated energy with an explosive force that will speed the integration of the new reality patterns into your world consciousness more swiftly than the already hyper accelerated time flow you are experiencing.

This force is rattling the foundations of so many individuals, institutions, and specificity grouped masses. Beliefs, life values, cultural constructs and the entire mosaic of life on Earth are being shaken up.

The first rush of this energy of change can be disorienting or uplifting, frightening or hardly noticed at all, depending on how, when, and where you are receiving it.

The next phase of the transformation will involve the processing and integration of these changes, allowing them to find their own level and expression through each world aspect including each human individual.

As the energies shake themselves into a comfortable position, they will begin to express their characteristics through all elements of your world consciousness. What are their characteristics?

You know them by heart: Peace, love, harmony, balance, equality and freedom from disease, poverty and violence. If you look at history, especially anecdotal human remembrances (like, ask your grandmother about her world in terms of opportunities, values, and beliefs), you will see that you have been moving toward this transformation with firm steps through the past century.

Prior to that, there were significant high points in which stellar seeds of light were downloaded into your known history: Ancient Egypt, the Golden Age of Greece, the Renaissance, the Age of Enlightenment, the creation of the American democratic stencil, and many pinnacles in other civilizations that seeded your history with bright light.

These light-times seeped into your world consciousness and incrementally moved you to this point of ascension and a whole new level of consciousness. ("The Pleiadian Light" through Hannah Beaconsfield, February 29, 2012, via email.)

From 2004

If the difficulty in believing in NESARA’s existence is that we have told you it is co-sponsored by high light beings and you cannot understand why they have not taken the reins to vanquish the dark opposition, we give you this reason: Souls at this vibrational level cannot impose assistance, much less our will, upon any of you. Because Earth is YOUR world, changes there must be by your choice, and beings in any light station are bound to respect your collective desires, interests and intentions.

Among you who do believe in the validity of NESARA, there is some confusion as to what is needed to manifest the reforms it encompasses. Recently it was proposed that the reason the announcement has been delayed again and again is the reference to it as an acronym instead of the full name, National Economic Security and Reformation Act, and that in written form, that name must be followed by its initial letters with periods after each. No, not by any means is that the case!

In prior messages we have stated that the reforms inherent in this legislation can be manifested by nonbelievers and by people who never have heard of it, as long as their intent is for a “better world.” NESARA was devised to assist in this co-creation through your own systems, but it is the energy of your focused thoughts and efforts to make that kind of world that is ushering it in.

It is a God-given mandate that Earth shall be free of the control by dark powers. You may ask: How can God do that when He is bound to honor Creator’s law that ALL souls’ free will choices must be respected, and clearly some people do not want any changes in the status quo? Because God’s mandate IS within that law.

More than half a century past, Earth’s soul cried out for help so her planetary body would not perish, and it is her free will to survive that God is honoring through the cooperation of light beings within, on and beyond the planet. NESARA is a part of this vast collaborative effort to restore Earth’s well being, a point of focusing intent, if you will, that impresses specific reforms to enter your thought patterns and thus take form.

Like all else in existence in this universe, NESARA is energy. The intensity of the thought forms and actions directed toward either manifesting or preventing its announcement and then full bore into its benefits for Earth is what is at work here. While it is true that the extremes of duality there have been reached and the pendulum is swinging back to the balance wherein all is reconciled, a large measure of duality still is rampant—to wit, the forces waging wars vs. the forces urging peace. The more the combined on- and off-planet light forces effort to manifest the changes Earth needs, the more the dark forces effort to prevent this.

Do not feel discouraged by this! Victory of the light is assured! It is axiomatic that the more light prevailing, the more darkness it exposes, and once exposed to light, dark activities no longer can be hidden. Karmic balancing of Earth herself and each soul living there is happening at unprecedented speed.

Consider the millennia of your world’s history when darkness reigned almost without opposition as compared to how rapidly the light has been exposing this control during just your past half century. It is the speed of this progress that underlies both your impatience and your incentive to get rid of all darkness right now, and that same speed is motivating that desperate force to make what it knows is its do-or-die stand.

That stand is the LAST and it is steadily crumbling, and now I return to speaking of the light’s progress being made without the announcement of NESARA. Evident on one front are the fervent activities of those publicizing its intent; the expanding awareness of its detailed reforms; and confirmations that banking establishments are ready for imminent new policies. In this way NESARA can be considered a catalyst, as this heightened interest in it is generating light to manifest its benefits for your world.

Conditions long, long ago perpetrated and ever since perpetuated by dark influences are coming to light. The dark hold on the media is cracking as news reports and commentaries are giving forth some of the truth that heretofore has been suppressed or denied. Governments are being pressured to accept accountability for actions, just as pressure is being brought to bear on voter eligibility rights and verifiable vote count in national elections. Indictments of corrupt corporate personnel are happening, and there is movement to end injustices within legal systems.

The numbers of people working individually and within the multitude of large groups with protective and restorative aims are growing daily. Organizations of both local and global nature are working toward human rights and humane treatment in many areas: for women in cultures that consider them property; prisoners taken in wars, those who are falsely imprisoned, those with death sentences; and toward ending slavery in its many forms.

Others are working toward respecting animal life, protecting the environment from further destruction, fair allocation of resources, improved means of health care. Technologies that will enhance, not endanger life, already are available and more are being developed. All of this is generating light to bring to full fruition the changes you want.

Worldwide the momentum for peace is circulating with greater intensity than ever before in any civilization on Earth, some of them so long before your recorded history that your current consciousness cannot imagine it. The spirit of wanting to live in harmony with mutual respect and to assist all who are in need, to seek new avenues of cooperation—this is the spirit that is emerging with heartfelt intent.

It is coming forth within families, communities, states and provinces, countries, and the unified sentiments are based in LOVE. Love and light are the same, the essence of Creator and of God, by whatever name given, and it is the most powerful force in the universe.

All of those critical developments are abundantly evident, but there are others just as critical that are not. As the light has been intensifying, receptive people have been transformed at cellular and spiritual level, and they are the only ones who will survive physically in the higher vibrations of Earth’s pathway—people choosing to retain their dark proclivity will not.

Your original DNA strains, which in antiquity were reduced and corrupted, are being restored. Souls highly evolved spiritually and intellectually have been embodying on the planet, and they will be wise and just leaders. Extraterrestrial civilizations that responded to Earth’s plea for helping her return to a state of well being will make their presence known as your “space family,” and you will recognize your Oneness with All.

We tell you this to confirm your intuitive knowledge within the universal consciousness. We tell you this as a reminder that you chose to participate in this magnificent process and we encourage you to feel your success. It is your steadfastness in the light that has enabled the benevolent changes to this point. The energy of FEELING this success pours forth to create even more abundant light and move this Grand Reformation fully into the promised Golden Age. (Matthew's Message, May 7, 2004.)

What Will Ascension Take? - See What Will Ascension Take?

Dropping Our Baggage like Drugs

From 2013

Raj: The intent of being drunk and it doesn’t matter whether it is alcohol or drugs or ego, because they are all the same; well, they are variations on a theme. When you are using excess of alcohol, or drugs, what you are doing is you are trying to escape from your intention and your sacred purpose. You are depressing yourself and you are repressing the truth of who you are. So while there is this ego statement of “I’m in the process of discovering myself, I am allowing the artist, the philosopher within to explore themselves,” in fact what you are doing is you are putting yourself, and this is true of college students, seniors, middle-aged people as well, you are putting yourself in a position where you are limiting your scope, your imagination, your inspiration, you are shutting yourself down. You are shrinking yourself.

So how do you reach a place where you are finding, where you are enjoying the experience of college, and not engaging in behaviors that are basically self-defeating? Dear heart, it is a matter of finding the balance and the middle way. I am not suggesting to you that you never imbibe a beer or a glass of wine. But it is a matter of finding the middle way.

And it is the matter of invoking the Law of Transmutation so that when you are sipping that beer it is not giving you deleterious effects as well. You have not learned this enough yet, so you’re not quite there. But you are getting there.

We want you to enjoy and to celebrate the experience of - and we use the word “college”, not education - because in college there are many factors. There is the education. There is the learning. There is the expansion, new ideas, new experiences, new feelings, new environments, new friends, new enemies. What you are learning is the microcosm of how you wish your life and your creations to proceed. So do you want it to proceed in a drunken haze where you don’t even remember and you aren’t really having fun because you feel sick the next day? Or are you proceeding in a way that you are partaking of the fun, the friendship, the new ideas, but it is in a way that is serving you and therefore serving every person on that campus. Find the balance. Be the leader instead of the follower. (“Transcript: Sanat Kumara Discusses the Law of Intent, August 20, 2013, Part 2/2,” August 26, 2013

At http://goldenageofgaia.com/2013/08/26/transcript-sanat-kumara-discusses-the-law-of-intent-august-20-2013-part-22/.)


From 2012

If you are well along the path of Light you will have determined what "baggage" you are carrying, that is best released to fully prepare you for Ascension. You are often tied to habitual practices that you attribute to the needs of your physical body. It could be addictive substances such as nicotine or drugs in general. Be assured that once you put your mind to giving them up, you will find it easier than you might have expected. Such pleasures of the body have no place in the higher dimensions, and the higher your own vibrations the less dependent you will be on them. So know that the answer is in your own hands, although you will get assistance from our side of the veil. You are never alone in your endeavors to lift yourselves up, so call upon your helpers to work with you. (SaLuSa, Nov. 13, 2012.)

We Must Choose to Ascend

From 2016

You have heard the saying many times that no one will be left behind. That is true. No one will be left behind that chooses to move on. And it is a choice, my brothers and sisters. It is a choice for you all to make, many of you have made that choice. Many more do not even know that a choice exists at this time. They will come to understand. They will come to know much of what you know now and will come to a realization that they create their own reality. Their reality does not create them. That, in itself, is quite a change. ("St. Germaine: All Is Leading To A Great Cresendo," Channeled by James McConnell, Sept. 13, 2016, at http://inteldinarchronicles.blogspot.ca/2016/09/all-is-leading-to-great-cresendo-st.html.)

From 2013

The choice to go forward is individual. (The Divine Mother, “Mother Mary Discusses the Divine Quality of Hope—the Foundation, the Bedrock of Human Existence,” February 21, 2013, at http://counciloflove.com/2013/02/mother-mary-discusses-the-divine-quality-of-hope-the-foundation-the-bedrock-of-human-existance/)

From 2012

You cannot live in both worlds. We see many loath to give up those three dimensional "goodies" they still believe necessary to their happiness. Now is the time of choosing dear ones, do you wish to move forward spiritually, or do you just find the whole topic to be interesting dinner party conversation? Now is the time to choose. (The Arcturian Group, Dec. 16, 2012.)

All souls will achieve what they desire and most have already exercised their freewill choice. It is the reason we ask that you do not attempt to override another soul's decision, but allow them to be satisfied that it has been made with their future in mind. (SaLuSa, Oct. 22, 2012.)

Obviously with the end times approaching so fast we do want to have the opportunity to come to Earth, as our technology will enable communications to be lifted up to a more efficient level. Then we can address the world who will hear what we have to say in their respective languages.

In general terms we need to make sure that everyone learns of Ascension, and has the opportunity to take part in it. Some will of course have little or no interest, but at least they will not be able to say that they did not know about it. (SaLuSa, Oct. 3, 2012.)

Rejection and separation are of the illusion; Reality is infinitely inclusive. None who desire admission will be turned away - this is the unconditional Love of God in action. Your homecoming is awaited with glowing and enthusiastic expectation as we watch and encourage you from the spiritual realms while you drive powerfully forwards to join with us here.

You have always belonged here in the divine realms; your absence has only been momentary, but because to you it has seemed endless, we shall celebrate your return in the grandest of fashions, befitting those who have endured a long and arduous journey, which it most definitely seems to you that you have. These fantastic celebrations will far exceed any expectations that you can possibly imagine. Your delighted amazement is guaranteed! (Saul, Aug. 26, 2012.)

If your heart desires to enter into the new realm of Gaia, of Nova Earth, then you will do so. Yes, preparation, particularly for you who are listening, is highly desirable. You, my dear ones, are very akin to your star brothers and sisters that I spoke to 10,000 years ago on behalf of the Mother when I said, "What do you think of traveling to Earth?" So I say to you, "What do you think of traveling, of Ascending, of Shifting to new Earth?"

It is an open invitation and there is not one of us on this side that is not prepared to bring all we have, and you have no idea how much we have, we are prepared to bring all we have in terms of our energy, our powers, our ability to influence and create, never to interfere.

But we bring it all to do this with you, to help you because you are the promise. Can Gaia ascend alone? Yes. Would that be the fulfillment of the plan? Not even close. And let me also share with you, it would break her heart to ascend alone. That is why she has waited so patiently; it is why she has taught you so gently. ("Heavenly Blessings, April 5, 2012, with Archangel Jophiel," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/04/heavenly-blessings-april-5-2012-with-archangel-jophiel/ .)

We confirm again that it is your intent to ascend that will carry you through, because having made that decision you are immediately helped to achieve it. It is about following a path that lifts your vibrations, so that when the time comes you are ready. (SaLuSa, March 9, 2012.)

Your ego is making way for your Higher Self that is the real you. So you see, Dear Ones, you do have the responsibility to lift yourself up as no one else can do it for you. They can help but in the final reckoning it is your decision that will determine how you progress. You need to have a strong intent to merge with your Higher Self, and it means following a path that treats all souls as One. On Earth that is easier said than done, but it is being achieved so it is possible if you put your mind to it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2012.)

From 2011

Steve Beckow: There are parents who are worried that they will ascend against their will and leave their children or spouse behind when they don't want to. Is it possible to ascend against one's will?

Archangel Michael: It is absolutely impossible.

SB: So that, so the simple thing then is just to say, I don't wish to ascend at this point?

AAM: You see, this is the power of no. ...

Part of the ascension process is the act of will. It is the alignment of your heart, your mind, your spirit with your will, not just the will of all, but with your will. We are not going to override that.

SB: Okay, so that's the brake.

AAM: That's the brake.

SB: Right, all right. Well, I'm sure that will reassure them. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 3/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-33/.)

You have been given an opportunity to be on earth at this most powerful time and to shift into the higher fifth dimensional energies with Gaia should you choose. (The Arcturian Group, Aug. 16, 2011.)

Be sure that by the time choices will have to be made, and people will know exactly what is at stake. Each soul will go within and become aware of their life plan, and if choosing not to ascend will have made a reasoned choice. (SaLuSa, July 13, 2011.)

We ask you, right here and right now to choose your destination where you want to go during this great shift. You do not need to be concerned about how you will get there, how much it will cost or how much time you have. You have only to choose where you want to go. Do you want to choose a beautiful and peaceful destination or something completely the opposite? You have a choice. We recommend that you choose the destination of the fifth dimensional reality of the New Earth. (The Arcturian Circle, "Anchoring Your Energy to the Reality of the New Earth," June 5th, 2011, at http://ourreturnhome.com/anchoring-your-energy-to-the-reality-of-the-new-earth.)

Regardless of individuals' choices to accept or reject these truths, the forthcoming revelations and ensuing changes will propel Earth into her era of love, peace and harmony. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 15, 2011.)

From 2010

Although Ascension is an ongoing process, it is not forced upon anyone. God will not take away your freewill to choose your own pathway, and other options exist. So those who are unready for Ascension will proceed onto a different path, to continue their experiences according to their preference. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2010.)

There is no seat of judgment or arbitrary selection of which humans can ascend and which cannot - it is strictly a matter of science and souls' own choices. Light changes third density's carbon-based cellular structure to the crystalline form that lets bodies survive in the higher frequencies, or vibrations, of fourth density and beyond.

That is why persons who choose to live in the light can ascend with Earth and those who choose to cling to their dark ways cannot. After a time in spirit, souls in the latter group will incarnate in a world that corresponds to their Earth lifetime energy registration and have more opportunities to 'see the light.' (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

The Galactic Federation and Spiritual Hierarchies believe you are sufficiently awakened to accept the opportunity of Ascension that is being offered you. It requires little in return, and you will know if you are ready to take a quantum leap into the future, and whether you are on the path to Ascension.

Many will have already made that decision, but those who are undecided will not be denied their chance to join you, but time is becoming short. A decision will have to made one way or the other very soon, as the alternative to Ascension is further experiences in a place of duality. We would wish for you all to ascend but your freewill to choose otherwise is paramount. (SaLuSa, May 24, 2010.)

As we have often informed you, once you express the intent to ascend you will achieve it. You will become motivated and attract the higher energies to yourself, and your decisions will be spiritually inspired and your knowledge will grow quite quickly. Also well before the end of the cycle we will have arrived on Earth, and you will have every assistance to help you succeed. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2011.)

People must decide whether they desire to work towards Ascension, or remain in the 3rd. dimension elsewhere. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

Ascension ... is only known to a relatively small percentage of Humankind. Many more have heard about it but it has no real meaning for them. In fact it is often denied as the fanciful notions of dreamers. It is most important that every soul understands what Ascension stands for, and that each one is able to make an inspired choice.

You who are already aware can help them understand what a wonderful process it is, one that is intended to lift you up to levels that are more in line with your true selves. (SaLuSa, March 3, 2010.)

From 2009

Ascension is simply upliftment into the higher vibrations of the Universe, and it means that you will be part of it unless through choice you decide not to participate. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2009.)

Dear Ones in the context of how you experience time, it is growing short where your intent is concerned. If you aspire to ascend before the end of the cycle in 2012, it is necessary that you move your consciousness to a level that releases you from the lower vibrations. It should happen quite naturally as you draw more Light to yourself, and your links in life become more refined.

In many ways what has served you in the past will no longer satisfy you, and your search for fulfillment moves you into higher vibrations that bring you harmony and peace. It is a choice that knowingly or otherwise is one that each of you has to make. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

Be assured that everyone at some time in the past has had the opportunity to make their own decision as to which reality to join. You have not suddenly been faced with such matters, and as spiritual evolution is normally slow you have had many lives leading to this period. They have been planned with your intent in mind, and you have been able to choose as little or as much progress as you felt able to handle. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

As we have mentioned once before, we require willingness and intention on your part, so you must state each day that you are willing to receive these, so do call upon us and we will endeavour to work with you to bring through new healing knowledge and modalities, NEW knowledge, and information that is ancient beyond memory, that is now ready to come forth upon your world again, to move Humanity into the most wonderful, exciting Era, the new Golden Age. (Hilarion, through Marlene Swetlishoff, May 3-9, 2009, at www.TheRainbowScribe.com.)

Know that the great Resurrection Dispensation is now in full effect for the Planet Earth and all upon her. All who choose will rise up with the Earth into the Higher Dimensions. ("A Message from Maitreya and Buddha," April 1, 2009, through Marlene Swetlishoff, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/.)

This is the time for us to decide whether we were going to be on an ascension path of expansion and new adventures or of healing and limitations. There is no pressure for the choice except that which we put on ourselves. As we release the dense energies we also release everything associated with them. This is the 'end of the world' which has been predicted, but it is not a physical end of the world, just an end to living in third dimensional limitation.

Everyone has to make these choices and they are presented every day, in all situations. Each choice for a higher dimension releases all aspects of the lower dimension. It will be difficult to see loved ones who cannot choose the same path we are on but everyone is sovereign in their life and this will be a strong theme for this year. We will be called upon to offer acceptance to others and be removed from their path or else be brought back into their healing journey.(Jennifer Hoffman an Archangel Uriel, "Predictions for 2010," Jan. 4, 2010, at http://www.urielheals.com/2009Predictions.html.)

From 2008

Some of you are by nature kindly and loving souls and have a different background, yet have little awareness of our place in your lives. That is no drawback at all as in time the truth shall be made known to all of you, and before the final year when the cycle ends. Ascension is something you will knowingly choose, and, with enlightenment, seem quite natural as part of your spiritual evolution. (SaLuSa, October 20, 2008.)

In this wondrous Earth that is on the near horizon and already created in the continuum, there is no fear, no violence or greed or bigotry or any other divisiveness that thrives in a third density world. The choice is yours as to which world you want to be in, but because of our unconditional love for every soul, we pray you will choose the one of love and peace. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 24, 2008.)

Absorption of Light is the "Travel Ticket"

From 2016

Where the Will of God is concerned nothing can change the outcome regardless of any actions taken by the Illuminati. Their role in opposition to those of the Light has caused them to rise up and evolve much quicker than it would otherwise have occurred. It means that many more souls will have reached levels that entitle them to ascend.

There is no choosing of such souls, and their success is entirely due to their own efforts to evolve out of the lower vibrations and into the Light. It is not a matter of becoming a total Light Being, but becoming of service to others for the greater part of your life. You can achieve it in so many ways and it is not necessarily confined to those who have a religious background. Equally you can serve others in many ways all according to their needs and it is not necessarily about money, but those who are very wealthy can do great things because of it. (Mike Quinsey, Oct. 7, 2016.)

From 2012

The fact is you cannot move higher than your vibrations allow, and clearly that would be the level at which you would feel most comfortable. (SaLuSa, Oct. 22, 2012.)

Be aware of what is around you and do not link into anything that could be conceived as of the lower vibrations. The dark Ones have been very clever in serving up what is called entertainment, that appeals to your base senses and panders to your desire for thrills and excitement.

It does not mean that all life should be serious without fun and laughter. However, you soon tire of what you have and seek even greater thrills, and that can often lead to the dropping of your standards and debauchery. It is so easy to do and so hard to lift yourself out of. It is why there are now so many teachers on Earth giving out advice so that the purpose of life is understood and that you are responsible for all of your actions, words and deeds. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

Only those of you who have lifted your vibrations sufficiently, will be able to join those energies. Thereby lies the outworking of a truth, that only those of the Light can exist in the new dimension. The choice has always been yours, but with it comes the responsibility to carve out your own pathway to Ascension. You can have all of the help and encouragement in the world, but only you can take the necessary steps that will bring it about for you.(SaLuSa, Jan. 9, 2012.)

It is the light within a body that transforms its carbon-based cellular structure into the crystalline form that enables the body to live in the high vibrations of energy planes beyond third density. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

Ascension is so near that if you desire to seize this opportunity to get out of the 3rd. dimension, you do need to ensure you know what is needed of you. As we have so often mentioned it is your intent that is so important, because as soon as you send out that energy it attracts similar energy, and strengthens yours that opens up the pathway to Ascension. It is about raising your vibration by bringing more Light into your life, and sharing it through positive thoughts and actions. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

The numbers of those who are light-receptive are increasing; however, through ignorance of truths, many others are still "in the dark." In her love for all of her residents, Earth wants every one to accompany her into fourth density, but to do so, they must accept the light that will enable their physical survival in the higher frequencies that the planet is fast approaching. (Matthew's Message, May 8, 2011.)

From 2010

Ascension is possible for all who have absorbed the light. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

There is no seat of judgment or arbitrary selection of which humans can ascend and which cannot - it is strictly a matter of science and souls' own choices. Light changes third density's carbon-based cellular structure to the crystalline form that lets bodies survive in the higher frequencies, or vibrations, of fourth density and beyond.

That is why persons who choose to live in the light can ascend with Earth and those who choose to cling to their dark ways cannot. After a time in spirit, souls in the latter group will incarnate in a world that corresponds to their Earth lifetime energy registration and have more opportunities to 'see the light.' (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

The Creator's light is pouring abundantly into the Earth due to the greater focus of humanity and their concentration of their alignment with the Creator. As we experience the Creator's energy flowing into the vibrations and energy levels of the Earth and humanity we are able to embark on a valuable development of learning and discovery.

We are guided to understand the energy, influence and manifestation of light, we begin to accept that there is not only one vibration of light and one quality of the Creator's soul but there are numerous. It is akin to believing that there is only one sound or note of music when there is a magnitude of sounds, vibrations and harmonies that can be expressed individually or a united sound.

When we become accustomed to anchoring light into our beings and reality we are then able to grasp the magnified, variety and expansiveness of the Creator, similar to experiencing the largest musical choir and orchestra that you could imagine, offering your ears so much to explore, understand, accept and become familiar with.

We realise that there are many shades to the light of the Creator which allow us to follow a path that is abundant in insights and enlightenment. It is your purpose and mission to hold the entire light of the Creator within your being but this will take time and will activate a process of evaluation.

The more light that you anchor into your being the more qualities of the Creator you will discover. As you anchor light you are blending your energies with the Creator's soul. In many ways it is simply not enough to hold light you must also understand the light vibrations that you accept as yourself and your truth.

Through the integrated procedure of accepting light and experiencing your physical reality you begin to decipher the layers of the Creator's energy; you may learn to accept and to share the energies such as love, compassion, courage, focus and determination.

Realising the light vibrations which may also manifest as emotions will enable you to remember their influence, vibration, purpose and influence, storing this energy so that it can be activated and experienced once more when needed. This in many ways is to take control of your energies and realise that reactions and activations come from within you from the energies of the Creator that you have already experienced.

For example, if you were only given one book to read as your entire education then you would draw wisdom, guidance and understanding from this book to help you in your life lessons; it is similar when anchoring light. If you constantly anchor the energy of love then it will be this light consciousness that you will draw from in order to aid your physical reality on the Earth.

It is my wish that you begin to think of the Creator's light as shades of energy or consciousness that are needed to manifest yourself as a complete aspect of the Creator's soul. The more shades of light that you accept the greater volume and wealth of energy and consciousness you can activate within you or draw guidance from.

When I speak of shades of light I am referring to the many light vibrations, consciousness and qualities of the Creator's soul both of a higher and lower vibration. The simple process of anchoring light from the Creator's soul can be examined as a single path to mastery and unity with the Creator because you learn how to increase your sensitivity, develop the ability to decipher or understand energies and their influences, comprehend the purpose and meaning of the Creator through the evaluation of the Creator's qualities and you eventually embody a complete aspect of the Creator.

These are all processes that will lead you on a path of casting aside negativity and false impressions and awakening to the purity and truth of the Creator.

It is the shades of the Creator's light that are so very important, you already embody and exist as shades of the Creator's light, now is the time to understand each shade as this will assist you in accepting and dealing with the greater volumes of light that are anchoring into the Earth and your being.

In order to be able to understand the shades or qualities of the Creator's light there is a simple need to focus on increasing your sensitivity to the energy that flows within you. I specify the energy that flow within you because this light will remain pure and concentrated where as the energies around you can be tainted or unbalanced.

As I stand with you now expressing my love and protection, simply ask me to clear your senses to the energy within you, dissolving blockages and limitations, activating antenna like senses to assist your mind in comprehending the shades or qualities of light that you experience when connecting with the energy of the Creator or a Creator aspect, as well as deciphering your own energies and current consciousness.

Imagine, sense or acknowledge my light flowing through your being and awakening your senses, it is as if a fresh breath of fragrant air is blowing through you. Asking me to achieve this with you each day will assist in furthering your awakening and deciphering of energy but you may also ask me to assist you in comprehending the energy that you connect with throughout the day in order to evaluate the qualities within the light until you are able to achieve this yourself.

To remind you of my analogy, this is akin to evaluating a section of a score of music, each energy or light that you experience will have a wealth of qualities and this is because of the expansiveness of our energies as guides and aspects of the Creator's soul. You will come to realise that the more light you anchor into your being whether from a guide or directly from the Creator's soul the deeper your knowledge and understanding of energy will become, and so your evaluation of a guide's energy at the begin may be completely different from your evaluation three months later.

When we learn that every light, energy and even emotion is an abundance of consciousness and qualities we realise that there are many energies or shades that you will not come into contact with and this is due to your focus and the path that you are travelling on the Earth. It is in many ways the focus and comprehension of humanity that allows different interpretation of the energies and purpose of many ascended masters and angels. This practice assists in enhancing a person's faith, trust and belief in themselves and their acceptance of others.

With a focus of understanding the shades of the Creator's light you will begin to discover more about yourself, the energies that you need and those that are no longer needed but the volume of energy and inspiration that you have to draw from to assist you in your reality will increase and so you will begin to adopt the nature, consciousness and light of the Creator due to the fact that you will be connecting with a purer vibration of the Creator's light.

To summarise my purpose of connecting with you, I wish for you to increase your focus on connecting with the light of your guides and the Creator, and as you are experiencing this connection allow yourself to comprehend the qualities, emotions or consciousness that you are feeling or receiving due to your connection.

Remember these feelings or qualities and ask for them to be stored within your body and consciousness so that you can draw upon the energy and teachings that all beams of light holds for further use and integration into your reality. (Archangel Michael, March 22, 2010, through Natalie Glasson, at http://wisdomofthelight.com/Weekly-Messages.html.)

From 2009

Your part in the process is to rise up with the Earth, and providing you have lifted your vibrations accordingly, you will ascend. (SaLuSa, Sept. 18, 2009.)

You are not allowed to take the lower vibrations into the higher levels, and it is impossible to do otherwise as it is the Universal Law. (Atmos, May 18, 2009.)

Persons who receive the light will ascend in their physical bodies along with Earth as she progresses into the higher vibrations of fourth and fifth densities. The absorption of light changes bodies' cellular structure from carbon-based of third density, which cannot survive the intensity of light in the higher vibrations, into the crystalline structure that can survive. ...

The decision about who ascends and who does not is the province of each individual. It is not an arbitrary decision - it is a matter of the energy within the individual and that is determined by the free will choices within either the light or the dark. Light-filled people will ascend, as I explained. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

From 2008

Your "travel ticket" is the absorption of light that comes automatically with living in godly ways. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 21, 2008.)

The glories of the Golden Age will be available only to the souls who absorb the light that will enable physical survival along Earth's ascension journey into the high frequencies of fifth density. When the bodies of those who refuse the light no longer can sustain viability, the souls will go to worlds where the energy matches their lifetime energy and where they will have other opportunities to raise their consciousness and evolve spiritually. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 22, 2008.)

[The future of all] is bound by the degree of Light that you have drawn to yourself, and whether it is sufficiently high enough to enable you to ascend. (SaLuSa, October 20, 2008.)

From 2005

None on Earth can see, as we do, the intensity of light and technological assistance of our benevolent space family on, above and within Earth that is vanquishing the influence of the off-planet darkness that has been controlling its Earth puppets, who in turn have been controlling all of you, in part through manipulations by the US government. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 31, 2005.)

From 2003

It would be good to also mention again that the light that is absorbed by receptive souls is changing their cells into a crystalline structure for physical survival in the higher vibrational levels as well as increasing spiritual clarity and thus soul evolution. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 31, 2003.)

Success Does not Depend upon Knowing about Ascension

From 2012

There are some beautiful souls of compassion and love who know nothing about Ascension, and they will also join up with the Lightworkers. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

Knowledge of the Ascension process is not necessary to be assured of rising up with it. There are many, many souls that are kind, loving and compassionate who are also ready for such an upliftment. In fact they may have quite a different view of the future, but that does not matter as they will soon adapt to the coming changes. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2012.)

Success Does not Depend upon Knowing about the Galactics and Celestials

From 2010

As your consciousness expands you will inevitably find yourself better able to understand what is being given to you. There are in fact beautiful souls in all walks of life, yet they do not necessarily have the same consciousness levels of those who have already awakened. They are by no means excluded from the process of Ascension, and will easily accept whatever is necessary to change their direction. That is possible because they already have the basis for a greater expansion of their consciousness. (SaLuSa, Nov. 17, 2010.)

We know that some of you wonder if every soul on Earth has the same opportunity to ascend, and you think of those who are living a simple life away from the influence of the West. You may not be too surprised to learn that in their own way, they are nearer to God and Mother Earth than you are.

They live in a way that respects nature and all life, and understand its cycles and the energies all around them. Their needs are few, and when they leave there is no trail of damage and pollution. They may not have your awareness of the end times, but lead a highly spiritual life and have every opportunity to ascend. (SaLuSa, March 15, 2010.)

From 2008

Some of you are by nature kindly and loving souls and have a different background, yet have little awareness of our place in your lives. That is no drawback at all as in time the truth shall be made known to all of you, and before the final year when the cycle ends. Ascension is something you will knowingly choose, and, with enlightenment, seem quite natural as part of your spiritual evolution. (SaLuSa, October 20, 2008.)

Success Does Not Depend upon a Belief in God

From 2012

A lack of belief in God is not necessarily preventing people from ascending, as many of them are at heart very kind and decent people. It is what you are inside that counts, but we always come back to the need to treat others as yourself. (SaLuSa, Oct. 3, 2012.)

Success is Guaranteed to All Sincere Intenders

From 2016

Where the Will of God is concerned nothing can change the outcome regardless of any actions taken by the Illuminati. Their role in opposition to those of the Light has caused them to rise up and evolve much quicker than it would otherwise have occurred. It means that many more souls will have reached levels that entitle them to ascend.

There is no choosing of such souls, and their success is entirely due to their own efforts to evolve out of the lower vibrations and into the Light. It is not a matter of becoming a total Light Being, but becoming of service to others for the greater part of your life. You can achieve it in so many ways and it is not necessarily confined to those who have a religious background. Equally you can serve others in many ways all according to their needs and it is not necessarily about money, but those who are very wealthy can do great things because of it. (Mike Quinsey, Oct. 7, 2013.)

From 2011

It is not even necessary to be fully enlightened about Ascension to ascend, but simply to be of good intent and live the love that is inside your heart for all life forms. See the love in another and know that when you share yours it is bringing it out from them. (SaLuSa, July 5, 2011.)

From 2009

There is no doubt at all that you will succeed, but keep looking forward and use your energy positively, and not allowing your guard to fall for one moment. The dark use many ploys to instill fear in people, and it is to be absolutely avoided.(SaLuSa, Dec. 16, 2009.)

We must clear 51% of our negative frequency patterns and attune our Energetic Signature to at least a portion of the lower sub-level frequencies of the Fifth Dimension in order to receive the Adamantine Particles of Creator Light, which are an integral part of the Metatronic Full Spectrum Light. (Archangel Michael, Sept. 27, 2009, through Ronna Herman, http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

The beauty of the Light is available to everyone and as always it remains your choice whether to accept it or not. Now perhaps you can see how the path of Ascension draws you away from the lower vibration. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

Ascension is a certainty, and nothing can take that opportunity away from you. Know that our Love and Light accompanies you all of the way, and your victory shall also be ours. (SaLuSa, May 27, 2009.)

Everyone rejoices when a single soul reaches up and achieves an evolutionary goal that takes one out of duality. As you know by now it does not come easily which is why the coming unique opportunity to ascend with a physical body is one that must be made known to all before the end of this cycle. Those of you who have been seeking have been directed and guided towards it, and it becomes your absolute choice as to whether you seize the opportunity. (Diane of Sirius, Apr. 10, 2009.)

Know that the great Resurrection Dispensation is now in full effect for the Planet Earth and all upon her. All who choose will rise up with the Earth into the Higher Dimensions. All who choose have the opportunity to do so. ("A Message from Maitreya and Buddha," April 1, 2009, through Marlene Swetlishoff, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/.)

You should take heart from knowing that whatever happens in your personal lives, you will make it if it is your intent.

In the midst of the changes your perception is clouded, and events moving in a linear time line are quite different to ours. We see you as you might say, home and dried, and this is why we can be so positive about the outcome of this present period. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2009.)

Your success is already guaranteed and the New Age is rapidly advancing. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2009.)

From 2008

Even though all of you are there because your request to participate in this unprecedented time in the universe was honored and even if the longevity clause in your soul contract would permit you to physically go along with Earth, you need a "travel ticket." Getting it is as easy as choosing to live in godly ways and opening your minds to the universal truths as they emerge. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 21, 2008.)

We can ... say with absolute certainty that regardless of the obstacles placed in our way the tasks will be totally fulfilled. You are on the crest of a wave of Light that shall propel you onto the path of Ascension for once and for all. Be prepared and lift yourselves into the Light and Love forever. (SaLuSa, Dec. 5, 2008.)

Beloved ones, you have earned entry into this realm within the Kingdoms of Heaven. This is the last phase of the cycle. Not too long ago I said it is like running the final hundred metres. Give it all you have and do not for a moment doubt that you deserve anything less than the absolute best. (Kuthumi, "11:11 Turning of the Tide," through Michelle Eloff, Nov. 2, 2008, at http://spiritlibrary.com/the-lightweaver/1111-turning-of-the-tide.)

Beloved Lightworkers, you have come a long way and you have worked hard. Now is the time to enjoy the rewards of your work over many lifetimes. Now is the time to allow the Abundance, Peace, Love and Joy into your lives. Now is the time to embrace the Flow of Divine Blessings with Gratitude and Grace. For the long struggle is over and you begin now to manifest with Ease and Joy in the Golden Light of Abundance. (Archangel Michael, "The Song of Harmony. The Energies for November 2008," through Celia Fenn, at http://www.starchildglobal.com/.)

Your destiny is absolutely guaranteed and nothing can stop your Ascension. You will understand why regardless of what is yet to happen on Earth, it is not going to prevent the outworking of all that has been planned for you. (Ag-agria of Sirius, Sept. 1, 2008.)

From 1990

Is it necessary to be one-hundred percent healed and whole to ascend? No, says Sananda.

"You do not need to be one hundred percent healed and whole emotionally and spiritually in order to ascend. ... We can work miracles with each of you. This is our intention." (Sananda in Eric Klein, The Crystal Stair. Livermore: Oughten Hosue Publications, 1992; c1990, 34.)

Who is Birthing Ascension?

From 2009

Some of you identify with the day-to-day happenings, being unable to see the greater picture. Others hold their visions of another path that leads you out of the chaos, into a new era of happiness and freedom from oppression. It is the latter who are birthing a new future for Humankind, one that leads to Ascension. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2009.)

We Will Help You

From 2011

We know you cannot imagine such changes yet but they will come as you might say, fast and furious. There is no time to be lost, but then we are fully prepared for the tasks that lay ahead. They will commence with a whole flurry of activity, with one quickly following another.

Can you sense how near things are to coming to head, as some major changes are near to fruition. When they commence we want them to be free flowing and without problems. We will have time to explain what we are doing, but so to say cannot spend over long with those who are unable to grasp the significance of it all. We will have educational programs to enlighten them, and opportunities given to cover any questions that may arise. Our plan has covered all possible situations, so we expect things to run smoothly and to everyone's satisfaction. As you may recall, we are far from new to such occasions having handled the process of Ascension many times in the past. (SaLuSa, July 15, 2011.)

In actual fact, you already have all knowledge within. It sometimes means setting aside what you have been brought up to believe, to allow an opportunity for the truth to be understood. Better still start your quest for the truth by starting with a clean sheet. This way your Guides will be able to reach you and help point you in the right direction. Be assured that for each soul many Higher Beings are working to enlighten them. (SaLuSa, Apr. 13, 2011.)

From 2010

Great effort is made by Beings all through the higher dimensions, to get you prepared for it. Say the word and your guides are with you in an instant, and the Angels will oversee your progress. For your part acknowledge their presence and ask for guidance, as without your approval it will be looked upon as interference. (SaluSa, Aug. 9, 2010.)

The end of this Solar Cycle ... is a special time when great effort is made by Beings all through the higher dimensions, to get you prepared for it. Say the word and your guides are with you in an instant, and the Angels will oversee your progress. For your part acknowledge their presence and ask for guidance, as without your approval it will be looked upon as interference. (SaLuSa, Aug. 9, 2010.)

From 2010

What better position can we be in to advise you, when we have already walked the path you are on now. We know what you are going through, and because of our experience can see what help you need. There was never the intention that you would be left solely to your own devices. (SaLuSa, March 31, 2010.)

Be aware that we will be working closely with you in the future. We will be sharing tools and techniques that you will find helpful. We need to learn from you more about how life has been and how we can adapt to your ways. We know it will be a successful fit. (Mira the Pleiadian, March 18, 2010.)

From 2009

There is rightly much emphasis upon what you can do for yourself, and you will receive help when you elect to move into the Light, and you will find your path taking you in the right direction. Your Guides are chosen for the very purpose of doing just that and when you change your goals, so another Guide may well take over. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

Here you are upon Earth at a time when Ascension is open to everyone, and much assistance is being given to those who look to seize the opportunity. It truly is a unique occasion divinely decreed for your end time, so that you may rise up with the rest of the Universe. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

Your many lifetimes have always been accompanied by Higher Beings, even although you were largely unaware of their presence. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

There is so much to learn about yourselves, and by the time this cycle ends you will have been given whatever tuition you need. The Masters and other Beings such as us will organise teach-ins, but they will be with a difference. Our methods are quite different to what you have been used to, and will speed up your ability to assimilate knowledge. They will also be extremely interesting and supported by holograms, and where required you may be taken to other planets for realistic and first-hand experience.

However, to save time information can be downloaded directly into your memory banks. Also, those of you who are dedicated healers can be taken to the Temples of Healing, and experience the beauty and powerful energies that they hold. (SaLuSa, April 1, 2009.)

You will be fully prepared for it beforehand. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

You are now preparing for the final days of this cycle and you are attracting help proportionate to your present level of Light. (Ker-On of Venus, 21 January 2009.)

From 2008

You are in fact now in control of your destiny, and each of you has the same opportunity to ascend. If you aspire to move onto the higher path there is every help available to you, even if you unaware of it. The simple statement of intent is sufficient and will attract souls to you who can assist you to find your personal pathway. It will all become much more understandable during the next year, as you will see positive moves towards bringing out the truth of your reality. (SaLuSa, Dec. 31, 2008.)

The task of returning to the Light is not one that you are expected to achieve single-handed. Although it is possible for an individual soul to ascend at any given time. The difference now is that you are benefiting because of the Divine decree that this Universe shall lift up, and enter a new area in the Cosmos.(SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

Ascension Involves Tremendous Change

From 2011

We see so many moving into a deeper sense of life and living.  More and more light is pouring forth from your beloved Earth. She is supporting you in all you do, for she also is moving quickly into a deeper resonance of Light and truth.

It is a powerful time right now on Earth.  Much is changing and much is going to change.  The energies of the past are quickly fading and will soon disappear for many.

Be not afraid of change, dear ones, for at this point change is simply a term for newer and higher.  There is nothing to fear.  There will be still some events of change as Gaia moves old energy in her own process of ascension.  Be not afraid and try very hard not to resort to old thinking . 

This can be difficult because your media simply pushes the fears of an old belief system on you with every newscast.  Stay informed but do not glue yourselves to your televisions for what you get is always of the old energy--old solutions and old ways of believing. (Arcturian Group, Oct. 16, 2011.)

The energy for change is unstoppable and we will ensure that it flows uninterrupted by those who oppose it. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2011.)

All that matters now are your immediate efforts to hold your focus upon Ascension, as it is going to change you beyond your expectations. (SaLuSa, May 25, 2011.)

It has never been plain sailing where duality is concerned, but soon you will be in a position to realise that the end is clearly in sight. All of the major changes needed will forge ahead, and the last vestiges of the Illuminati's control will disappear. So once again we will reiterate that all is well, because your victory is assured. It is a time for celebration because it will be the first time your civilisation has won through the challenges presented to it, and brought the Light to Earth. (SaLuSa, Apr. 11, 2011.)

It is a strange situation that you find yourselves in, as you still prepare for your normal day-to-day living yet know that in the not too distant future your lives will change quite considerably. (SaLuSa, April 6, 2011.)

Humanity is preparing to rise into the state of full consciousness, where it truly is at all times even though it remains unaware of this, and as it does so the sense of expectant anticipation that so many of you are experiencing is intensifying.  Very few of you are without some sense that great changes are in the air, but what they might entail mostly eludes you.  

It is indeed a wonderful time to be on Earth, and that is why you chose to be here now.  It is a time when misery, fear, anxiety, and doubt will be replaced with joyful confidence that God exists eternally, and you with Him, in the glory of His magnificent creation where ecstatic bliss is the ever-present ongoing experience. (Saul, Jan. 22, 2011.)

From 2010

Finally, the extreme incompatibility of your separate agendas is seeping into your awareness.  The insanity of the separate and divisive plans that you have been attempting to implement for so long is becoming apparent to you.  You are ready for the enormous changes in attitude that are required to enable you to stop playing these unpleasant games and awaken, allowing the illusion to dissolve back into the nothingness from which you built it.

The end of the illusion, and the suffering it engenders, is approaching.  Your happiness and exhilaration in the joy of being alive when you finally awaken from this deranged and stifling nightmare will overwhelm you. (Saul, Nov. 6, 2010.)

As you know, because many channels have been telling you for quite some time, enormous changes in the way you live and experience life are shortly to occur.  You have been doing lots of preparatory work below the level of your conscious human awareness, and a very large number of you are now ready to embrace enthusiastically these, in your terms, amazing changes. (Saul, Oct. 2, 2010.)

Some of you are experiencing a lot of stress as you head for the exit from the illusion, and this is really not at all surprising when you consider the amount of time you have spent within it, accepting its totally unreal 'reality' as normal.  In the illusion, change frequently causes people stress - sometimes extreme stress - so it is to be expected that the decision to head for the exit would produce stress.

So don't lose heart; you are on the divine path Home. Your Father has guaranteed your safe arrival, and when you depart from the illusion, along with everything else, you will leave your state of stress behind.  No such state exists in God's divine Reality. (Saul, Sept. 11, 2010.)

As you might imagine, once the real changes commence people will be unable to ignore them. They will be so sweeping that it will soon be apparent that a new Earth is being birthed. They will soon receive the support of the majority of them, so that the benefits will be clearly seen. One by one the problems that plague you now will be overcome, and in such a way that it will be obvious that the results are permanent. (SaLuSa, Sept. 6, 2010.)

Dear Ones, there is so much to take in during these changing times, so let go of the old ways unless they serve the Light, and be ready to change your beliefs to those that come with the New Age. The way is simple and the direction is signposted by Love and Light. If you can find balance and harmony in your life now, we would say that you are already living from a higher state of consciousness. Is it then no wonder that you feel different to many people around you, and find their ways no longer acceptable? It is a sign of the separation that is occurring at the present time, and it is a perfectly normal development. (SaLuSa, May 31, 2010.)

As you begin to understand the implications for you personally, it will become quite clear that you are already in the midst of irrevocable changes. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

At this time you stand at the gateway to Ascension, and once the changes commence that will bring it into being, they must take you to it with as little inconvenience as possible. Clearly in view of the massive changes to be made, we want it to go smoothly and it is why our plan is reviewed quite often. The timing must be right and we will not move until it is seen to be certain that it will succeed. (SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

The final run in to Ascension is one that gives you so many opportunities to tie up your loose ends, and change your mindset to one that is in alignment with the new vibrations. The old you will largely disappear and a beautiful Being emerge that will be ready to ascend. You have worked hard and come along way to reach this point, and it will be a most uplifting experience regardless of whatever you go through to get there. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

Because we are aware of all the coming changes and see the complete success they will bring, we do not experience tension or concern but rather a feeling of excitement at the thought of the great hope and happiness it will bring you. We have the privilege of seeing the wider view and all probabilities, and know the path will lead to completion of this cycle.

You however, have no certain way of knowing the outcome, and it is very much a matter of faith according to your beliefs. Yet it is not faith alone that spurs you ever onwards, as within your subconscious memories you already know of the success you are to experience. It is that inner knowing that gives you the strength to overcome any obstacles placed in your way. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

After thousands of years in this cycle you approach the end times, and yet in the little time left will accomplish more in that period than any other one before. The growth of your consciousness is accelerating all of the time, and we see an overall surge in the numbers of you awakening.

That is bringing about profound changes for the good, as the Light is becoming stronger, and stronger. It is why we can tell you that the battle between the Light and dark is really over, and it is only the last gasps of the dark Ones that keep it going. 

Everything is illusory anyway, as you are coming to realize. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

The changes may sound rather frightening to some of you who have not yet been so well informed. Always remember our promise to help you along your path, and each step will be explained so that you do so with complete confidence and understanding. (SaLuSa, Feb. 5, 2010.)

You have reached a stage where there can be no going back, and it is only a matter of time before everyone will see dramatic changes leading to a new future. We will be an integral part of them, as there is so much work to be done to establish a New Age that will carry you through to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 3, 2010.)

In the Now, we must understand that there are great changes afoot. Changes that can make many of you most uncomfortable, yet it is these changes that take you out of your comfort zones that create the most growth for each one of you.

These changes signal the upcoming ascension, and these changes are occurring to help each one of your become uncomfortable enough to release that which no longer serves your highest good and the highest good of all. (Jeshua, Feb. 2010, through Rev. Michelle Coutant, at http://www.transformingradiance.com/jeshua.html.)

In this process, as you shift from the Third-Dimensional illusion of a stable "reality" into this world of manifest dream, you may feel anxious and insecure. Your sense of reality may be threatened, and you may feel vulnerable and unsupported in a sea of rapid changes. Beloved Ones, know that everything in your reality is Love and an expression of Love in some way. Know that this Love will always support you to expand and grow.

If you can say to yourself "I am Love and everything I experience is Love", then you will find that center in Love and be supported by Love. And you will find Peace and Acceptance at all times. This indeed was taught by all your Teachers and Masters leading up to this time as they prepared for this transformation. They prepared you to see your Divinity and to know that you are indeed co-creating your Reality through the Manifestation of Dreams and Collective Dreams in this rapidly rebirthing energy called the "New Earth". (Archangel Michael, "Navigating the New Earth Fifth-Dimensional Hologram," February 2010, through Celia Fenn, at http://www.starchildglobal.com/february2010.html.)

The changes that will occur in the next couple of your earthly years will be many. We will be with you through all of them. We will lend assistance as necessary. You are never alone even if you feel that way at times. We will see you through a steady course of change and uplifting consciousness until we are together again. (Mira the Pleiadian, Jan. 13, 2010.)

From 2009

Your worries and personal concerns are important, but do not allow them to overshadow the need for your upliftment. In the immediate future there will be changes of such magnitude that all of your present problems will pale into insignificance. Set your sights on completion of your time in duality, and know that all other souls will benefit from doing the same. (SaLuSa, Sept. 18, 2009.)

You may wonder why changes are even contemplated when Ascension is looming ever nearer. It is mainly because your consciousness levels must be lifted up, and the higher energies are breaking down the lower ones so change is inevitable. It is also a fact that you are to quickly progress to the point of advancement which has been denied you by the dark Ones. This brings a smooth transition to the many changes that will take you forward to another advanced level that comes with Ascension. (Atmos, Aug. 28, 2009.)

The idea that the changes will affect everything that you are used to and familiar with is something of a shock. In your minds you have rarely considered that things could be different, from what you imagine is your true and only reality. Life as you know it has rambled on for thousands of years, seemingly without too much change, yet in the space of a few years it will be moving into an area of expansion. Into an expression of the higher vibrations of Light, leaving the old behind. (SaLuSa, Aug. 19, 2009.)

All movement in your lives, no matter how awkward, is a movement towards greater love - love of God, love of Self, love of others. Choose to see all your changes this way and you will have greater understanding, greater compassion for self and others, and greater peace. (Message from the Angels, May 9, 2009 at http://www.visionsofheaven.com/AAngels/newsletter_2009_0509.html#AngelMessages.)

Are you ready for all that is about to change on the Earth? We think that you are and that you will love participating in the creative process. (Saul, Apr. 30, 2009.)

The present time is one of many personal changes, as people find out where they should be for the end times. They may not be conscious decisions made with Ascension in mind, but every soul on Earth at present knew quite clearly the purpose of their life plan.

Locating to a new place is driven by the desire to be where the energies harmonise with you, and often the need to be near loved ones. People find there is a strong impulse to take certain actions, without the full realisation as to why. Those who trust their intuition will not go wrong, but be assured in the end, everyone will be in the right place for the final stages of their journey. Such decisions are never fear based, and follow the guidance from your Higher Self. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2009.)

As the infinite shift continues you will begin to notice within your world a change in languaging. Change in reactivity. Change in tolerance of certain issues and behaviors. Change in interactions with others. Change toward a greater One on Earth. It is written in the Book of Light and your names are listed there. Each of you [is] a harmonic part of the greater one. (“Message from the Masters” through Meg Blackburn Losey, April 6, 2009, at http://www.spiritlite.com/messages.php.)

Earth's ascension - the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal that enables her to rise out of third density and continue into the Golden Age - has been ongoing for about seventy years in linear time; and by the end of your calendar year 2012, the darkness that has proliferated for millennia will have disappeared in all its vicious forms. However, this does not mean that after 2012, there will be no further changes - there will indeed be splendid changes in many areas, including spiritual and intellectual growth. Life is a continual process of learning, or more accurately stated, a process of consciously remembering the knowledge within the soul. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

There are many probable futures before each of you, and it is important that you stay centered in the NOW moment. You may be led to change course several times as you slowly move into the fluidity of the higher dimensions; however, if you allow your Sacred Heart and your Higher Self to Light the way, you will never be led astray. The timelines of the future lead to higher, more stable ground, away from the broad spectrum of duality and the illusion of separation. (Archangel Michael, "The Many Facets of Ascension, Part 1," January 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

From 2008

We come to you with ease and grace. You can use some of this because the energetic waves are quite irregular. What has been held in place and what has held you in place is being uprooted. Even if you did not like the way you were living it was familiar. Now it may feel as if there is nothing to hold onto that is familiar. This can be disconcerting. It is true for each of you emotionally and, on all levels; it is also true for the Earth. We come to bring a new sense of stability because we know these energies of change well. It is a part of the ascension process and the release of the old dense energies of the past. It can be uncomfortable, more uncomfortable than you can imagine.

You have a lot to change. You have many needs on your planet and many people in need. Your bodies are changing and they have different needs too. You must do the best you can. Know that there is a built in flexibility in your DNA on the Earth or you would not have made it this far. Some of you can't wait for the higher dimensions yet you have a lot to go through before this is possible. Change does not come by chance. It comes by circumstances. These conditions are planned and Prime Source is in charge of all of it. (Mira the Pleiadian, Dec. 4, 2008.)

It is all change, and as people of good intentions galvanise their efforts to bring the new into place, they will find opportunities to assist those of the Light. These are the times you have been waiting for and their emergence is the answer to your pleas for change. (SaLuSa Nov. 24, 2008.)

You ... subconsciously have known that the end-times would bring a complete change. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

The cycle has to end in its present expression, having served its purpose in allowing you to experience duality. The dark and the Light have vied for your attention, and you have been responsible for all that has been created in that time. ...

Look upon the changes as being quite natural, and the normal progression of souls that tread the path of duality. Cycles are orderly and not random happenings; they are stages in your evolution that are carrying you back to the higher dimensions. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008.)

What Ascension Will Bring

From 2012

You need not be concerned about the eventual outcome of what has transpired, for you can rest easily in the notion that once you have attained true freedom of spirit in this manner, those seeming bumps in the road will smooth out.

The losses that you have faced will suddenly be reversed.

And the glory of life will be elevated to levels you may have thought impossible at any point in the past. (David Wilcock, "Wilcock Reading, Dec. 2011, by the Source -- with David Wilcock," Aug. 28, 2012, at http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1078-2012shift.)

Life for you will become exciting with little or no limitations as to what you can do, and it will become most satisfying and fulfil your wildest dreams. Work or labour such as you are used to will no longer burden you, and you will find that life will become so much easier and enjoyable. God has never condemned you to an existence that continually placed you in unhappy situations, that Dear Ones has been the result of your own creations.

However, now that is almost in the past and already we find so many of you are able to rise above the lower vibrations. Duality has been a very tough teacher and having experienced the loneliness of separation from the Source. You are now recognising the Oneness of all that exists, and have found God within yourself and recognise it in other souls. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

Heaven's intent for humanity is leading you all forwards towards this supremely auspicious event that will bring with it joy, happiness, peace, and prosperous abundance for all; and that event is, of course, your awakening into your natural and fully-conscious state. That moment is fast approaching and will not be delayed, even though it appears that many are still not ready to release the unloving and judgmental attitudes that, by their very adoption and maintenance, preclude them from accepting the unconditional divine Love that is constantly offered to them.

However, you light-holders are ensuring, by your loving determination to do God's Will, that the necessary awareness of the insanity of those attitudes will dawn on the vast majority. A tidal wave of release will sweep through humanity as it at last embraces the incontrovertible truth that Love gently but inevitably conquers and replaces all that is opposed to it. Realizing that resistance is futile, and that it offers only further pain and suffering, the vast majority of humanity will surrender themselves joyfully into the loving arms of God.

And when they do, it will be a moment of supreme glory, and to use an analogy that cannot at all compare to what you will actually experience, it will be similar to the effect you might experience if you moved instantaneously from the depths of an unlighted coal mine into the brilliant midday sunshine on a tropical beach. And then a stunning and amazing sense of wonder will clear from your minds the last few remnants of the fog of doubt and confusion in which it seems you have been embroiled for so long.

The rate at which you are approaching this magnificent event is accelerating as the divine embrace, the divine field of Love enveloping the planet and all upon it intensifies and strengthens. There is no escape from God's Love for you! And there is no escape from the infinite ecstasy in which It will enfold you!

Be prepared for mighty life-altering events to happen and appear before you as you awaken at last into Reality, for it will provide you with everything you need for peaceful and happy living in a most glorious and inspiring environment. All your creative talents and abilities will blossom as you start to express yourselves fully and with complete confidence in whatever field you find yourselves resonating with. And in that field, with all the amazing possibilities it offers, you will find yourselves surrounded by many loving companions with similar talents and interests with whom you can work synergistically and harmoniously to produce dazzlingly beautiful creations for the delight of all.

Once you have awakened, you will never again encounter loneliness and all the unhappiness that goes with the unnatural slumbering state you have been in; although, when the mood takes you, you will have no trouble finding a place of inspiration in which to be alone - in love, peace, and communion with Yourself and with God. Reality is a place of divine enjoyment where you can use to the full all the creative gifts with which God has endowed you, absolutely firm in the knowledge that everything you think, say, or do is a most beautiful creation of infinite loving intent that you will share enthusiastically with God and with all your brothers and sisters. And their enthusiasm for whatever you choose to create will equal yours, as will your enthusiasm for whatever they choose to create.

Truly, at present, you can have not the slightest idea of the wonders that are waiting to unfold for you. Anticipate your awakening with excitement and surety because what God has promised He will deliver, and no-one will be disappointed. For in God no such possibility exists. (Saul, April 8, 2012.)

Ascension will not only be a welcome break from the challenges of duality, but a change of life to one that is most rewarding and joyful. It will be something you will take to quite naturally, as it is what you were used to before you left the higher realms.

The illusion that you lived on Earth will have passed by, but not without having expanded your levels of consciousness. All experiences will have contributed to your overall understanding of the lower vibrations. That does not mean that you need to be fully conscious of them, but only the lessons learnt. (SaLuSa, March 7, 2012.)

Dear One, you have learnt so much through experiencing duality, and your strength of character will stand you good in the future. In fact once you reach a certain high level of consciousness, you will not even have to think about how to lead your life. You will have reached such a great understanding, that you will see All as One and act accordingly.

That understanding is one that is slowly being accepted by people, and in consequence there is much more concern about the plight and well-being of all people. Without a doubt you are coming together and bonding, as you are beginning to see yourself in others. The energy being created is out of love for your fellow Being, and the barriers that previously separated you are being broken down. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2012.)

From 2011

Steve: I don't think there is anyone, Lord, that I am aware of who has told us what actually occurs when we ascend. What actually takes place that the word ascension refers to and applies to? What are the events that we would be aware of, or even not aware of, that constitute ascension?

Archangel Michael: Well, I could tease you and tell you the key point of ascension is you get a new bank account. [laughter] And it has unlimited funds! But that is not the case. But in a way it is.

S: As in my being a co-creator?


AAM: 
That is correct. So, it is the elimination of what you think of in many ways of effort. But let us now -- I am going to say it will be the process, or the elongation, the period of time that this process takes can be slightly different for different people. As I have said to you there will be many at the last minute rushing through the door, and that will not be as smooth a journey as someone who has done their preparation adequately. And soulfully.

S: That's interesting, Lord.  And the work we do in completing our old business and upsets, that makes for a smooth transition? Is that right?

AAM: Yes, it does. Think of it in terms of when a baby, a human baby is birthed, sometimes it is a very easy delivery, sometimes it is 30 hours of labor. Sometimes the mother decides to birth in the fields, sometimes she births in the ocean. Sometimes she goes to a beautiful room, other times she goes to an operating room and has a C-section. But the birthing still occurs. So this is what happens.

It is a feeling of complete and utter surrender and bliss. It is a sensation -- physical, mental, emotional, spiritual -- of union. So there is a moment where you feel, oh, I have died. Because that is the sense of such release and reconnection.  But of course you are not dying. Quite the contrary. Now, in much of your history or literature -- and I do include sacred books in that -- ascension is also related to a keeping of some kind of physicality and form. Now, some will choose not to do that, and that is fine. But that is a choice.

But let us talk about you. Let us use you as an example. Because you have done your very deep work, and your heart is committed to this path for many, many years. There will be that sense of blissful connection that you have experienced a couple of times, but it will be even more so. The sense will be that you are flying upward. It is a sen -- a physical sensation of movement. And a remembering, or a sensation of remembering, that you have wings, or the ability to fly.

So that is the feeling of ascending up the sacred spiral. 

There will be a -- also in that period, which can be moments or a few hours of feeling disassociated, that even if you were to open your eyes, that you were to look at a floor and you would see that it is simply made of particles, subatomic particles, quantum particles, that it is not solid. So you have begun immediately to have the real sensation or vision of how things can be seen, and how they are seen, maybe, from this side.

So there is a sense of unreality. Now, if you wish to make things solid, you will just simply say that you want that, and it will appear. But the knowing that that is simply a construct that you are creating already is there in full consciousness. When you decide to open your eyes, how you see the colors, the textures, the richness, the air, you will see very differently. What you think of as your senses will be heightened, oh, at least a thousand-fold. So, there is a little adjustment. And we are with you, and we obviously take care of that, because this is completely a joyous situation to be in. Think of it as being spiritually orgasmic. It is the union of all.

Then, you will settle into this knowing, and of course that choice of physicality. But also know that if you choose to keep physicality, immediately what you have noted as, what we would say [call?] human aches and pains are gone. But the biggest shift is you no longer live or exist -- you can visit, you can exhibit, but you do not live -- within the third dimension, where you are in that movement of what you think of as going up the sacred spiral.

That is the best analogy I can give you. It is the elevator to the fifth. And further, for some who choose. And there will be some who simply choose to keep going. But as the collective, that is the plan. And it will be the place of love. It will be all of a sudden that the decisions, the actions, the existence, the form is from love; is love, and is from love, and is of love.

So that sense of either/or, of what you traditionally have thought of as yes or no, of duality, of polarity, it is gone. It is the alignment. The entire journey in this third dimensional existence is reaching this place of alignment, of placing yourself beyond the either/or. And when you are doing that in this ascension process, it is like a Roman candle: off you go.

Now, you say, well, what about those around me? What about the physical world? And the ability to create and co-create, not only with us, but with each other, is very strong in this new reality that is as ancient as eternity. So there will be shifting, there will be shifting of what you choose to construct. Now, it is not to say that you arrive in the fifth and it is a completely blank slate. There will be what you need there. But what you desire, or need, or believe you need, you will create. And the feeling, the belief that density and structure is the foundation of existence will not be part of that belief system, that reality.

You do not need, for example, central banks when you are able to simply create and collect the codes and have what you need. There is not need for protection of military forces or paramilitary forces, which is often how we think of your police forces, when you know that it is in harmony. So these structures, or institutions, as you think of them, are nonexistent. They're gone.

S: It's hard for us to get that. Coming from third dimensional reality, we tend to project the third dimension onto the fifth rather than understanding the changed reality that the fifth represents.

AAM: It doesn't have the same rules. Now, think of this, my friend. Many of the structures you have -- and we're not suggesting that they have been not worthwhile; there are many worthwhile, many, many, many worthwhile things that the humans have constructed. But many more have been constructed on these false human paradigms that were not real. And they most certainly were not of this side. And they were not of love. They were of belief in the need to control, or to be greedy, or to be lustful -- to limit.

This is the one that is always the most baffling throughout the universe. Why would you wish to limit any human being? Any being? It is like saying to a flower, only bloom once. So many of your structures have been formulated on these belief systems that have been based on a much lower vibration than where you would wish to be. If there is love, there is trust. And if there is trust, you can organize yourselves. You are not going to wish to take what another -- land? -- land does not belong to you, anyway; it is Gaia's. She shares it with you.

And in this different reality -- but this is what you will see when you open your eyes. You will see that you are part of that infinite mosaic. The connectedness will be there and the loneliness will be gone. The yearning? It will not be there. Not in the same desperation that we witness in so many. And that is not a criticism. It is that they yearn to be part of One again. They know that that is who they are.  ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Oct. 1, 2011 - Part 2/3," at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

For some people who are aware of the pending changes, their understanding does not embrace the idea of Ascension. ... They will still have subconscious memories of the past, that will enable them to aspire to higher levels than before. When the cycles change, you do not lose the benefit of your experiences, and you will commence a new one with that advantage. Those of you who have decided upon Ascension, will go forward with full awareness of your experiences and also your consciousness levels will have substantially increased. (SaLuSa, July 29, 2011.)

There is everything to gain and nothing to lose by following the path to Ascension. Indeed, you will gain so much that you will look back at lives on Earth, and wonder how you got through them. Whatever you visualize as the beauty, joy and happiness of moving into a heavenly abode, we would say that you will still be overwhelmed by the sheer magnificence of everything. (SaLuSa, July 22, 2011.)

In fact it is through Ascension that you will find yourselves moving into not just the New Age, but also the Golden Age. You have to be there to appreciate what it all means, and it will surpass anything that you can imagine. Yes, we tell you from time to time what to expect, but words seem quite inadequate to describe the beauty and harmony that awaits you. (SaLuSa, Feb. 18, 2011.)

From 2010

To awaken is to lift the veil, disperse the mist, and leave behind the shadows to experience the glory of God's divine Reality from which you have been hiding.  It seems to you to be so long since you experienced Reality that not only do you doubt its existence, but also, because of what you imagine to be your immensely sinful behavior, you think that even if it does exist you are totally unworthy to return there.

You see the atrocious sins against humanity that have been committed throughout your recorded history and cannot envision a God Who could or would forgive the perpetrators of such horrors.  You are unable to accept 1) that these perpetrators rely on and use the intense negative energies that your harsh judgments of others supply in abundance to enable them to carry out these heinous acts, and 2) that it all truly is illusory. (Saul, Nov. 6, 2010.)

The fairness and justice of life is hard to find on Earth as you are not necessarily recognised as sovereign Beings, but when you ascend you will automatically attract to yourselves all that is balanced and in harmony by Universal Laws. The prize is worth every effort that you need to put in to succeed, (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2010.)

As you progress through the next few years, the vibrations will increase more rapidly. You will find that as you lift up your own, you will be less afflicted by illness or any health problems. Your body is becoming more crystalline, and it will be able to overcome any attack upon its bodies defensive system. You will no longer be subject to any form of disease, and eventually the process of aging will stop and be reversed.

There is a point coming in the future when you will be in the most perfect body form. May we say that is why you have never seen an "old" Space Being, and when we speak of long past events it is because we often have first-hand experience of them. We live many hundreds of years and do not age as you do. (SaLuSa, Aug. 18, 2010.)

Once you have reached a certain level and can maintain it, you will not in fact be subject to the lower vibrations. It then enables you to become an observer of everything that is going on around you, without becoming involved in it. It is a wonderful level to achieve, as you can become detached and protected from anything less than your own vibrations. In such circumstances you can progress with your spiritual evolution far quicker, and working on an intuitive level can be positively discerning when new information comes to you. (SaLuSa, Aug. 25, 2010.)

You are coming out of the nightmare to live the dream that will in fact become your new reality. You may have had fleeting experiences of true happiness, but it will have been little in comparison to what awaits you. Peace and happiness within and without is absolute bliss, and to be with souls exactly alike in this respect is heavenly. We know because that is how you will find us, as we have long lived in harmony with all life. The Galactic Federation member civilizations have all ascended, and together we are a great force for good serving the Creator. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

Words cannot express the wonders of the higher realms, not least of all the great love that enfolds everything so that it expresses to its highest perfection. There is no darkness in them, and you live in safety and comfort with none of the physical chores that are part of your life to now. It will be deliriously happy and ecstatic, and you share it with like souls who also dwell in the Light realms.

Happiness is what each of you seeks, but find hard to hold on to in duality. When you begin to feel love for every other soul, and it is reciprocated then you take a step nearer to Oneness that awaits you. On Earth, heaven is what you make it, but you rarely touch the pure vibrations that exist above the 3rd. dimension. You could not really have expected otherwise, as the vibrations are too low to manifest that which is found in the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2010.)

[The Hathors] believe that the shifting of dimensionality (Ascension) ultimately means that those of us who are embodied will be aware of both the third-dimensional world we live in and other realms, simultaneously. But in the process of moving to this expanded state of awareness, most of us tend to hold onto the known. (Tom Kenyon's comments on the Hathors
, January 13, 2010 at http://tomkenyon.com/haiti-and-the-chaotic-node.)

From 2009

Those of you who are of the Light cannot fully receive or enjoy the fruits of your endeavours until Ascension. (SaLuSa, Nov. 4, 2009.)

If you could glimpse such levels you would see out the remainder of your time in a joyous state, without fearing the future that is opening up to you. Far from it, you would be euphoric and know beyond doubt that it has been divinely decreed, and that no mortal can prevent your fulfilment. (SaLuSa, Oct. 7, 2009.)

In the future you shall have two moons, and even night and day as you now experience it will disappear. There is so much that will change from what you know now, and all to your advantage by releasing you from the restrictions that the 3rd. dimension places upon you. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

Life will go on into infinity and there are always going to be opportunities to lift up into higher dimensions. Just imagine life as one great experience of harmony and happiness, because that is what lies ahead of you. It makes your petty earthly squabbles seem so insignificant, as there is far more to life than you realise. We would say that you have not yet lived, but that would overlook your past experiences that you have yet to remember. Compared to your present life and regardless of how much have made it enjoyable, once you return to the higher dimensions it will seem but a dream and not your true reality. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

Ascension is for those of you who have stepped upon the lighted path that lifts you out of the lower vibrations. The reality you envisage will be more than you can imagine, and your consciousness levels will increase rapidly. ...

Heaven is a word that describes what awaits you, but it is a reality that is alive with opportunity and exciting adventures. You certainly will not spend your time resting on clouds; as the higher dimensions are energetic and full of action.

As an ascended Being you have the Cosmos as your playground, and it stretches into Infinity. The end does not exist, and everything is moving further away from you all of the time. You are in essence ageless, and it is only in the lower dimensions that you put on your physical body that has a limited life span, and you experience death. Even that is only an illusion, as you are immortal. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

You are awakening, finally, once again, because truly the awakening happens in a cycle of time. There is a harvesting that happens, where the seeds are planted and you go through lifetimes, individually and collectively, where the seeds germinate and there is new thinking.

So you have harvested - ascended; I use the word harvested as the same as ascension - you have taken what you have experienced in lifetimes and, as you have understood those lifetimes, you have moved to a higher vibration, a higher understanding of yourself and who you are and who others are and why things are happening.

Now, you have had it foretold that in a certain number of years, very few now, in a certain time called 2012, there is going to be another harvesting, another age of enlightenment, another time when there is going to be peace and harmony, all good upon the Earth.

This will be true for some. It will be true for those who are in their soul knowing that plan. Others will still be working through their issues, because that is what they have decreed that they will experience. And others will be somewhere in between. (Jeshua, "What are You Waiting For?" Sept. 2009, through Judith Coates, at http://www.lightworkers.org/channeling/79583/what-are-you-waiting-by-jeshua-ben-joseph-through-judith-coates.)

It is the feeling of what it is like to live in the higher realms that is difficult to put into words. We have previously spoken of it being ecstatic, and there does not seem to a better way of describing it. The feeling of love is one you understand, but again that energy is at constant levels where you are absolutely engulfed by it. You might conclude it is heavenly, and it will meet all of your expectations. (SaLuSa, Aug. 14, 2009.)

Joy is rolling in like a tidal wave to sweep you all up in the wonder of the Reality that God created, with limitless enthusiasm and perfect understanding of what His beloved children required and desired. Your eternal happiness is close at hand because it is His will and yours that it should be. (Saul, July 19, 2009.)

The build-up of planetwide, divine energy-healing is progressing beautifully, as an ever-increasing number of people start awakening and becoming aware that God Is Reality - not a myth or a fairytale. This awakening into awareness of God's existence brings with it a compelling enthusiasm to learn more about Him, and a willingness to open up to His abundant love.

And so an optimism about life and its purpose grows within them, and they find themselves able, and indeed desirous of, becoming more accepting and understanding of one another. This happens first in their personal or social relationships, which become far more satisfactory and enjoyable, and then carries over into all other areas of their lives.

Humanity is truly waking up, and the benefits that will occur as a result will be enormous and quite amazing for many who have become accustomed to obstruction, negativity, and anxiety as a fact of life. With this growing optimism comes a big increase in energy which allows apparent problems and disagreements to dissolve, almost as though they had never existed. Pay attention!

Expect joyful cooperation, and begin to experience it in the most unexpected places. The illusory world in which you have appeared to live for so long is dissolving before your eyes! (Saul, July 19, 2009.)

Ascension ... is going to completely uplift you into the higher vibrations, where the trials and tribulations of duality do not exist, where your life is enhanced by the beautiful colours, and the harmony of all life forms that co-exist for each other. Of course you have your moments of happiness on Earth, but they are usually brief compared to the permanent state of the higher realities. (Ker-On, July 3, 2009.)

Ascension is the pathway that is opening up for you, and is the freedom trail that releases you from the lower vibrations, to enjoy and savour the fruits of your success in becoming Light Beings. (Ker-On, July 3, 2009.)

This inheritance, ... this state of total peace, harmony, and balance in which you will find yourseles [is] a state in which all you could ever desire is instantly yours to experience and to enjoy. (Saul, July 1, 2009.)

The amount of work each one of you has done during the entire period of human existence on planet Earth is enormous. In your present chosen state of limited awareness it is impossible for you to have even the vaguest concept of what you have achieved. But it is truly mind-boggling!

You have certainly earned a most wonderful reward, and it is about to be paid in full. When you see what you have been struggling so heroically and for so long to bring to completion, your sense of joy and of the rightness of it all will be totally fulfilling. ...

It is in fact your homecoming from an apparently long and perilous voyage, and as you reach the shore you will be welcomed with honors appropriate to your magnificent achievements, as you finally lay down the tools and baggage that you have been carrying for so long, and sink deep into the all-enveloping comfort of your divine home. (Saul, July 1, 2009.)

Truly a time of great joy and peace is almost upon you that will wash away all the pain, all the anger, all the fear, and all the distrust that has plagued humanity for so long.

It will be a soothing balm, providing an experience of delightful contentment and an intense and wonderful conscious knowledge that all is indeed divinely taken care of. The apparently unending struggle for survival that such a large proportion of humanity experiences constantly will cease - instantaneously. In its place, there will be the reality of total abundance as every need is satisfied, and life becomes an occasion, an experience of complete and harmonious joy and delight that has always been divinely planned and intended.

Your times of sorrow, pain, and confrontational disharmony are almost at an end, as God's divine light and grace washes over the planet, healing, repairing, and renewing, so that the pristine beauty in which all was created may be gloriously re-established.

Very many of you have been praying and intending that this should come about, and you have indeed been assisting in the recreation of this most divinely pleasing reality into which humanity is about to move.

The work you have been doing is quite magnificent, and the rewards you are about to receive will envelop you in the most rapturous delights. No one will be disappointed, no one will be passed over or left out, because this is the divine plan and the divine intent, and it cannot be prevented.

Intense joy and delight are about to sweep over you all, as you return once more to the heavenly realms from which it seems that you have been separated for so long. The illusion that has brought you so much sorrow and pain is about to dissolve, as you awaken into the divine light of God's unending sunlit environment of spectacular wonder and beauty. (Saul, June 24, 2009.)

Until you regain full consciousness you have little concept of how powerful you will become. Full consciousness is to be yours as part of the Ascension process, and you will be returning to a high state of awareness that you had attained before you dropped into the lower dimensions. You will feel like a god with seemingly unlimited powers to create and move anywhere at will.

Do you now feel and understand the greater purpose of experiencing duality. It is a stage in your evolution that has expanded your earlier levels of consciousness. If we were to say you were brave souls, it would be in the context that you all volunteered for your experiences, where some others preferred not to do so. It matters not, as free will allows for absolute free choice so that you can determine your own pathway to the Source. (SaLuSa, June 19, 2009.)

Dream your vision of the higher realms, and what you find will still be beyond your imagination. Words cannot do justice to the range of colours and the beauty that reveals everything in a state of perfect expression. There is a peace that has no equal upon Earth, yet it is more akin to your natural godlike self. It is your home where once you dwelt before coming to Earth, as you undertook to leave such realms to experience duality. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

With that achievement will come a totally new experience in the dimensions where all is in balance.

Your full rewards will come to you as you begin to ascend, and a peace that knows no equal will settle upon you. No longer will you experience the discord and disharmony that is upon Earth, as in rising up you will sever your links with the lower vibrations. They will no longer serve you, and your vision will pull you towards the levels of Light that pervade the higher levels. You will find that you are at "home" within them, and the realization will dawn upon you that you have simply reawakened to what you already knew.

Now you know why we refer to you as our Brothers and Sisters, because you are only separated from us by the lower vibrations that will have served you as a School of Life. You are meant to return to the higher levels now that your time in duality has almost been completed. From now on it is all progress on the upward path, and we are overjoyed that before much longer we shall be facing the future together. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

From 2008

Ascension is the path that has opened up for you all and in the ultimate each will have the knowledge and understanding of what it means. It is the most wonderful and uplifting experience that you will ever have and it takes nothing away from you, but gives you all that you need for a happy and joyous life beyond Earth. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

The higher vibrations are levels of existence where you are safe from the dark energies, as they cannot survive in them. It is your natural home where your own powers of creation provide all that you need. Whatever you leave behind when you rise up, you will have absolutely no regrets, as nothing can compare with the beauty and perfection of the higher realms.

Most importantly that applies to you as a Being of Light and your own Light body will carry none of the imperfections that you may have had whilst on Earth. Can you imagine a body that carries no ills or disease, and maintains its condition at all times simply through taking sustenance from the air. We are examples of what you can look forward to when you rise up, and you will never see us as aged as we always retain our youthful looks.

You really do not give up anything of true value when you ascend; rather you gain beyond anything you can imagine. In your subconsciousness you know this to be true, as you came from the higher dimensions to experience duality as part of your onward evolutionary spiral.

If you could but see into the future, you would have no hesitation in relinquishing the hold the Earth has upon you. It has beauty and has given you many happy experiences, but how much more awaits you if you choose to ascend. If that feels right to you, then undoubtedly you are moving into the Light and your awareness is growing. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

First and foremost it must be understood that life is infinite, and that you have had many lives upon Earth. It is part of your spiritual evolution. Ascension will lift you up to levels that you passed through on your downward path into duality. You are old souls who are just beginning to remember that you are of the Light.

What we come to enlighten you about is not really new to you, and we know that you will accept it quite readily. We come as it were to jog your memory, as deep within your subconsciousness you can connect with past experiences. (SaLuSa, Nov. 24, 2008.)

Even now you can decide which path to take, but because it is the end time there is much emphasis on the opportunity for you to ascend.

If you only knew what that meant in terms of the joyous and happy life you would lead, you would concentrate on preparing yourselves for such an occasion. When all your needs are catered for and you could have a wondrous and exciting life, free from earthly worries and concerns, what would offer you a better way forward? (Atmos, Nov, 21, 2008.)

These final years are clearly the most important ones, as they offer a unique opportunity to move out of the cycle of reincarnation. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

Ascension is your pathway to freedom and the higher realms, but you have to see it as your goal and work towards it. The energy is such that it will be attracted to those who stand in Love and Light and seek a higher expression of it in their lives. (Ag-Agria, Oct. 31, 2008.)

The stage is set for a grand finale and a glorious time of enlightenment and the spreading of much love and harmony. (Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008.)

All around you death, destruction, and decay are evident, but understand that absolutely nothing is permanently destroyed as it simply changes its level of vibration. All is energy and creation is by thought and as you lift yourselves up your powers will increase to levels of instant creation. You are far from being helpless Beings tossed around in the sea of physicality, as you have all of the potential offered by the higher levels of vibration.

Ascension will place you in the fifth dimension or higher, which is far removed from the limiting vibrations you are now in. Yet, it is you over millennia of time that have created what you see all around you today. It is not exactly by choice, but your dark thoughts and deeds have overshadowed the Light. Now you can take credit for having lifted yourselves up sufficiently to manifest the higher vibrations, and they are opening the path to Ascension. (SaLuSa, 10 Oct. 2008.)

We're embarking into new territory the likes of which I have never seen in any of my lifetimes and you have never seen either. The greatest shift in humanity is taking place as you sit here right now. We're talking about a shift of consciousness unlike any other. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," 4 Oct. 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48796/farewell-power-adamus-saint-germain.)

The Ascension means to transmute fear and all its derivatives into its polarised opposite...love and all its derivatives. It is to remain within balanced polarisation so that all electrical frequencies and vibrations are within the love fields. It is to shift consciousness from ignorance into knowing and from separation into oneness.

Question: Do we who are wishing it even have much of an idea of what Earth Ascension means besides the raising of frequencies?

Answer: At the deepest level, all beings know what Ascension means. Consciously this may be perhaps just a feeling or a knowing that cannot be explained whilst others have full conscious clarity. On the highest level of explanation no third density being can truly understand the entire picture that is Ascension....but it can be grasped enough to be able to be processed, lived, acted upon & created. It is not necessary for a conscious understanding of Ascension in order for a being to Ascend. (The White-Winged Consciousness of Nine, "Alignment to Earth Ascension," channeled through Magenta Pixie, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48417/alignment-earth-ascension.)

Each day you bring closer Earth's Golden Age. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 24, 2008.)

It is equally important that you know what other individuals who also have the ability to tap into the collective consciousness are seeing. Many are accurately seeing what we have described in Earth's Golden Age -- the loving, peaceful life of all peoples, the restoration of your planet's health and beauty, the harmonious co-existence of humankind with all of Nature.

In this wondrous Earth that is on the near horizon and already created in the continuum, there is no fear, no violence or greed or bigotry or any other divisiveness that thrives in a third density world. The choice is yours as to which world you want to be in, but because of our unconditional love for every soul, we pray you will choose the one of love and peace. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 24, 2008.)

All that is planned is for your upliftment and preparation, so that you can take your place in the Golden Age of beauty and absolute perfection. It will be a unique experience that will bring nothing but joy to your heart, and the full expansion of your consciousness until you become a super-conscious Being of Light. Your creative powers will be so great that you shall have everything you desire. ...

Inwardly you know what lies ahead, and the Messengers from the heavenly realms have brought that knowledge to the waking mind. It is why the majority of you can easily and comfortably accept the idea of Ascension. You will still be you, as you understand yourself, but greatly enhanced and fully aware of creation and your immutable link with All That Is.

You are One with everything; you are One with God and shall share and partake of the higher consciousness. Your opportunity to claim freedom from duality has arrived, and it cannot be sufficiently stressed as to what a wonderful future lies ahead. It is greater than any dream you have ever had of the higher dimensions, and there is beauty and magic with a kaleidoscope of colours that you have yet to see. Peace and harmony abound everywhere and only the Truth exists. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

Think upon it, my Dear Ones, in reality all souls are your loved ones and you are linked together for Infinity, and some will have had a more personal link with you. You will rejoin your soul mate [upon Ascension] and also move into a group consciousness that is perfect for your level of vibration. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

I am St. Germain and can assure you that you are each loved for your real Self, that is a great Being of Infinite Love. You have been shrouded by the darkness that has accompanied your sojourn in the lower vibrations, but now break out like a beautiful Lily emerging from the mud and slime of bygone times. You are becoming your true Self once again, and we who have nurtured you and held your hand in times of sorrow applaud your achievement, as you are truly becoming One with God and all life. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

In the Higher Realms all is of beauty and peace beyond your imagination, and it is yours to experience if you make it your goal. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

Undated

The ecstasy you will experience when your divinity awakens will provide you with the power to heal yourself. This divine love will help you recover from the deep hurts you have suffered throughout your lives on earth.

After that, you will be able to help cure others who have been through the same trials and sorrows. You will recognize their pain. You will see it in their eyes. And you will be able to guide them on their path to divinity. (Jeshua, "The New Earth I," through Pamela Kribbe, at http://www.jeshua.net/.)

Ascension Means Enlightenment Plus

From 2011

You will begin to experience greater periods of perceiving yourselves as Light. Many of you have had at least one experience of having your physical eyes closed but seeing this Light as though it was the sun shining in your blue sky on a summer day. This will become a more common experience for all.

The more the density that has held you immobile within your daily lives is cleared and cleansed, the greater this ability to perceive the Light that you are will begin to manifest. We now caution each of you to always discipline yourselves in your thoughts, words and deeds, for you are becoming once again the Creators of your realities in a more conscious manner and so great care and caution must be observed in these beginning stages, for the manifestation of all that you want, need and desire will start to take place in record speed. (Melchizedek, Feb. 15, 2011, at http:/www.therainbowscribe.com.)

When you can finally join us you will find that our energies are little different to yours, except that we have fully activated our chakras and they radiate out a lot further than yours.

You will also return to that degree of illumination with a fully activated Crown Chakra. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2011.)

From 2010

Ascension is mind-expanding, a process of passing from one state of consciousness to another. The awareness expands to include all humanity, the Earth, the solar system and its workings. No longer is the focus on the little self. The ultimate goal is to become a galactic Being and eventually attain a universal consciousness. (Archangel Michael, "A Clarion Call for World Servers," May 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Understandably, there is a great deal of speculation about what will happen to whom at the end of 2012. There is no definitive answer because what happens to each soul will be in accordance with the uniqueness of each soul. However, we can say with certainty that the theory of a celestial body appearing as a "second Earth" and becoming the third density home for souls who do not physically accompany the "first Earth" into fourth density is erroneous.

You are a soul in a human body. Earth is a soul in a planetary body. Her soul remained in its fifth density origin while her body spiraled into deep third density during the millennia that her human residents were shedding each others' blood, mass-slaughtering her animals and severely damaging her body. She could have chosen to let her assaulted body die, but instead she chose to have its health restored so all of her residents in their myriad life forms could continue.

Moreover the "two Earths" theory accommodates only the people whose lifetime choices would place them in a different third density world. There will be souls whose lifetime choices automatically will take them to first or second density placements; and at the other end of the spectrum are the souls who came from fourth, fifth and higher density worlds specifically to assist Earth in her ascension - when their mission is completed, they will return to their homelands. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2009

Ascension is when the soul transforms its physical body into light and steps into the next level of consciousness; it is the aim of every soul on the earth. Ascension cannot be achieved unless we share the love and wisdom that we individually receive, with other souls on earth. (Archangel Michael, "Gifts to Humanity - Part 1," July 6, 2009, http://www.wisdomofthelight.com/Archangel_Michael.html.)

Your future is to return to what you always were, and as one who exists as a Being of freedom, great joy and happiness. We know that you sometimes reach a state of stillness within, and momentarily experience the exaltation of perfect peace. Think what it will be like to move within its beauty and majesty all of the time, because that is how it will be. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2009.)

There are many ways to return to your source. What we speak of is the fact that with the new energies in occurrence you have the capability to enter the infinite with your consciousness and without risk or damage to your bodies.

Your consciousness is pure energy. It is unlimited as to where it can go as beyond your dimension of the third there are no limits in regard to time or space. In fact neither exists. Your consciousness is faster than the speed of light. It is able to leap from one reality or density of creation to another to gain information, to experience, to affect healing of all kinds and to travel in time as well as inter-galactically and beyond.

That you have a physical body does not limit you. That you feel physically and emotionally and that you think mentally only covers your greater living experiences. These experiences are of the infinite. They are the very reason that your soul travels from one life to the next, seeking to have tactile experiences to define God.

The truth is that the definition of that which you seek inherently is that you are God and that God is you and that the creation of all things in your reality comes from your perceptions. That which you perceive you believe and therefore must be so. To alter that perception would be to say that that which you perceive you have made up to limit and define that which is greater than you. ("Message from the Masters" through Meg Blackburn Losey, April 6, 2009, at http://www.spiritlite.com/messages.php.)

Your other aspects are past, present and future. You literally exist in all of time and space as you know it and then beyond into infinite being. Your emotional, mental, intuitive, causal and soul bodies are also experiencing whatever you choose. All of your time aspects are either working together as one harmonized being of light which includes the you of which you are familiar, or they are misaligned, fighting in disharmonic resonance that ultimately comes to you on your physical being.

Truth isn't mere words that are thought or spoken. Truth is the harmonic existence of all that ever was, is and the possibilities of what can be. When you seek assistance from us, your guides, the angelic realm and others, all that you are truly doing is requesting a reality check to be reminded of the truth that seems to elude you. It is there, within you.

Seek not the illusion, the false assurances of the ego, but the greater forces of truth, for that is who you have always been. You can be nothing else except by false perceptions. ("Message from the Masters" through Meg Blackburn Losey, April 6, 2009, at http://www.spiritlite.com/messages.php.)

For those who have not yet experienced spiritual enlightenment, it is hard to convey in words how it affects the psyche. Difficult to explain what it is that instills a calmness and peace that is a delightful energy to experience. It is not just the knowing, but also its application in your life. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

From 2008

There are so many surprises that await you and they will be pleasant and uplifting. First and foremost will be your rapid climb to levels of cosmic awareness and a totally new concept of all that is. You are very much in the dark in many ways at present, but if you open yourselves to allow for enlightenment nothing will be held back from you. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2008.)

The great awakening continues to take place, and many souls are opening themselves to enlightenment and becoming one with those who have found the Light. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

Ascension Will Bring Full or Unitive Consciousness

From 2012

We choose today to give a message on Oneness as we see so many yet struggling with the truth of oneness. Many say; "How can there be only one when I see so many? How can there be only one life when I see the plants and animals and so many people that I have nothing in common with"? There is only one omnipresent, omnipotent, omniscient Consciousness...Source, the Divine, the only and all there is. Everything embodied within this Divine Consciousness is manifested outwardly in forms consistent to the state of consciousness of the individual. God manifest as... Divine life individually manifesting Itself. That is the truth of oneness, all are alive with the one and only Life there is.

You never lose your individuality, it evolves and develops in ever unfolding ways with each lifetime. The artist starts with an interest in primitive crafts, and over lifetimes becomes an artistic master . The little one humming a primitive tune long ago, over lifetimes becomes the renowned singer. You see this with so called "child prodigies", souls who already developed their talent in previous lifetimes. Many of you had your present gifts before the energy on earth dropped into its lowest frequencies, and are now remembering them although they may seem to be new. Always there is the continuous unfoldment of your individual expression within the ONE.

All there is is "God", and you can name anything you want, for IT cannot be encompassed in a word or a thought and is unknowable to the limited human mind. The word "God" has a negative connotation for many. Those who call themselves atheists are often very spiritual. What they are rejecting are old concepts of God that do not resonate with them for there is no "pie in the sky" God, just waiting to bless some and punish others and they know this.

God, Source, Divine Consciousness, is all there is, and is embodied within and as you. You are its manifested expression, animals also express this life as do all living things, for It is the only life there is. Man is to recognize and protect the purity of living things which were not created to serve man's unenlightened whims, but to manifest the infinite form and variety of Divine expression. All life is Divine, and must be recognized as such. There is soon to come a time when the hunting and eating of animals will be obsolete and considered very primitive. ...

There is no "God" to punish or to praise, there is only ONE and that ONE omnipresent, omnipotent, omniscient Consciousness is manifesting Itself as you. (The Arcturian Group, Oct. 7, 2012.)

Your lack of awareness, your tiny field of perception or vision, while you inhabit the illusion, is truly stifling, and many are unaware of this lack in themselves because the ego fills their minds with distractions which seem to indicate that great awareness is present. It is not, and when you awaken, your awareness, as newly experienced, will astound you. Knowledge and understanding of the whole of creation will be within you. To say more than this would be to further limit the limitless. (Jesus through John Smallman, Sept. 28, 2012.)

As you progress spiritually you will easily accept the understanding that you are all One, and it is the most natural urge to want to help others to uplift themselves. Separation created by the dark Ones is no longer working in spite of their attempts to set you at each others throats. You are seeing through their attempts to create a climate of fear that keeps you apart, and religion has also to take its share of the of blame. (SaLuSa, June 18, 2012.)

In the coming times you will reach levels that will match the Christ Consciousness, and that means all of you as it is a natural development on your evolutionary path. You are at present a pale reflection of such high vibrations, yet it is your destiny to reach such levels. You will one day truly be looked upon as Masters of the Light, and co-create with others when new Universes are born. Your potential is not limited in any way, and you will eventually take on the mantle of the Gods that you are. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2012.)

Your energy of light affects those around you and then will affect the next for all are actually ONE.

In oneness you do not lose your individuality, but begin to understand that all individuals are within and of the ONE. Many fear losing their individuality as they evolve because this concept has been presented in some teachings and when understood through an third dimensional consciousness, it could be interpreted that way.

The truth is that each of you is a vital piece within the whole (Omnipresent Divine Consciousness) much like a jigsaw puzzle with each piece being very important. (The Arcturian Group, March 11, 2012.)

Whereas your third dimensional thinking has been trained to use only 3% of your DNA and about 5% of your brain, multidimensional thinking arises from the 97% of DNA that was formerly turned-off. As the higher light from the Galactic Center enters your Pineal Gland and is integrated into your physical brain, the 97% DNA is turned-on and your "whole brain thinking" is activated. With whole brain thinking, the 95% of brain activity comes online to originate your Multidimensional Operating System, which is based on multidimensional thinking.

  Whereas third dimensional thinking is based on the illusion of time, multidimensional thinking is based on the NOW of the ONE. With continued experiences of the NOW, you lose time. And, with no time, there is no space. Therefore, there is no separation. At this point you begin to have "NOW experiences," in which you are ONE with your Multidimensional SELF. In these moments of Unity with the ONE you can perceive and experience higher dimensions of reality.

  Within these experiences of being your Multidimensional SELF you begin to understand how YOU have created and chosen to participate in every aspect of your life. As you gradually return to the habit of being multidimensional, you remember how to transmute your habit of being third dimensional into the Truth of being your true SELF. Transmutation is your innate ability to change any experience through raising its resonance into a higher frequency of reality. Raising the resonance of your reality is ascension. As you ascend with your beloved Gaia, you will choose to perceive and participate in progressively higher frequencies of your ascending reality. (The Arcturians, through Suzan Carroll, Feb. 28, 2012, at http://tinyurl.com/7v45ug5.)

All of the advances we mention from time to time will be yours in due course. It will come with your personal progress towards becoming a Galactic Being. You cannot yet imagine what that means, but perhaps we could call you superhuman. Your present consciousness levels are growing, but nowhere near to your full potential. You will achieve a level of Christ Consciousness, and that was always going to be available to you because of the wonderful increase in your Light energies.

It may sound ambitious, but you can aspire to bring out that level of energy whilst on Earth, but we know it is extremely hard to maintain. There are just too many lower vibrations around you, and it includes those that have become attached to you over many lives. It is why there is often reference to your need to cleanse yourself of them, and the present is a wonderful time to do that work. There are so many higher energies being sent to you, that if you attract them to yourself that process will take place. The secret is to desire for such cleansing to occur and the Law of Attraction will do the rest. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2012.)

From 2011

The density of physicality is diminishing as your frequencies rise in preparation for your move into full consciousness. This is demonstrated by the sense of impermanence that many are feeling as they move through relationships, jobs, places that they call home, and as contact with old friends and family is lost or much reduced. Everyone and everything seems to be on the move, and in a way that is the case, as you move into position to take on and fulfill the new roles awaiting you when you awaken. ...

It is to be a mass event bringing intense happiness, which, in your present state, is quite inconceivable to you while the illusion still seems so real. So holding your Light high and sharing your love unconditionally and indiscriminately also helps you in the final stages of this arduous journey.

As you continue to move ahead toward your heavenly destination, the divine energy field enveloping you is intensifying, and you will begin to get glimpses, intuitive sensations, and premonitions of the wonders that await you. You know that you are almost Home. Focus on that knowing and allow time to speed up and whisk you Home to a tumultuous welcome. (Saul, Oct. 5, 2011.)

From 2010

There is a great deal of talk on your planet these days about unity consciousness. But that seems to be a great deal of what it is, talk. It is not being anchored firmly, either in the heart, in the solar plexus, in the guts of the human beings and in the actions that fall from that. Community and unity - it is not just to be in union with us above or with your star brothers.

That is very well and good but unless you are in unity also with yourselves, then what is the point? Because the entire human collective and individual experience has been that you come to experience unity and love and joy in that unity. (Reading with Archangel Michael through Linda Dillon to BZ Riger, Feb. 23 2012.)

Full consciousness - fully awake in the brilliant light of eternal day - is your natural state of existence, and of course you have never left it.  Where you seem to have your existence, in the illusion which you collectively reassemble in every moment, otherwise it would disintegrate, life and your environment do seem very real to you.  And because it seems so real it is very difficult for you to release your belief in it and your attachment to it.

Even when your body dies and you find that you still exist, you mainly react by choosing to return to Earth for a further human experience because you have become addicted to this unreal state in which you play your strange, competitive, and hurtful games.  And truly it is only yourself that you hurt, despite appearances to the contrary.

To awaken is to lift the veil, disperse the mist, and leave behind the shadows to experience the glory of God's divine Reality from which you have been hiding.  It seems to you to be so long since you experienced Reality that not only do you doubt its existence, but also, because of what you imagine to be your immensely sinful behavior, you think that even if it does exist you are totally unworthy to return there.

You see the atrocious sins against humanity that have been committed throughout your recorded history and cannot envision a God Who could or would forgive the perpetrators of such horrors.  You are unable to accept 1) that these perpetrators rely on and use the intense negative energies that your harsh judgments of others supply in abundance to enable them to carry out these heinous acts, and 2) that it all truly is illusory. (Saul, Nov 7, 2010.) 

Humanity's long journey through time and the illusion is drawing to a close, as more and more of you start to become aware that you are spiritual beings and start allowing that recognition to guide you.  Your spiritual guidance is always available, always with you, but most of the time you are distracted and fascinated by the complexity of your illusory reality, and are unaware of this powerful spiritual energy that envelops you in every moment of your existence. It is a little like being in a room that is dark and trying to feel your way about in it when you could just turn the lights on, or open the blinds and let the daylight in.

To let the daylight in is what waking up is all about.  The illusion is very dark, and you dissolve it by letting in the light.  When you do that you will find that life becomes very clear, as confusion and misunderstanding just fade away. Within the illusion, where you are at present, because, metaphorically speaking, the lights are turned off and the blinds are closed, clarity is impossible.

You can think about problems, communicate your ideas (often with difficulty) to others, and come up with solutions, but they are mostly far less than satisfactory.  In the brilliant daylight of full consciousness there are no problems; there are only creative ideas and endeavors that work perfectly and transparently, and which are understood by all.  This is of course why you need to awaken, so that you can enjoy that wondrous state. (Saul, Oct 31, 2010.)

Humanity's move into full consciousness ... is programmed to occur quite soon. ...

It is the state toward which you have been working for a very long period of Earth time, and through many Earth lifetimes. The moment of fulfillment of God's promise to humanity of a new Golden Age is shortly to dawn. When it does your joy will be stunning for you, as understanding of its meaning floods into your awareness - like the depths of winter changing instantly into the lushness of full summer.

Your thoughts, your imaginings, even your dreams have given you not the smallest inkling of what is about to occur. Rest assured that the wonder of this approaching event leaves absolutely no room for even the slightest sense of doubt or disenchantment. (Saul through John Smallman, May 12, 2010.)

Realize that as you travel the path to Ascension so you will raise your consciousness, and your whole concept and understanding of life will change. (SaLuSa, May 26, 2010.)

As time progresses you will change from one of limited knowledge to a Galactic Being of full consciousness. Then you will be the Master that you really are, and release your full potential. There will be little or no comparison to the Being you are now of limited consciousness.

After thousands of years slowly finding your way back through enlightenment, you are about to launch yourselves on a journey of immense meaning and opportunity. It is as though you have only just left the kindergarten, and are seeing for the first time the world outside.

There are wonders and amazing experiences awaiting you, and once you learn more about them we know that you will never look back at this time. Your experiences in duality will have proved beneficial, and you will never need to walk that path again. (SaLuSa, May 24, 2010.)

Ascension is mind-expanding, a process of passing from one state of consciousness to another. The awareness expands to include all humanity, the Earth, the solar system and its workings. No longer is the focus on the little self. The ultimate goal is to become a galactic Being and eventually attain a universal consciousness. (Archangel Michael, "A Clarion Call for World Servers," May 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Full consciousness - humanity's divine destiny - is that state of wonder and joy which comes from experiencing your Oneness with your divine Father.  His Love for you is eternal and boundless because you are His children, created perfectly in His likeness, and consequently, you reflect back to Him in every moment the glory that He is.  We - all sentient beings - are eternally and inseparably One with Him. (Saul, March 21, 2010.)

You ... are gods in your own rights. Whilst it is true that your consciousness is very restricted, you have the potential to grow into full consciousness. The first major step will be the great upliftment that will come with Ascension. Once you reach this stage, the difference will be quite staggering and it will seem that you are already a godly Being. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

In time you will be gaining super-consciousness and then you will become "All Knowing", but in the meantime you will be making steady progress towards it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 24, 2010.)

As you wait expectantly to move into full consciousness be aware that you will not have to wait very much longer. It is your Father's Will and yours that you make this move back into His glorious Presence where you belong and where everlasting bliss awaits you. (Saul, Feb. 10, 2010.)

As you are to experience full consciousness as part of the process of Ascension, your memories of past lives in the higher dimensions will return. What is certain is that, as you become more enlightened, the idea of Ascension and all it brings will fulfill your dreams of a better way of life. It will provide the happiness and peace you seek, and be fitting for souls that have found their Godself. ... Once ascended you will have all knowledge available to you.(SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

You are far from full consciousness, yet in a comparatively short time you will again reach such levels. With your finite minds you cannot truly understand what that means, but try imagining that you know everything that is, was and will be. Perhaps it sounds as too much for you to deal with, but when it occurs it will be a most natural development for you. You will be returning to a familiar state that you once held before you moved into the cycle of duality.(SaLuSa, Jan. 25, 2010.)

From 2009

Full consciousness ... is a state in which God is personally experienced as truly present at all times in themselves, and everywhere else throughout His creation. ...

Full consciousness is where humanity is headed, and this event is approaching rapidly. Those who are ready will find themselves there, suddenly, to their absolute joy and amazement - amazement because, although they have been praying for it, preparing for it, and longing for it, they can have no idea what it really means until they experience it.

The clarity of vision, perception, understanding, and the physical sensations that comes with full consciousness can only be experienced; descriptions of it are impossibly inadequate. And yet of course we have to talk about it and be aware that it is indeed a state of exhilaration and wonder for which we have been yearning for eons. (Saul, June 17, 2009.)

Those who are ready to make the change will move quickly and effortlessly into full consciousness. However, many who have not yet awakened will need a period of time, after they come to an awareness of what is happening, to adjust to this stunning realization, then when they are ready they, too, will embrace full consciousness. It is a state in which God is personally experienced as truly present at all times in themselves, and everywhere else throughout His creation.

Consequently, many teachers and guides in human form will be required to assist them to understand the exciting changes that are occurring, and to help them, gently and lovingly, to adjust their attitudes and perceptions so that they can prepare themselves swiftly and easily to move into this magnificent state. (Saul, June 17, 2009.)

You are all about to come home to that magnificent experience, and your welcome, as you find yourselves once more surrounded and lifted on high by so many loving friends and relatives, will indeed be tumultuous! (Saul, June 17, 2009.)

God's love for His creation is infinite and the magnificent events that He will bring about very shortly now are, of course, unstoppable. It is His desire and intent that humanity move into its natural divine state of full consciousness - and so it will, at exactly the appropriate moment. When this happens, immeasurable quantities of divine energies of healing, compassion, peace, harmony, and love will immerse your solar system.

All who wish it will become instantly aware of their divine God-given heritage and will move to renew their relationship with these energies, which will then flow freely through them.

The consequent change of perception that all will experience will lead to an immediate laying down of weapons, as all celebrate this wonderful release from the treadmill of karma. The energy signature of humanity and of planet Earth will change instantly from its present one of anger, fear, hate, and confrontation to one of love, acceptance, compassion, and renewal, which will shine with such incredible brilliance that it will be clearly visible throughout the galaxy and will demonstrate the completion of this stage of the divine plan of creation.

Boundless joy is shortly to envelop you all, so during these last moments of the old matrix, hold the vision of the new Golden Age that is about to dawn for you. All is precisely on schedule, the countdown is almost complete, and Heaven on Earth will very soon be yours. (Saul, May 31, 2009.)

Full consciousness is a state of being in which the individual entity - while maintaining a sense of personal identity - also holds the sense, or awareness, of being one with God and the totality of the divine Creation.

In this state, which is experienced - perpetually - for eternity - all knowledge, all memory, all wisdom is instantly available and known.

All is at peace, in perfect joyful harmony, and the totality of All That Is is completely permeated and suffused with an infinite abundance of unconditional love.

Nothing at all is rejected, discarded, or abandoned. All is accepted and totally loved because all of Creation is perfect.

And in the state of full consciousness, all know and experience this. (Saul, May 28, 2009.)

Ascension is a process that is controlled by Higher Beings, who have assessed the state of Mankind's level of consciousness. The result is that you are gently moved onto a different path that helps you become enlightened. (SaLuSa, May 27, 2009.)

Reintegration with God is simply a return in full consciousness to our inseparable Beginnings in the Oneness of All. Although civilizations in higher densities know this, third density consciousness precludes that knowledge and instead, there is widespread belief that every person is separate from every other and everyone is far removed from God. Or there is no belief in God. (Matthew's Message, April 9, 2009.)

What the next few years will do is to offer you the opportunity to lift up your sights, and set them upon the most lighted expression you can achieve. After all, the object of working your way to Ascension is to move into a state of enlightenment, and continue to evolve. (SaLuSa, April 6, 2009.)

It is written that you shall bring into manifestation the new paradigm, and it shall be vastly different from the old one. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

With the understanding of Oneness, and your recognition of the Creator Source, there shall be the breaking down of those barriers that have kept you apart. Instead of playing on your differences, a new approach will look for all that is common to Man. In a great unification of souls, they will acknowledge that there is only the One God of consuming Love and Light. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

From 2008

You cannot carry the old vibrations much further, and they must be transmuted into the Light. As always it is your final choice, but realize what an opportunity Ascension offers you to once and for all leave the cycle of Duality behind you. The Golden Age is about to commence, and you can step onto its pathway if you so wish. Live in Love and Light and you will achieve a great step up in your evolution. (Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008.)

Spiritually your biggest leap forward will come from accepting that you are all One. For too long you have been separated by your schisms, color, language and creeds, but modern day education and communications have narrowed that gap. There have been too many different gods, with too many interpretations as to their place in your lives. In a world that is a time capsule of so many different periods of religious teachings, it is no wonder that it is difficult for you to find a common thread that links you all together.

That will come in a relatively short time, but only if people are prepared to ease their rigid hold to their beliefs. The truth will be presented in such a way that everyone shall have the opportunity to consider it. Ascended Beings shall return to Earth for this purpose and address you though your different forms of communication. The message will be for each of you and it will presented without creating fear, and explained with great love and understanding.

We have no desire to uproot you or pressurize you in anyway, but you are entering a vital period where a change of direction could be most beneficial to you. It is desired that everyone shall have an opportunity to know what lies ahead, and it will be their choice as to what they accept. (Ag-Agria, Oct. 31, 2008.)

Where Will We Ascend to?

Third Dimensionality or Dualistic Consciousness

From 2012

Whereas your third dimensional thinking has been trained to use only 3% of your DNA and about 5% of your brain, multidimensional thinking arises from the 97% of DNA that was formerly turned-off. As the higher light from the Galactic Center enters your Pineal Gland and is integrated into your physical brain, the 97% DNA is turned-on and your "whole brain thinking" is activated. With whole brain thinking, the 95% of brain activity comes online to originate your Multidimensional Operating System, which is based on multidimensional thinking.

  Whereas third dimensional thinking is based on the illusion of time, multidimensional thinking is based on the NOW of the ONE. With continued experiences of the NOW, you lose time. And, with no time, there is no space. Therefore, there is no separation. At this point you begin to have "NOW experiences," in which you are ONE with your Multidimensional SELF. In these moments of Unity with the ONE you can perceive and experience higher dimensions of reality.

  Within these experiences of being your Multidimensional SELF you begin to understand how YOU have created and chosen to participate in every aspect of your life. As you gradually return to the habit of being multidimensional, you remember how to transmute your habit of being third dimensional into the Truth of being your true SELF. Transmutation is your innate ability to change any experience through raising its resonance into a higher frequency of reality. Raising the resonance of your reality is ascension. As you ascend with your beloved Gaia, you will choose to perceive and participate in progressively higher frequencies of your ascending reality. (The Arcturians, through Suzan Carroll, Feb. 28, 2012, at http://tinyurl.com/7v45ug5.)

Divisiveness has long been an effective tool of the dark ones. Not content to divide the peoples only through religions, they have separated you into other conflicting camps by attaching labels to social strata, ideologies and philosophies, types of governing and political parties, and by labeling as a "conspiracy theorist" anyone who disputes official claims about any situation or event. These separations have kept duality flourishing down through the generations, thus miring the population in third-density mentality. Rejoice with us that duality is acting out the final scene of its very long play on the planet! (Matthew's Message, Mar. 1, 2012.)

Humanity's long sojourn in the illusion is coming to an end, as is the illusion itself. It has served its purpose which was to enable you to play with the concept of being separated from God (only in your imaginations!) and to experience the pain, the sense of abandonment, and the insanity in which that state seemed to embroil you. Your Father knew that you would tire of it, and He put in place the apparatus necessary to assist you in freeing yourselves from the severely limiting place that you built. (Jesus through John Smallman, Jan. 15, 2012.)

From 2011

Third density is especially arduous experiencing because it encompasses so many levels, and the difference between its lowest and the first level of fourth density is as dramatic as night and day. The evolutionary process from third to fourth could be likened to countless similar objects - let us say dominoes for your picturing - some at the foot of a mountain and others climbing it. Observing closer in, you can see that not only are the dominoes moving at different speeds, but some are going straight up, others keep moving a tad to the left then the right as they climb, and some are falling behind the dominoes they used to be in front of. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

As disparate as those situations may appear to be, they are closely related - all are prime examples of the duality in humankind. One side wants to maintain all systems and policies that are their power base, the other side wants changes to uplift their lives and offer a brighter future for their children. Duality prevents individuals from seeing a situation from others' perspective, so instead of reasonable, rational discussion that results in a sensible conclusion to benefit everyone, blind stubbornness prevails.

Another aspect of duality is blaming others for unsatisfactory circumstances instead of accepting responsibility for contributing to them and taking determined steps toward prudent, positive changes. People in the United States and other countries who are blaming President Barack Obama for the economic unrest in his country that affects other nations too aren't recognizing that his essence is not of duality, but of unity. While most leaders who speak about wanting to unify opposing blocs within their countries mean everyone accepting whatever the leaders themselves want, President Obama's vision and leadership is to unify hearts and minds to achieve harmonious cooperation for the betterment of all. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

From 2009

Remember that life on Earth is an illusory state of being, and in very few ways representative of what it is like off Earth and in the dimensions above it. Unless you have visited them as some do when out of the body, it is very difficult for you to comprehend what they are really like. Linear time is also peculiar to Earth and once away from it ceases to be relevant. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

We Already Have One Foot in the Fourth Dimension

From 2011

With the increase in the amount of energy being sent to Earth, it expands exponentially and rapidly lifts the vibration. It means you already have one foot in the fourth dimension, and are leaving the lower dimension behind. If you are intent upon ascending, you will never have had such a golden opportunity to do so. (SaLuSa, Apr. 13, 2011.)

Fourth dimension occurs when there is that glimpse of the possibility that there could be something more expansive, different than what the parents, the peers, the ones who are seemingly in control have told you that life has to be. And as you ponder that possibility, you ask it to be a probability. As you believe in the probability with the intent that it become manifest, it becomes the reality. (Jeshua through Judith Coates, 12 April 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/129130/jeshua-ascension-collective-consciousness.)

We Will Ascend to the Fourth Density

From 2011

Earth enters fourth density at the end of your year 2012. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

Third density is especially arduous experiencing because it encompasses so many levels, and the difference between its lowest and the first level of fourth density is as dramatic as night and day. The evolutionary process from third to fourth could be likened to countless similar objects - let us say dominoes for your picturing - some at the foot of a mountain and others climbing it. Observing closer in, you can see that not only are the dominoes moving at different speeds, but some are going straight up, others keep moving a tad to the left then the right as they climb, and some are falling behind the dominoes they used to be in front of. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

The countdown to Earth's entry into her Golden Age is coming with ever increasing speed as your linear concept of time continues passing faster and faster. Use the remaining time prudently! Acknowledge your god and goddess selves and trust and heed your intuition, your souls' messages to your consciousness. Let go of trivial thoughts, interests and activities that have no place in fourth density life, where glorious wonders abound. (Matthew's Message, July 11, 2011.)

The numbers of those who are light-receptive are increasing; however, through ignorance of truths, many others are still "in the dark." In her love for all of her residents, Earth wants every one to accompany her into fourth density, but to do so, they must accept the light that will enable their physical survival in the higher frequencies that the planet is fast approaching. (Matthew's Message, May 8, 2011.)

Not all the upheaval in ridding her of negativity is over, you know, and there's no point in diminishing our diligence in this respect until she is fully within fourth-density vibrations. Then we'll all shout Hallelujah - our work there will be done! And at that point, you'll all know your universal brothers and sisters. (Lazarus in Matthew's Message, April 24, 2011.)

Now that holiday observances are over and your thoughts are back into routine tasks, various misconceptions about the year 2012 also are back. Beliefs that the major reforms required to usher in Earth's Golden Age cannot be accomplished in the two short years remaining are paralleling beliefs that darkness will continue right up until the end of 2012, then abruptly disappear. Beliefs that three days of darkness or some other dramatic occurrence will herald the beginning of the Golden Age. Beliefs that profound geographic changes will precede Earth's entry into fourth density. Beliefs that two Earths will emerge out of the ascension process.  Beliefs that going along with Earth into the Golden Age is the pinnacle of spiritual growth. Beliefs that after 2012, your world will be unchanged henceforth. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 15, 2011.)

From 2010

There is no validity to the notion that immediately prior to Earth's entry into fourth density there will be three days of darkness or, as other reports have it, three days of burning sun. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 23, 2010.)

There will be no "jumping over 4th density and entering 5th" - the laws of the universe simply do not operate like that, and neither does the evolution of any soul. However, the time between Earth beginning ascension out of deep third density and reaching her destination in fifth will be universally unprecedented in its speed. The enormous energetic differences between third and fourth density make that trip unimaginably difficult, and overcoming the darkness that pervades a third density world can take eons. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

It will not happen on December 21, 2012 or any other date that you will be standing beside two others and before your very eyes, they will disappear into their own "timelines." Even the usual date of December 31, 2012, will be much like the previous and the following days - that is, except for New Year's Eve celebrations. The differences between life in this moment and in the Golden Age will be amazing and magnificent, but life will not differ dramatically from one day to the next as Earth continues on her journey through fourth density and on into fifth.

Understandably, there is a great deal of speculation about what will happen to whom at the end of 2012. There is no definitive answer because what happens to each soul will be in accordance with the uniqueness of each soul. However, we can say with certainty that the theory of a celestial body appearing as a "second Earth" and becoming the third density home for souls who do not physically accompany the "first Earth" into fourth density is erroneous. You are a soul in a human body. Earth is a soul in a planetary body.

Her soul remained in its fifth density origin while her body spiraled into deep third density during the millennia that her human residents were shedding each others' blood, mass-slaughtering her animals and severely damaging her body. She could have chosen to let her assaulted body die, but instead she chose to have its health restored so all of her residents in their myriad life forms could continue.

Moreover the "two Earths" theory accommodates only the people whose lifetime choices would place them in a different third density world. There will be souls whose lifetime choices automatically will take them to first or second density placements; and at the other end of the spectrum are the souls who came from fourth, fifth and higher density worlds specifically to assist Earth in her ascension - when their mission is completed, they will return to their homelands. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2008

Lighted souls in body or in spirit throughout the universe are with you every step of your journey into Earth's Golden Age. Some are right there among you assisting in ways that eventually will become known by all, and countless others are beaming light to uplift all of Earth or using their technology to help your ascent into fourth density. (Matthew's Message, May 1, 2008.)

From 2004

You know that I didn't set that year, and while it would be greeted with universe-wide hallelujahs if Earth burst into the heights of fourth density right now, the "effort" coming forth is not in keeping with that kind of sudden emergence.  I'm not saying that something of that nature cannot happen, only that in the field of potential there is not sufficient energy intent to birth this. 

But again, a date is not the issue - it is the incoming vibrations that are increasing the pace of Earth's ascension into the fullness of fourth density that is of consummate interest and significance.  (Matthew's Message, Aug. 22, 2004.)

However, even if eight turns out to be the number of years from this moment until Earth reaches the zenith of fourth density, where no darkness can exist, immense progress is happening. (Matthew's Message, May 7, 2004.)

Undated

S: I heard from someone who read that Earth has almost completed fourth density and will rapidly move into fifth. She wrote that this is a lot farther along than your messages indicate and wants to know what you have to say about this.

I say that someone is more optimistic than realistic. If Earth were even at the entry into fourth density, the travails on the planet would not be happening in the intensity and abundance they are.  At the point of near entry, there will be some residue of the dark forces' handiwork and some need for more cleansing, but at the scale that is currently active due to the tenacity of the dark hearts and minds, no way has the spiritual evolvement inherent in fourth density life almost been completed!  (Matthew Ward, Illuminations for a New Era.)

Our Final Destination is the Fifth Dimension or Higher

From 2012

Heaven is a real place such as you imagine it - in fact you will probably find it far more astounding and wonderfully beautiful than you could ever have thought. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

"Heaven" is the early Christian name for the Fifth Dimension or Mental Plane.

You have achieved what so few may lay claim to, in the vast and illustrious annals of our Universe's history. You are transforming yourselves while grounded within dense physicality, raising up your spirit and your Self to heights beyond any preconceived expectation. There is no barrier whatsoever, which would prevent you from taking this process as high as you wish to go.

There is nobody saying that you must stop at the 5th or the 7th, 8th, 9th. Why not see how far you might stretch, when setting your goals and in your visualizations of your new life, post-ascension? What of the 12th or 13th? All is ready and waiting for you to lay claim to, as is your right, as the sovereign children of the Mother/Father Creator. ("The Council Of The Venus Ray: Keep Shielding, Keep Clearing," through AuroRa Le, May 24, 2012, at http://theangeldiaries.org.)

Ask anyone who has been into the astral realms known as the Summerland what it is like, and they will inevitably tell you that you are surrounded by an energy that is peaceful and of love. Yet that is what you call the 4th. density, and when you ascend you are going even higher to the 5th. density. (SaLuSa, March 7, 2012.)

We are aware that you have some disagreements regarding the numerical designations for your ascension. From our point of view, these numbered density designations are illusions demanded by your linear model of reality.

When viewed from a "higher" point of view, the numbers assist you in grasping a progression that is actually a multidimensional integrated element of time-free eternity. In your current reality, it is extremely difficult, actually impossible, to communicate with you without using time or numerical progression-oriented vocabulary.

We will give you our view on your numerical designations. What you call 4D is what we see as the astral or etheric plane that surrounds you, the level to which you ascend after death. On this plane you are freed of many of the restraints of 3D life. However, until you move on to other after life growth levels, you are still an extension of and related to the Earth world culture you have known.

This 4D level is now becoming more accessible to the conscious perceptions of your average Earth resident. Initially, it is through psychics who have an open pipeline to after death levels. And the material is disseminated through your mass media. But, it has always been a part of Earth consciousness, from the earliest cultures, in the belief in an afterlife, which has been called by many different names.

We consider 4D a passing-through level leading to your 5D ascension target. There are other density levels involved and available in this growth spurt, but it would complicate things to bring them in now. We wish to support the intellect you currently depend on   for your perceptions of reality.

Once again, from our point of view, the density numbers are arbitrary. You could choose any designations you wish. You might substitute names of fruit to symbolize different levels of growth. Out of banana density and into mango! We are being silly. But we use this to defuse the intense seriousness you attach to these labels and your insistence on absolutes. We do honor your current need for there to be designations that separate the levels of your growth, until you don't need them any longer, and your mental accommodations are unified. ("The Pleiadian Light" through Hannah Beaconsfield, February 29, 2012, via email.)

From 2011

Steve Beckow: And on one side [of Ascension] we're in 3D or 4D, and on the other side we're in 5D?

AAM: Or higher. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

Steve Beckow: Recently I had a discussion with Suzy Ward, and she corrected my understanding, I believe, ... by saying that we don't ascend to Fifth Dimension, we ascend to fourth. And so I wanted to ask you a number of questions about ascension... First of all, is that correct that, when we talk about ascension, we are talking about ascension to the Fourth Dimension?

Archangel Michael: One of the things that I do not want to have happen is to have people arguing about how many angels are dancing on the head of a pin in what dimension.

The Fourth Dimension you have actually been moving in and through, and it has been available even via the Third Dimension for some time. Are there those that want to go the Fourth Dimension and play? Absolutely. There are also those that will continue on at this time into the Seventh. It will not be immediate as I have told you before, but now you are passing through the Fourth. Think of yourself as going through a revolving door. It is not where you are landing up.

S: All right. I don't know if I should be discussing this or not. I'll tell you what, I'll give my question, and if you don't want to answer, that's fine. Matthew said that if we were in the Fourth now, that wars would cease and people would be relating well to each other, but we haven't come into the Fourth. So I'm a bit confused because I do rely very heavily on Matthew. Could you comment?

AAM: The Fourth Dimension is the dimension where you begin to see the alchemy at work, where you begin to feel and to fully participate in what many would think of as magic. It is where you have relationships­ open and conscious relationships with other kingdoms, elementals, and so on.

When that is really anchored, then the sense of wanting to destroy that sense of duality of either/or begins to cease. Matthew is absolutely correct in that. But it does not mean that you have not begun, some time ago actually, to move into the Fourth Dimension. And you will see pockets of it around your world, around your planet.

Look for the places of peace. Look for the communities, and I do not simply mean geographic or social communities. Look for the communities where peace has and is anchoring very firmly, even within your own community.

The purpose is never, never to create discord. The confusion of this inter-dimensional relay is that so many on earth anyway are feeling is an either/or. ("Archangel Michael: Creating a World of Peace," Sept. 15, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/09/archangel-michael-creating-a-world-of-peace/.)

It is the elevator to the Fifth. And further, there will be some who simply choose to keep going [to dimensions higher than the Fifth]. But as a collective, that is the plan. ("Archangel Michael on Ascension," Sept. 13, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-on-ascension/)

Archangel Michael: Yes, you are going to the fifth dimension. But I again draw your attention to the fact that when you are in the fifth dimension, anchored, Gaia, and therefore you - because you cannot live where Gaia does not live and continue to have your physical form; so understand that - but that does not mean from that place of anchoring that you do not have access to the fourth dimension, to what we would call the higher reality of the third dimension, to the sixth and to the seventh.

But yes, the shift is into the fifth, and will continue - no, probably not in your lifetime - through to the seventh. There are some of you who will want to stay within the realms of the seventh in terms of the realm of pure love, of Christ consciousness, of oneness. There are some of you who love to be in the realm of magic.

It matters not. You will have access, but your new home, your new dimension, your new reality will be in the fifth. That is where Gaia is anchored. And we would suggest to you that, by and large, she is already there. ("Archangel Michael: This is the Unfoldment of the Promise of the Mother," Sept. 5, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/)

Focused intelligence is necessary to successfully enter the fifth dimension and, then, to tap into the vast storehouse of wisdom and advanced abilities available therein. (Archangel Michael, "The Voice of Spirit is Calling," though Ronna Herman, Sept. 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/archangel-michael-the-voice-of-spirit-is-calling/.)

You have been given an opportunity to be on earth at this most powerful time and to shift into the higher fifth dimensional energies with Gaia should you choose. (The Arcturian Group, Aug. 16, 2011.)

Steve: And [Starseeds are] already ascended, mostly? They have already been through this?

Archangel Michael: "That is correct. And that is why the shifting inter-dimensionally is becoming so profound and clearer and clearer. So sometimes they do not know, and it is confusing for them, whether they have their feet in the third or the fifth, the seventh or the ninth. But it does not matter, they are here to help. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

Archangel Michael: But there is a moment, what we think of as a moment, which for you feels more like a day or so. There is a moment when it is harmonized all together.

Steve: And on one side we're in 3D or 4D, and on the other side we're in 5D?

AAM: Or higher. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

If you have been waking in the middle of the night from a blindingly bright inner-light behind your eyes that you can't shut off...kind of like someone is shining an industrial sized flashlight inside your brain, from the top of your crown...chances are the birth of your multidimensional consciousness, the passage into the fifth dimension and beyond, is being initiated. (Lauren Gorgo, "The (re)Education of Sacred Embodiment," July 28, 2011, at http://consciousco-creationalcoaching.blogspot.com/.)

When you have attained an energetic signature composed of mid-fourth-dimensional and higher frequencies of Light, you are ready to receive the full spectrum Light Particles of God Consciousness called Adamantine Particles of Light, which are the electromagnetic fuel of Creation.

You are no longer subject to the restrictive, debilitating frequencies of the dense third / fourth dimensions. You are ready to magnetize to you, integrate, control and radiate the pure Essence of the Creator as you become a proficient Self-master and a successful cocreator on the physical plane. The electromagnetic fire of Creation is a part of your Divine Birthright; however, you must prove that you will be a responsible steward of this powerful, magnificent Fire of Spirit before you are allowed to be a true Bearer of Cosmic Fire/Light. (Archangel Michael, "You are Courageous Souls," through Ronna Herman, July 27, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/07/archangel-michael-you-are-courageous-souls/.)

Beloved Family of Light, after the Great Shifts that were experienced in June, you are now in a process of integration and preparation. You are integrating your first half cycle in the New Reality, and preparing to enter into the first full cycle of Fifth-Dimensional Reality as you head towards 11/11/11. (Archangel Michael, "Endings and Beginnings: The Sacred Union of Divine Light," through Celia Fenn, July 25, 2011, at http://despertando.me/2011/07/25/ascended-maestres-despertando-20110725-archangel-michael-through-celia-fenn-endings-and-beginnings-the-sacred-union-of-divine-light/.)

First, we say inner space because you can only experience the power of this area if you go within your SELF and calibrate your consciousness to the resonance of the fifth dimension and beyond. (Suzan Carroill, "The Arcturians: The Process of Ascension," July 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/ascension/what-is-ascension/the-arcturians-the-process-of-ascension/)

Since you are in Unity with all life, you affect all life and all of life affects you. This is the threshold of the fifth dimension, which you are now entering. As you enter into this threshold, you begin to feel a strange tingling all over your body.  (Suzan Carroill, "The Arcturians: The Process of Ascension," July 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/ascension/what-is-ascension/the-arcturians-the-process-of-ascension/)

As you begin the process of releasing your belief in separation, your consciousness will expand to become increasingly fifth dimensional.(Suzan Carroll, "The Arcturians: The Process of Ascension," July 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/ascension/what-is-ascension/the-arcturians-the-process-of-ascension/)

Beloved Ones, at the previous Solstice, in December 2010, the Earth shifted to the new Timeline for the Fifth Dimension. In this last six month period, the Earth has settled into her New Frequencies and her New Trajectory aligning her with the 2012 Timegate. ...

The Ophiucan energies carry the Codes of Healing and Transformation and Support, and this energy will surge through the Grids as well, bringing much needed healing and support to those who open their Hearts to receive the Healing energies of Ophiucus as they are initiated into the Consciousness of the New Fifth-Dimensional Earth! (Archangel Michael, "Time Code Shifts and the Recalibration of the Planetary Heart to the Cosmic Frequencies of Light. The New Earth Energies June 2011," June 15, 2011, at http://www.starchildglobal.com/.)

Dear hearts, learn to focus on the highest and best attributes of people and conditions within your inner circle of Light - this is one of the most important aspects of creating your personal fifth-dimensional environment. (Archangel Michael, "A Light Epidemic is Sweeping the Earth," June 2011, through Ronna Herman, June 2011, http://www.ronnastar.com.)

Your progression into the higher realms of consciousness is a gradual awakening process, whereby you awaken to the nudging / wisdom of your Soul and immediate Higher Self /Over-Soul. As you step onto the Path of en-Lighten-ment, you initiate the process of developing a conscious / mindful awareness. You must first focus on the physical aspects of your Being: your physical vessel, the chakra system, your emotional nature and your mental capabilities. Gradually, over time, as you balance, harmonize and integrate a certain degree of unity consciousness within your physical State of Being, you are ready to access the vibrational patterns, the wisdom, attributes and abilities of the higher fourth- / lower fifth-dimensional realities. This is the basic process that we sometimes call Ascension in Consciousness. (Archangel Michael, "The Prcoess of Ascension," through Ronna Herman, June 26, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/06/archangel-michael-the-process-of-ascension/.)

Who we are IS what we do now, and as we become a living authentic, empowered expression of self, we simultaneously shift from (3D) human DOings to the (5D) human BEings we were always meant to BE! (Lauren Gorgo, "The Paradigm of Purposeful PLAY," June 7, 2011, at http://www.thinkwithyourheart.net.)

This type of reality is much like the one you will experience when you return to the fifth dimension, especially in the lower octaves of that reality where you still hold a form. All realities, dimensions and densities have octaves of experience. Many of us who usually hold the resonance of the fifth dimension and beyond have taken forms in the third dimension in order to experience Gaia's great moment of Planetary Ascension. (Kepier through Suzan Carrol, "Connecting with Your Self," June 2011 at http://tinyurl.com/3szr8dd.)

As energies on planet Earth elevate and intensify, more people are aligning with fifth-dimensional energies. This alignment brings glimpses and experiences of realities imbued with ever higher vibrational frequencies. Remaining in these pockets of higher frequencies can be a challenge, but with intention and awareness it is possible to activate increasingly finer frequencies in one's energy field.

Shifting In and Out of Various Frequencies

Generally speaking, each person moves in and out of various levels at different times. There are many factors that affect our vibrational frequency. Our response to our environment is a major factor, but this is largely derived from our level of spiritual understanding. (D.L. Zeta, "Understanding Vibrational Levels and Dimensional Shifts," June 3, 2011, at http://www.celestialvision.org/journal/.)

We ask you, right here and right now to choose your destination where you want to go during this great shift. You do not need to be concerned about how you will get there, how much it will cost or how much time you have. You have only to choose where you want to go. Do you want to choose a beautiful and peaceful destination or something completely the opposite? You have a choice. We recommend that you choose the destination of the fifth dimensional reality of the New Earth. (The Arcturian Circle, "Anchoring Your Energy to the Reality of the New Earth," June 5th, 2011, at http://ourreturnhome.com/anchoring-your-energy-to-the-reality-of-the-new-earth.)

You have been all things, and much more than what you now remember. You are vaster, more powerful, greater than you know yourself to be, and this is what you are walking into in consciousness now. You are walking into an expanded consciousness called fifth dimensional energy, and you will go on from that energy as you desire to know more and more expansion. And it will spread to the collective consciousness. It will spread to the place where you will know truly how to live in love, in expansion, moment by moment by moment. (Jeshua through Judith Coates, 12 April 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/129130/jeshua-ascension-collective-consciousness.)

There is an ever-increasing number of energy fields of consciousness available to you, the awakening Star Seed. Just as the Creator Light pours forth from the cosmic treasury of Light to be used by the Elohim and Builders of Form, this rarified Light is available to those of you who are now attuned to at least the higher fourth- and lower fifth-dimensional frequency patterns. (Archangel Michael through Ronna Herman, Feb. 27, 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/125821/age-conscious-awareness-and-self-mastery-archangel-michael-thru-ronna-herman.)

From 2010

Will all the beneficial changes in our lives be accomplished by the time Earth reaches fourth density or will there be more changes in the Golden Age? All the changes until Earth enters fourth density will indeed be beneficial, but soul evolvement, and thus your multiple lifetimes, will continue "throughout eternity," it is safe to say. The soul's journey of self-discovery will continue unfolding throughout the Golden Age and far, far beyond, until each returns to Creator Source. We can promise you, the wondrous adventure gets more and more exciting! (Matthew's Message, Dec, 6, 2010.)

It is vitally important that you stay firmly grounded and balanced within the accepted range of duality while functioning within the reality of the third dimension. You must also strive to establish emotional harmony and serenity within the illusionary world of the fourth dimension as you seek wisdom and endeavor to become acclimated to the mental plane of the lower fifth dimension." (Archangel Michael, "The Physical Vessel is a Wondrous Creation," Nov. 2010, at http://stevebeckow.com/2010/11/04/archangel-michael-the-physical-vessel-is-a-wondrous-creation/.)

Ascension is possible for all who have absorbed the light, and the souls who accompany Earth will do so in their physical bodies. If bodies lack organs or limbs or have physical, emotional or mental disorders, farther along the ascension pathway there will be healing of all disease and replacement of missing parts until the bodies are perfected and mental and emotional health is sound.

In fourth density the bodies of aged persons will become youthful and live healthfully much longer than your current life expectancy, and life spans in fifth density can be tenfold or more than yours are now. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

Some who are already traveling into fifth-dimensional consciousness still hold uncertainties and doubts that make it difficult to fully acknowledge this is happening. (D.L. Zeta, "Signposts of Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness," May 8, 2010, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/105471/signposts-fifth-dimensional-consciousness.)

Recognizing and embracing the signposts of fifth-dimensional consciousness helps you home in on the broadcast of the New Earth. This allows you to further entrain your consciousness to this new and expanded time. As you further align with fifth-dimensional consciousness, the broadcast you send out to the world becomes more aligned with the essence of the New Earth. This draws you into communion with others who are waking up and tuning in, and with those who share your purpose of shifting human consciousness to this new octave. As those who have volunteered to anchor these energies unite, the frequencies of the New Earth become ever more accessible, ushering in the new and expanded possibilities of this "golden age." (D.L. Zeta, "Signposts of Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness," May 8, 2010, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/105471/signposts-fifth-dimensional-consciousness.)

Your spiritual journey of many lives is reaching its end where duality is concerned. However, it will still continue [after] Ascension, and you will never stop learning as you make your way through the higher dimensions. That will take you further along your evolutionary path, until you reach the Source. (SaLuSa, April 19, 2010.)

With the increase in the amount of energy being sent to Earth, it expands exponentially and rapidly lifts the vibration. It means you already have one foot in the fourth dimension, and are leaving the lower dimension behind. If you are intent upon ascending, you will never have had such a golden opportunity to do so. (SaLuSa, Apr. 13, 2011.)

All will proceed to evolve, except that some have traveled further and will completely leave the old behind. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

It used to be that the third dimension was in your present and the fifth dimension was in your future. Now, more and more, you are experiencing the reality that you have known as the third dimension to be moving into your past, while the reality that you experience as the fifth dimension is moving into your present.  There is no future, for when your consciousness moves into the fifth dimension, there is only the NOW.

Furthermore, your energy is pulling away from the mundane actions of the physical world, and you only feel energetic when you engaged in an action, with people or in places that resonate to your fifth-dimensional consciousness. Nonetheless, this coming attraction that you feel just beyond your reach still [eludes] you. What is actually happening is that what you are feeling, wanting, predicting is integrating into your daily life.  In fact, it is integrating into the daily lives of all who can accept this frequency of light.

Indeed, what you are experiencing is a frequency of light that has always been beyond your perception.  However, now that Gaia is being released from the shackles of the old darkness, Her humans are increasingly joining the ranks of Her plants, insects, animals, elements and Elementals to journey into the fifth dimension. Those of you who have opened your minds to the process of awakening are beginning to absorb this higher frequency light. Actually, the light is not higher frequency for it is multidimensional. Hence, it contains all frequencies, including the quantum, zero frequency. (The Arcturians, Awaken Now Newsletter, from suzancaroll@multidimensions.com, Feb. 16, 2010.)

In this process, as you shift from the Third-Dimensional illusion of a stable "reality" into this world of manifest dream, you may feel anxious and insecure. Your sense of reality may be threatened, and you may feel vulnerable and unsupported in a sea of rapid changes. Beloved Ones, know that everything in your reality is Love and an expression of Love in some way. Know that this Love will always support you to expand and grow.

If you can say to yourself "I am Love and everything I experience is Love", then you will find that center in Love and be supported by Love. And you will find Peace and Acceptance at all times. This indeed was taught by all your Teachers and Masters leading up to this time as they prepared for this transformation. They prepared you to see your Divinity and to know that you are indeed co-creating your Reality through the Manifestation of Dreams and Collective Dreams in this rapidly rebirthing energy called the "New Earth". (Archangel Michael, "Navigating the New Earth Fifth-Dimensional Hologram," February 2010, through Celia Fenn, at http://www.starchildglobal.com/february2010.html.)

From 2009

We must clear 51% of our negative frequency patterns and attune our Energetic Signature to at least a portion of the lower sub-level frequencies of the Fifth Dimension in order to receive the Adamantine Particles of Creator Light, which are an integral part of the Metatronic Full Spectrum Light. (Archangel Michael, Sept. 27, 2009, through Ronna Herman, http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Even as we rejoice with all who see the light of the Golden Age "at the end of the tunnel," we see that others feel discouraged because reforms are not coming more swiftly. A process the magnitude of transforming a low third density world into a full fourth density world does not happen rapidly. Progress doesn't follow a direct line from the starting point to the destination - it is a very long zigzagging process as the advocates of change become more powerful and the opponents of change step up their efforts to keep the status quo. In the case of Earth, some in the latter camp have recognized the influence of the darkness in themselves and shaken loose from it while others have not yet accepted that their resistance to global reform will be futile, thus the zigzagging progress will continue until the last tattered remnants of darkness are gone and light beings are victorious.

Let us put this into a linear timeframe.  Many civilizations' evolutionary journey from third to fourth density spans thousands, sometimes hundreds of thousands of your calendar years. Earth's starting point was only 70 years ago, and the myriad changes since then that are propelling her into fourth density will be completed by the end of your year 2012. With everything in acceleration, which includes your sense of "time" passing faster and faster, you are almost there!  Earth's ascension has been at a uniquely phenomenal speed, without precedence in this universe!

And fourth density is not her stopping point - her destination is fifth density, and life along the continuing journey will become more and more glorious. With this perspective in mind, patience can come much more easily as events steadily unfold in these last transitional stages of vanquishing the lingering darkness. And, just has been the case all along, the most far-reaching objectives and achievements are happening out of the public eye. Recognizing and feeling grateful for all signs of progress, from grassroots movements on up to the international scene, is to your great benefit - the light in gratitude has an amazing ability to uplift the spirit. (Matthew's Message, Apr. 9, 2009.)

I told my mother that Earth's free will is to ascend into fifth density, and not only was her progress sure and steady, but in the continuum, she already had arrived. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

Persons who receive the light will ascend in their physical bodies along with Earth as she progresses into the higher vibrations of fourth and fifth densities. ...

Earth's ascension - the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal that enables her to rise out of third density and continue into the Golden Age - has been ongoing for about seventy years in linear time; and by the end of your calendar year 2012, the darkness that has proliferated for millennia will have disappeared in all its vicious forms. However, this does not mean that after 2012, there will be no further changes - there will indeed be splendid changes in many areas, including spiritual and intellectual growth. Life is a continual process of learning, or more accurately stated, a process of consciously remembering the knowledge within the soul. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

The earthly souls who are awakening and have consciously begun the journey of ascension are in the process of becoming higher fourth-dimensional Beings. However, the consciousness of many advanced souls, those we call Star Seeds, are in the process of tapping into a fifth-dimensional awareness and even higher. (Archangel Michael, "The Many Facets of Ascension, Part 1," January 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

From 2008

Yes, in fifth density you will have bodies, you won't be 'light beings without form.' ... Souls that absorb the light, which is constantly available to all, are changing at cellular level from carbon-based third density bodies to crystalline-based bodies that can survive in the higher frequencies. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 21, 2008.)

S: "What happened to the fourth dimension?"

The more correct word is density, but still there is no mystery here. Usually we speak of Earth ascending into fifth density because that is her destination, but she will travel through fourth on her journey. (Matthew's Message, Dec. 21, 2008.)

The glories of the Golden Age will be available only to the souls who absorb the light that will enable physical survival along Earth's ascension journey into the high frequencies of fifth density. When the bodies of those who refuse the light no longer can sustain viability, the souls will go to worlds where the energy matches their lifetime energy and where they will have other opportunities to raise their consciousness and evolve spiritually. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 22, 2008.)

Ascension will place you in the fifth dimension or higher, which is far removed from the limiting vibrations you are now in. (SaLuSa, 10 Oct. 2008.)

Q: Is Earth moving past 5D or just fully residing in 5D? Or more?

Earth will move past 5D and will also fully reside within it. At this present moment in your evolution Earth is moving into a Fifth-Dimensional frequency. Once you are fully resident within the Fifth Dimension you will have more awareness of where the other dimensional frequencies shall fit into your lives as all beings within fifth density will have contact with higher density guidance. (The White-Winged Consciousness of Nine, "Alignment to Earth Ascension," channeled through Magenta Pixie, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48417/alignment-earth-ascension.)

From 2007

As we have indicated, the rest of this year and through 2008 will mark both an intensification of the dimensional shift and an increase of planetary manipulation and control. This parallel event - the shifting upward into the preludes of 5th dimensional reality (the foyer of higher planetary consciousness to use a metaphor) and worldwide attempts to control and contain the human spirit - will be paired off in a virtual and real tug of war. Indeed this war for the human spirit has already begun. (The Hathors, "Transcend and Transform Your World," 14 Nov. 2007, through Tom Kenyon, at http://tomkenyon.org/transcend-and-transform-your-world/.)

From 2006

What is transpiring is not to further the materialistic third density - it is soul evolution into the fifth density! (Matthew's Message, Dec. 5, 2006.)

From 1990

The ascension refers to the experience of making the shift into the fifth dimension and beyond. (Sandanda in Eric Klein, The Crystal Stair, 1990, 21.)

All of the atoms and molecules of the Earth, of the solar system and of every being in existence on the Earth are transforming towards a higher frequency and will soon be in the fifth dimension of experience. (Sananda in Eric Klein, The Celestial Stair. 1990, 18.)

Statements that Ascension will Place us in "Higher" Dimensions

From 2010

As the third dimension loses power it is replaced with dimensions that resonate at a higher vibration. For eons of time most of humanity resonated with a single dimension. At this time, those who are shifting out of the limited third dimension are moving into many other dimensions, bringing those energies into the earth's vibrational matrix. This allows miracles and blessings to occur as the limitations that are part of the third dimensional energy are released and the possibilities that exist in higher dimensions become available. This is a time of powerful manifestation - ask for what you want and know that it will come to you in the highest and best way possible. Create your miraculous life for that is the gift of ascension. (Archangel Uriel, "Predictions for 2010," Jan. 4, 2010, through Jennifer Hoffman, at http://www.urielheals.com/2009Predictions.html.)

From 2009

Ascension is an event of major importance, announcing the arrival of new "Man" into the higher dimensions as a fully conscious Being. (SaLuSa, August 3, 2009.)

Ascension is your passport off the Earth and into the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, May 27, 2009.)

Know that the great Resurrection Dispensation is now in full effect for the Planet Earth and all upon her. All who choose will rise up with the Earth into the Higher Dimensions. ("A Message from Maitreya and Buddha," April 1, 2009, through Marlene Swetlishoff, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/.)

Persons who receive the light will ascend in their physical bodies along with Earth as she progresses into the higher vibrations of fourth and fifth densities. ...

Earth's ascension - the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal that enables her to rise out of third density and continue into the Golden Age - has been ongoing for about seventy years in linear time; and by the end of your calendar year 2012, the darkness that has proliferated for millennia will have disappeared in all its vicious forms. However, this does not mean that after 2012, there will be no further changes - there will indeed be splendid changes in many areas, including spiritual and intellectual growth. Life is a continual process of learning, or more accurately stated, a process of consciously remembering the knowledge within the soul. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

From 2008

The plan of enlightenment started long ago and has brought about an awakening that has moved you onto the path of Ascension. It is one of major opportunity to leave the Earth in its present lower dimension and proceed with it to the higher levels. (Atmos, Dec. 17, 2008.)

Q: Is Earth moving past 5D or just fully residing in 5D? Or more?

Earth will move past 5D and will also fully reside within it. At this present moment in your evolution Earth is moving into a Fifth-Dimensional frequency. Once you are fully resident within the Fifth Dimension you will have more awareness of where the other dimensional frequencies shall fit into your lives as all beings within fifth density will have contact with higher density guidance. (The White-Winged Consciousness of Nine, "Alignment to Earth Ascension," channeled through Magenta Pixie, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48417/alignment-earth-ascension.)

Intimations that We each Go to Different Dimensions

From 2012

The future is yours and, in this lifetime in particular, you have worked towards the ideal level that is consistent with your state of consciousness. You will all end up exactly where you are best suited to continue your experiences. Lightworkers will naturally find themselves with their own kind, in the most uplifting vibrations. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

For each one it shall be different ... yet we suggest that there shall be a 'common ground' in which ALL shall recognise a change. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/11/blossom-goodchild-november-26-2012/).)

If you consider that you will be moving into a new frequency, you will understand that there are various levels within each dimension. You will not therefore all be within the same one, and some people will disappear from your view. We would therefore stress once again, that each soul will find itself exactly in the right level. It will be one that is in harmony with their own vibrations, where they will feel comfortable and at ease. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2012.)

From 2010

There will be souls whose lifetime choices automatically will take them to first or second density placements; and at the other end of the spectrum are the souls who came from fourth, fifth and higher density worlds specifically to assist Earth in her ascension - when their mission is completed, they will return to their homelands. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2008

Ascension will place you in the fifth dimension or higher, which is far removed from the limiting vibrations you are now in. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2008.)

What Will Ascension be Like?

What Will Ascension be Like?

From 2012

When you awaken, as you inevitably will, all that has ever puzzled you will be revealed - not who committed crimes, cheated on others, betrayed others, or what will replace oil or money, because when you awaken those sorts of puzzlements will no longer hold any interest for you: they will be irrelevant.

And you will recognize once again your true nature as beings of immense beauty, power, and love - in need of nothing.

Your true nature has never changed, has never been in doubt.  You have just been so distracted by the glamor of the illusion that you have forgotten who you are. (Jesus, through John Smallman, Aug. 26, 2012.)

Your awakening is a done deal.  Nothing can prevent it from occurring exactly as divinely intended.  Many of you are anxious, wondering when you will see some positive indications in the physical environment of the inevitable arrival of this momentous event.  You are all accustomed to drama - earthquakes, floods, revolutions, wars, accidents - and may well be expecting your awakening to be equally dramatic, possibly preceded by shocking or amazing revelations trumpeted by the mainstream media.

This is not the divine way!  God is Love, Peace, Compassion, Joy, Bliss, and any other loving Reality that you sense or feel - and every one of Those is experienced within yourselves.  The external world is illusory; Reality is within.  It is within yourselves that you will experience your awakening, and when you do, it will be amazing!  Looking outside is a distraction because it is an imaginary environment made up by your collective human consciousness.  When you awaken, it will be gone!

To awaken is to know yourselves as one - with each other and with God.  In your present dream state, filled, it seems, with fascinating and enticing distractions and billions of individual beings, it is impossible for you to conceive of the wonder that awaits you on awakening.  You can, at present, only conceive of situations and events that you experience through your bodily senses, and the extensions to them that your science and technology have provided.

When you awaken, none of those means of thinking, seeing, hearing, feeling, tasting, or smelling will be necessary because you will know and experience All That Is, God, Creation, Reality directly - no intermediation of any kind is required.

It is very difficult for you to get a handle on this because you are so fully acclimatized and accustomed to dealing with others, individuals or groups - separate entities in bodies.  In Reality there is no separation: what one knows, all know.  And yet there is identity, in so far as all are aspects of one loving God, creating and communing together.

It is impossible to describe to you the utter joy of returning to your natural divine state.  It has to be directly experienced.  Some of you have had inklings of what this means when you have read about the ecstatic experiences of mystics throughout the ages who tried to express in words what it is like, and a few of you have had your own brief encounters with the brilliant Light of God's Love for you in altered states of consciousness or during near-death experiences.  But those experiences are just teasers, nudges, calls to lead you on towards your permanent awakening.

Those of you who have had those experiences were overwhelmed by Love, by ecstasy, by the sense of the Presence of God, and although you knew in that moment that you are never judged but infinitely loved, you also knew that that was not the moment for you to return Home permanently, that you still had work to do, just by remaining among your sisters and brothers who are struggling to find their way out of the illusion. (Jesus through John Smallman, Aug. 19, 2012.)

The energies of 2012 are activating and radiating ascension awareness. We will tell you a story about a drama unfolding in which the Powers of Creation (that includes the big YOU) are manifesting a complete 5D replica of your planetary world, including you as an individual.

The dimensionally shifted replica is gently merging with your 3D/4D model and transmuting it. This is like a film technique in which two similar images overlay each other. One image, though similar, is significantly altered. They merge until the altered one becomes dominant, then, is all that is.

We are giving you this imagery to help you accommodate what is happening. You will hear many different descriptions of this transformational process - absorb them all and hopefully you'll form a picture of your own that will give you support. The time of authorities and gurus is coming to an end. An individual who "knows" will share with an individual who needs to know, in order to spread the learning. You need to take responsibility for your own ascension. ("The Pleiadian Light" through Hannah Beaconsfield, February 29, 2012, via email.)

From 2011

Ascension will take you to incredible heights and you will finally become the great and powerful spiritual beings you were meant to be. (Wanderer of the Skies, Oct, 25, 2011.)

The sense will be that you are flying upward. It is a physical sensation of movement. And a remembering, or a sensation of remembering, that you have wings, or the ability to fly. So that is the feeling of ascending up the sacred spiral.

Ascension will take you to incredible heights and you will finally become the great and powerful spiritual beings you were meant to be. (Wanderer of the Skies, Oct, 25, 2011.)

So there is a sense of unreality. Now, if you wish to make things solid, you will just simply say that you want that, and it will appear. But the knowing that that is simply a construct that you are creating already is there in full consciousness. When you decide to open your eyes, how you see the colors, the textures, the richness, the air, will be very different. What you think of as your senses will be heightened, oh, at least a thousand-fold.

So, there is a little adjustment. And we are with you, and we obviously take care of that, because this is completely a joyous situation to be in. Think of it as being spiritually orgasmic. It is the union of all.

Then, you will settle into this knowing, and of course that choice of physicality. But also know that if you choose to keep physicality, immediately what you have noted as, what we would call human aches and pains are gone. But the biggest shift is you no longer live or exist - you can visit, you can exhibit, but you do not live - within the third dimension, where you are in that movement of what you think of as going up the sacred spiral.

 That is the best analogy I can give you. … And it will be the place of love. It will be all of a sudden that the decisions, the actions, the existence, the form is love, and is from love, and is of love. So that sense of either/or, of what you traditionally have thought of as yes or no, of duality, of polarity, is gone. It is the alignment. The entire journey in this third-dimensional existence is reaching this place of alignment, of placing yourself beyond the either/or. And when you are doing that in this ascension process, it is like a Roman candle: off you go.

Think of it in terms of when a baby, a human baby, is birthed, sometimes it is a very easy delivery, sometimes it is 30 hours of labor. Sometimes the mother decides to birth in the fields, sometimes she births in the ocean. Sometimes she goes to a beautiful room. Other times she goes to an operating room and has a C-section. But the birthing still occurs. So this is what happens. …

And it will be the place of love. It will be all of a sudden that the decisions, the actions, the existence, the form is love, and is from love, and is of love. So that sense of either/or, of what you traditionally have thought of as yes or no, of duality, of polarity, is gone. It is the alignment. The entire journey in this third-dimensional existence is reaching this place of alignment, of placing yourself beyond the either/or. And when you are doing that in this ascension process, it is like a Roman candle: off you go. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

Think of it in terms of when a baby, a human baby, is birthed, sometimes it is a very easy delivery, sometimes it is 30 hours of labor. Sometimes the mother decides to birth in the fields, sometimes she births in the ocean. Sometimes she goes to a beautiful room. Other times she goes to an operating room and has a C-section. But the birthing still occurs. So this is what happens. ...

It is a feeling of complete and utter surrender and bliss. It is a sensation - physical, mental, emotional, spiritual - of union. So there is a moment where you feel, oh, I have died. Because that is the sense of such release and reconnection. But of course you are not dying. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

Its completion and your awakening are divinely assured.  Dreams and nightmares are ephemeral, illusory states that have no substance and do not exist, but while you are sleeping they do seem very real.  At the depth of your beingness, below the illusory level of awareness that the dream state provides, you know that you will awaken into the everlasting bliss of Reality. . . you know that you are safe and that nothing can harm you.

Focus now on that inner knowing, the brilliant magnificence of who you truly are, and allow that divine energy to permeate you completely, filling you with the knowledge that you, that all, are utterly forgiven for all transgressions however unconscionable and horrific they seem to have been, because, in truth, they never happened; they were just nasty illusory experiences.

Knowing this, you can, without the least reservation, wholeheartedly embrace forgiveness for all, especially yourselves, and allow God's Love to permeate every aspect of your beingness in readiness for your grand awakening.

You all truly are perfect, divine beings momentarily overcome by the horror of a miserable but non-existent environment that you imagined into being, and to which you added, by further use of your collective imagination, bodies to contain you while you underwent the human experience and all the pain and suffering that it entailed.  It has lasted but an imperceptible instant while seemingly existing for eons, because time is a major aspect of the illusion that will fade away with it as you awaken.

Being without time is a very difficult aspect of Reality for you to understand in any meaningful way while you are still apparently experiencing it, because it seems essential that the events you experience have to unfold in a non-reversible sequence. But, as I have said, time is but a momentary distraction from Reality, and will be gone when you return to your fully-conscious, awakened state where there is no use for it at all.

You are to awaken into the brilliant light of eternity, Reality, the now moment, in which everything occurs in perfect, divine harmony, where the ecstasy of being One with God and with one another surpasses any joy you can possibly imagine. What you are to experience is exquisite, beautiful, real, and wholly familiar!  Your amnesia will be gone, and you will be gloriously and utterly awake to enjoy your existence in the unending wonder that is God. (Saul, Aug. 21, 2011.)

Steve: And is [Ascension] going to be a shift that happens in a moment, or is it going to be a gradual shift?

Archangel Michael: It is already underway. ... But as you know it has been for some time. ... But there is a moment, there is a moment when the door opens. So it is a -- has been and is a gradual awakening. You have seen the changes mentally, physically, emotionally; interconnectedness; the shift in the collective. But there is that moment when it clicks. So it is a moment. Actually, it is a period of about 20 to 24, 26 hours.

S: What are you describing, lord, a moment? Is it an opening of a portal or a change in vibration, or...? What -- is it possible to put into words?

AAM: It is a change in the entire collective vibration within which Earth, Gaia and everything upon it comes together ... in a different vibration. So it is not like going through a portal. ... You have gone through many portals, and that has been part of what you think of as these mini-shifts that you have been undergoing. ...

And some people have gone through them very eagerly. Certainly the planet has gone through them. Many of the elemental kingdoms have done their work as well. But there is a moment, what we think of as a moment, which for you feels more like a day or so. There is a moment when it is harmonized all together.

S: And on one side we're in 3D or 4D, and on the other side we're in 5D?

AAM: Or higher. ...

S: ... Are there three days of darkness, and.... People are wanting to know what the shift entails. Do I get up physically and move to another location? Do I -- does the Earth disappear behind me in 3D and the Earth open up in 5D? They don't know what to expect.

AAM: No, you don't. Think of it as blinking. Have you ever blinked and the room seems brighter all of a sudden? This happens all the time in your meditation. ... It is like a blink. The Earth has already done most of her transition.

S: It has?

AAM: And a great deal of the Earth changes that you witness are actually helping the collective souls, the humans, to adjust as well. So it is more like a blink. You may have the experience of physicality -- for that is part of the joy of being on this Earth -- if you want to. It is a shift in potential of how you operate and how everything.... So it is as if all at once there is a cleanup crew. And what is swept away, what is swept away, my beloved one, is the remnants of the fear, of the hatred, of the darkness.

In that moment, what we are calling a moment, there is a choice. Do you want -- and it can happen instantaneously, because so many of you have laid the foundation -- do you want to be in the heart of one of love? Do you wish to be in the higher frequency? In the very last second, all they need to say is yes, and allow themselves to be flooded by what you can think of as a tidal wave of energy that will sweep the planet. That is why we say all are invited. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

From 2010

It is vitally important that you stay firmly grounded and balanced within the accepted range of duality while functioning within the reality of the third dimension. You must also strive to establish emotional harmony and serenity within the illusionary world of the fourth dimension as you seek wisdom and endeavor to become acclimated to the mental plane of the lower fifth dimension." (Archangel Michael, "The Physical Vessel is a Wondrous Creaiuon," Nov. 2010, at http://stevebeckow.com/2010/11/04/archangel-michael-the-physical-vessel-is-a-wondrous-creation/.)

At first, both the Third Dimensional Operating System and the Multidimensional Operating System will both be online. Eventually, the Multidimensional Operating System will be the main system, which means that your primary reality/consciousness will be in the fifth dimension and beyond. Yet, you will still be aware of the third and fourth dimensions. This process has already begun for those of you in our Corridor, although you may not be fully aware of it in your mundane states of consciousness. From the sixth dimension, you will be able to read the holographic projection of your current reality to assist in updating your computer/brain to the Multidimensional Operating System. (The Arcturians, "Rewriting the Hologram," March 2010, through Dr. Suzanne Carroll, at http://www.suzanneliephd.com/newsletters/newsletter.html.)

At first, the process of crossing the bridge makes you spacey and exhausted. However, as you begin to place your primary consciousness, your sense of self and main control center, in the fifth dimension rather than the third, you will begin to get relief.  As the third-dimensional reality continues to move into your past, and your fifth-dimensional reality moves into your present, your primary consciousness becomes fifth dimensional.

Your primary consciousness is also what your perceive as your present. Hence, Gaia and Her grounded ones are gradually transferring their primary consciousness from third dimensional Earth to fifth-dimensional Earth. This process is much like one in which you get a new home, but still live in your old home for an extended time.  In this manner, you can slowly and exactingly personalize your new homeLightbody while still living in your old homeearth vessel.

While having the two homes, bodies, realities, you can gradually transfer your primary consciousness from your old home/body and into your new one.  However, these two homes/realities are quite different, and you will need time to completely make your shift. On the other hand, once you move into your new home, time will no longer exist. Therefore, your third-dimensional consciousness is becoming very confused. It has become addicted to the concepts of time and space. Because of this perceived limitation, when your primary consciousness returns from NO-time and NO-space, your biological computer/brain cannot compute these experiences.

Your ego/self perceives this entirely novel reality as possible harm or even death, and tries to stop you from going back to your fifth-dimensional reality. Hence, you may feel an increasing amount of fear that needs to be released again and again. You don't understand why you are having this fear, for you have already done so much releasing. Therefore, please understand that your ego/self is quite frightened by the constant influx of the torsion waves that are foreign to it, and fears the imminent loss of its earth vessel.

The best way to deal with this situation is talk to your ego/self from the vantage point of your Soul/SELF.  Tell your ego/self that there will be no loss, only a grand transformation from a carbon-based body to a light-based body. Show your ego/self how your light form already exists within your earth vessel, and expand your egos duties from just care and maintenance of the earth vessel to include care and maintenance of your inner light body. Surround your ego and earth vessel with the wonderful unconditional love, gratitude, peace and calm that yourSoul/SELFexperience every time you embrace the fifth-dimensional reality. (The Arcturians, Awaken Now Newsletter, Feb. 16, 2010, from suzancaroll@multidimensions.com.)

How May Ascension Occur?

From 2012

It is Earth's destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

There are many conflicting ideas as to how the final months will proceed through to Ascension. Our answer to that is to suggest that you do not hold too rigidly to your present views. Be ever ready to move according to what you learn as new. ...The entire picture is not held by any one individual, and many contribute to your knowledge. (SaLuSa, July 13, 2011.)

From 2010

When you are referred to as Co-Creators it is no trivial comment, as within your own dimension you have collectively created your world. Hence Dear Ones on your pathway to the end-times you are responsible for what you are experiencing now. It is also why you have more than one option that will lead you onto Ascension.

Note that in the end all who are ready to ascend will do so regardless of which path they take, and it can be as easy or as hard as you make it. Our encouragement is for you to take the responsibility for yourself and create a peaceful path. Others can help you, but it is very much a personal matter for each one of you. If you doubt yourself, please remember that the powerful incoming energies are lifting up your consciousness levels, and in time you will understand considerably more than you do now. (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2010.)

The waiting-period is winding down towards its conclusion, and as it does so you will find yourselves experiencing some unaccustomed sensations and emotions. Do not be alarmed, as these are an essential part of the awakening process.

If you will discuss these experiences with your friends it will expand your perception of what is occurring, provide you with encouragement, and confirm your sanity! You most definitely are not going insane.  These experiences are a result of your decision and intent to reach for the Light, and indicate that you intend to awaken and that you are moving towards that joyful state.

Some of you are experiencing a lot of stress as you head for the exit from the illusion, and this is really not at all surprising when you consider the amount of time you have spent within it, accepting its totally unreal 'reality' as normal.  In the illusion, change frequently causes people stress - sometimes extreme stress - so it is to be expected that the decision to head for the exit would produce stress.

So don't lose heart; you are on the divine path Home. Your Father has guaranteed your safe arrival, and when you depart from the illusion, along with everything else, you will leave your state of stress behind.  No such state exists in God's divine Reality. (Saul, Sept. 11, 2010.)

Ascension is an ongoing process. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2010.)

Is your mind in turmoil, as these times are such that it would be easy to become enmeshed in all of the problems around you? Of course some of you are directly involved in them, and you do have personal worries. With so little time left before Ascension, it is important to give your attention to the unfolding process that is occurring, that is to release you from duality.

If you can totally place your faith in the outcome, it will divert your attention from other distractions. By doing so you will be one of many helping establish the Light upon Earth. The impetus to achieve this goal is bringing people together in a common cause, and an unstoppable energy is sweeping the Earth. Moving from the darkness into the Light is not achieved overnight, but you have turned around what was once a seemingly impossible task. Each time you take another step forward, we are also there with you sharing our Light. ...

Many of you have opened a link to your Higher Self, and as it grows stronger so your intuitive powers are also growing. If you sit quietly and relax perhaps by following a suitable meditation, you will be able to "talk" with your Higher Self and find out for yourself how powerful you are. Like every other soul you have the full potential within, but with duality there has been a loss of your higher vibration that has become difficult to restore.

You are helped by energies being beamed to you that are collectively preparing you in readiness for Ascension, as it is not a task left solely for you to handle. In a similar way although Mother Earth will take her own action to make her preparations, she also benefits from what you are doing and the energies from outside sources.

The changes that you are patiently waiting for are taking shape, and what you perceive as delays are not in fact preventing them from being prepared in readiness. Once our involvement becomes open knowledge, you will see some remarkable events taking place in quick succession. (SaLuSa, July 12, 2010.)

When the stirring starts to occur within, you will wonder what is happening in your life, as you will know that something is missing. It is likely to be an unsettling time, until you realize that the answers are also within. You will find that you are awakening to the urge to find your true self. You will know that you are more than just your physical body, and feel your spiritual awakening opening your eyes and heart. Sooner or later your path will open up, and the way will be lit with the truth.

The question is do you want to remain in duality, or break out of your sleepwalk and move fully aware into the Light. What awaits you is largely beyond your present understanding, but as you rise up so your consciousness will expand. So many Beings accompany you on your journey, and they will do everything in their power to help you and urge you ever onwards.

You will surely know if you are one such soul, you are well on the way to the completion of your experiences in duality. It will be clear to you that you have learnt your lessons, and are ready to move on. There may be some tidying up to do on the way home, but a smooth pathway will carry you to Ascension.

Life seems to be a series of unconnected events, but in fact they are all connected which is why Mankind goes forward as a whole. In totality you all represent the mass consciousness of every soul, and you have been carefully nursed and led through your experiences in the roles you have chosen to play. It has been planned very carefully so as to awaken you slowly but surely, in a gradual rise in consciousness that you could cope with.

The powerful energies coming to you from the higher dimensions have paved the way to the future, and will soon see you through the next big step in the process of Ascension. No attempts to prevent it will succeed, and it matters little what shall precede it on Earth. Just keep your sight on the reason you are here at this wondrous time, and know that any difficulties will be short lived. It is the end result that is important that comes with the closing of the cycle of duality.

Are you feeling a bit disconnected from day to day happenings, because you will in some ways become distant as you move more into a different mindset. Be assured you are not losing your memories, but the mundane events of Earth no longer have the power to hold your attention. Your mind is often "somewhere else" and you temporarily lose touch with reality. Your consciousness is moving into a higher vibration, as you merge closer to your Higher Self.

You are in strange times to what you normally experience, but as the veil is lifted the Light will illuminate your mind with the truth of who you really are. In reality you are great Beings of Light, who stepped down into the lower realms for no other reason than that you wanted to expand your evolutionary experiences.

Dear Ones, there is so much to take in during these changing times, so let go of the old ways unless they serve the Light, and be ready to change your beliefs to those that come with the New Age. The way is simple and the direction is signposted by Love and Light. If you can find balance and harmony in your life now, we would say that you are already living from a higher state of consciousness. Is it then no wonder that you feel different to many people around you, and find their ways no longer acceptable? It is a sign of the separation that is occurring at the present time, and it is a perfectly normal development. (SaLuSa, May 31, 2010.)

As you begin to understand the implications for you personally, it will become quite clear that you are already in the midst of irrevocable changes. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

At this time you stand at the gateway to Ascension, and once the changes commence that will bring it into being, they must take you to it with as little inconvenience as possible. Clearly in view of the massive changes to be made, we want it to go smoothly and it is why our plan is reviewed quite often. The timing must be right and we will not move until it is seen to be certain that it will succeed. (SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

Those who are activated and aligned with 5th dimensional frequencies and higher are settling into position, preparing on a cellular level to transcend the limitations of earthly form.  The cells of the human body, which are mostly water, contain the genetic blueprint for biological ascension.  This blueprint is activated when enough of the cell mass is bathed in the light of higher consciousness and the energy vortices have opened sufficiently enough to sustain it. (Lauren Gorgo, "Arrival of the Universal Timekeepers," March 14, 2010, at http://galactic-times.blogspot.com/2010/03/gatekeepers-arrive.html.)

The final run in to Ascension is one that gives you so many opportunities to tie up your loose ends, and change your mindset to one that is in alignment with the new vibrations. The old you will largely disappear and a beautiful Being emerge that will be ready to ascend. You have worked hard and come along way to reach this point, and it will be a most uplifting experience regardless of whatever you go through to get there. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

The process of raising your Kundalini and opening your Third Eye activates your pineal gland, which is the hyper-dimensional stargate built into your human physiology. Kundalini activation is the result of balancing all of your chakras and raising the feminine force of Lady Shakti from your Root Chakra into Divine Unity with the masculine force of Lord Shiva in the Crown Chakra. This blending and balancing of your feminine and masculine energies, known as the Mystical Marriage, opens your Third Eye and fully activates your "pineal stargate."

With the opening of your pineal stargate, you can accept the multidimensional, torsion waves directly into your daily consciousness and earth vessel. Furthermore, different DNA is turned ON or OFF by different frequencies of light. The third dimensional spectrum of light turns ON the 2% to 3% of your human genome DNA, which runs your Third-dimensional Operating System. This Operating System is based on the illusions of separation and limitation that arise from a strongly polarized reality. This system can only accept, integrate and utilize light that is limited to the small spectrum of the physical reality.

Since the fall of Atlantis, and especially during the last two thousand years of the Piscean Age, the higher dimensional light has been lost to most of humanity. However, now, you are entering the Golden Age of Aquarius and Gaia has moved into the flow of torsion waves emanating from the Galactic Center. These torsion waves of multidimensional light turn OFF your 3% of human genome DNA and turn ON your 97% of "Junk DNA" as they enter through the small quantum vortexes of the Junk DNA.

Once the multidimensional light is accepted and integrated into your earth vessel, it turns ON your new Multidimensional Operating System, which is stored in your Junk DNA. Then, the multidimensional light slowly takes precedence over the physical spectrum of light and the Third-dimensional Operating System of your 3% DNA begins to turn OFF. This is why so many of you have an ever-decreasing interest in the third dimensional reality and deeply long for the multidimensionality of the fifth dimension and beyond.

Fortunately, during your transition, both Operating Systems will be operational, allowing you to simultaneously live in both realities.

THE MYSTICAL MARRIAGE

Before the Mystical Marriage of your inner feminine and masculine energies and the opening of your Third Eye, your earth vessel can only perceive, integrate and utilize the limited light spectrum of the third dimension. Your First, Root Chakra accepts and reflects the spectrum of red light, which connects and grounds you to Earth.

As your Kundalini rises, this red light merges into the orange light of the Second, Navel Chakra, integrating the frequencies of red and orange light. Then, as your Kundalini rises into your Third, Solar Plexus Chakra to merge the red and orange with the yellow frequency of light, you combine and integrate your "Lower Chakras."

The combined frequency of light of your Lower Chakras then enters your Fourth, Heart Chakra to intermingle with the green frequency of light. Via your Heart Chakra, you connect your Lower Chakras with your "Higher Chakras."

The light of the first four chakras then moves into your Fifth, Throat Chakra to intermingle with the blue frequency of the third dimensional light spectrum. Your Kundalini then moves into your Sixth, Brow Chakra to unite the red through blue expressions of light with the indigo frequency of this chakra.

The Seventh, Crown Chakra resonates to violet light, which is the highest frequency in the third dimensional light spectrum. This violet light serves as a bridge to connect the white light, the unity of all colors of light, into your earth vessel.

With Lady Shakti awaiting her groom in the Sixth, Brow Chakra, Lord Shiva in the Seventh, Crown Chakra calls forth the opening of the Pineal Gland Stargate to accept the multidimensional light of the higher through quantum frequencies of reality. The multidimensional light enters your Crown much as the groom (masculine, Lord Shiva) walks into the Chapel to await his bride (feminine, Lady Shakti).

The bride then walks down the aisle (through the pineal gland of the Brow Chakra) to join her groom at the Marriage Alter (third ventricle of the brain) to enter into in their Mystical Marriage. With this Marriage, the seven octaves of the physical spectrum of light (Shakti's Bride's Maids) unite with the multidimensional light of the ONE to join the Spirit of the ONE into the Matter of your earth vessel, as well as the earth vessel of Gaia.

This Mystical Marriage of your inner masculine and feminine energies opens your Third Eye and High Heart, which have been latent within your earth vessel since your birth. This opening then allows you to begin the gradual unveiling of the illusions of your third dimensional reality. With the opening of your Third Eye and High Heart, new brainwaves come online in your computer/brain that can access and utilize your Multidimensional Operating System.

Furthermore, because of your Mystical Marriage, you can now accept and integrate multidimensional light, which commences turning ON the Junk DNA in which your new Operating System has silently been stored. (The Arcturians, "Rewriting the Hologram," March 2010, through Dr. Suzanne Carroll, at http://www.suzanneliephd.com/newsletters/newsletter.html.)

The higher dimensional realities have always existed, but they were beyond the perceptions of your Third Dimensional Operating System, because the expanded states of consciousness of your Multidimensional Operating System were not yet "online." Therefore, these dimensional realities were forgotten. Fortunately, your potential to perceive these dimensions remained latent within your biological computer brain, awaiting the activation of your Multidimensional Operating System. 

At first, both the Third Dimensional Operating System and the Multidimensional Operating System will both be online. Eventually, the Multidimensional Operating System will be the main system, which means that your primary reality/consciousness will be in the fifth dimension and beyond. Yet, you will still be aware of the third and fourth dimensions. This process has already begun for those of you in our Corridor, although you may not be fully aware of it in your mundane states of consciousness. From the sixth dimension, you will be able to read the holographic projection of your current reality to assist in updating your computer/brain to the Multidimensional Operating System. (The Arcturians, "Rewriting the Hologram," March 2010, through Dr. Suzanne Carroll, at http://www.suzanneliephd.com/newsletters/newsletter.html.)

When you were young children, most of you could still see the world from the consciousness, belief, expectation and perspective of your Multidimensional SELF. In other words, you believed that you had full control of the creation of your reality. You had this belief, expectation and perception because your Multidimensional Operating System was still fully activated. Unfortunately, it was very difficult to maintain the expanded state of consciousness that activated this Operating System while incarnated in your third dimensional form.

Over time, your consciousness lowered, your Multidimensional Operating System turned OFF, and your Third-dimensional Operating System took precedence over your beliefs, expectations and perceptions of reality. Then, you accepted the collective belief that you were a separate being living in a dense, physical world and expected hardship and limitation. Consequently, that is what you perceived. Your childhood world of magic and imagination still surrounded  you, but it was just beyond the limitation of your third dimensional perception.

This limitation created a strong inner yearning to "go Home," but you soon forgot where Home was. You just knew that something was missing, and that some day you would find it. That day is NOW. However, in order to return Home to your true Multidimensional SELF, you have had to find a way to connect with your SELF while still in your third dimensional form. Fortunately, you learned that if you expanded your consciousness beyond the confines of the physical reality, you could perceive your Multidimensional SELF from the perspective of your third dimensional self. To accomplish this task, you had to break the chain of illusion.

It is through your observation of your Multidimensional Soul/SELF in the ONE from the perspective of your ego/self in the third dimension that you have broken the chain of illusion to see your self (projected light) as your SELF (light united in the ONE). When YOU (the holographic projection) can observe your Divine Matrix in the sixth dimension (your SELF in the ONE) while still holding your holographic form, the third dimensional veils of illusion are released. You can then eternally commune with and return to your SELF who lives eternally in unity with the ONE.

It is at this point that you fully remember why you have chosen to "log-in" (project your SELF) into the third dimensional hologram. The ONE does not want to extinguish its many expressions of light. Instead, it wishes them to return to the full awareness of their Multidimensional BEING while maintaining their sense of individuality. In this manner, "Individuality within Unity" is created. (The Arcturians, "Rewriting the Hologram," March 2010, through Dr. Suzanne Carroll, at http://www.suzanneliephd.com/newsletters/newsletter.html.)

We know you are ready for such an upliftment [as Ascension], as you have grown very quickly into your understanding of what is expected of you as spiritually evolved Beings. It is the key factor where your Ascension is concerned, and you cannot reach it other than being of a similar vibration of Light. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and acknowledge the desire of so many of you to find your true Self. You ask how you will know if you are successful, and we would say that when you find peace, happiness and love you are One with the Light. Do not despair if you cannot quite make it at present, as the incoming energies are constantly being uplifted to help you along.

We believe in easing you into the Light so that you have time to assimilate it into your Being. We know that the pressures of everyday life have their effect upon you, and if you feel run down take the time to find your place of quietness and peace. Relax into the dream that allows you to draw the energies of the future to you, and re-charge yourself. Love yourself as others do, as you are all worthy souls. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2010.)

At first, the process of crossing the bridge makes you spacey and exhausted. However, as you begin to place your primary consciousness, your sense of self and main control center, in the fifth dimension rather than the third, you will begin to get relief.  As the third-dimensional reality continues to move into your past, and your fifth-dimensional reality moves into your present, your primary consciousness becomes fifth dimensional.

Your primary consciousness is also what your perceive as your present. Hence, Gaia and Her grounded ones are gradually transferring their primary consciousness from third dimensional Earth to fifth-dimensional Earth. This process is much like one in which you get a new home, but still live in your old home for an extended time.  In this manner, you can slowly and exactingly personalize your new homeLightbody while still living in your old homeearth vessel.

While having the two homes, bodies, realties, you can gradually transfer your primary consciousness from your old home/body and into your new one.  However, these two homes/realities are quite different, and you will need time to completely make your shift. On the other hand, once you move into your new home, time will no longer exist. Therefore, your third-dimensional consciousness is becoming very confused. It has become addicted to the concepts of time and space. Because of this perceived limitation, when your primary consciousness returns from NO-time and NO-space, your biological computer/brain cannot compute these experiences.

Your ego/self perceives this entirely novel reality as possible harm or even death, and tries to stop you from going back to your fifth-dimensional reality. Hence, you may feel an increasing amount of fear that needs to be released again and again. You don't understand why you are having this fear, for you have already done so much releasing. Therefore, please understand that your ego/self is quite frightened by the constant influx of the torsion waves that are foreign to it, and fears the imminent loss of its earth vessel.

The best way to deal with this situation is talk to your ego/self from the vantage point of your Soul/SELF.  Tell your ego/self that there will be no loss, only a grand transformation from a carbon-based body to a light-based body. Show your ego/self how your light form already exists within your earth vessel, and expand your egos duties from just care and maintenance of the earth vessel to include care and maintenance of your inner light body. Surround your ego and earth vessel with the wonderful unconditional love, gratitude, peace and calm that yourSoul/SELFexperience every time you embrace the fifth-dimensional reality.

OPENING A PORTAL

The rising of your Kundalini and opening of your Third Eye has activated your pineal gland.  Your pineal gland is a hyper-dimensional stargate built in to our human physiology.  There are tiny molecules within the pineal gland water called microclusters.  These microclusters form geometric shapes that create a resonant gateway or stargate. 

When "fired up" by means of Kundalini activation, the pineal gland stargate is accessed. Kundalini activation is the clearing, balancing and unifying of all your chakras, so that the latent force of   of Kundalini can rise up from the Root Chakra, through all the chakras, and into the Crown Chakra to open your Third Eye. This opening is often experienced as a tickling, buzzing or pressure inside of the head or on your forehead. 

The activation of the Kundalini and opening of the Third Eye brings new brainwaves online to allow advanced states of consciousness to integrate into your daily consciousness. One of these is Gamma brainwaves (40 cps), which serve as harmonizing frequency through which the observations of any objects size, color, texture, function, etc. are stored, perceived, and processed by different parts of the brain.

Gamma brainwaves are thought to be associated with the brain function that creates a holographic synthesis of data stored in various areas of the brain to fuse them together into a higher perspective. This higher perspective facilitates the activation of the expanded perceptions of your fifth dimensional consciousness.

There are also extremely high brainwave frequencies above Gamma, which have been titled Hyper Gamma brainwaves (100 cps) and Lambda brainwaves (200 cps). Conversely, the extremely low Epsilon brainwaves (0.5 cps) are thought to be the state yogis go into when they achieve suspended animation and/or complete control of all their biological functions.

All three of these newly discovered brainwaves (Hyper Gamma, Lambda, and Epsilon) are associated with higher states of SELF-awareness that allow conscious access to superior levels of information and insight, psychic abilities, and out-of-body experiences. Theta (Shaman brainwaves) and Gamma brainwaves interact with these new brainwave patterns to assist in the brains holographic packaging of information into coherent images, thoughts, and memories.

Hyper Gamma, Lambda, and Epsilon frequencies are linked together in a circular relationship. Hyper Gamma and Lambda brainwaves are so fast that they appear to be embedded in the extremely slow Epsilon brainwaves. Simultaneously, the extremely slow Epsilon waves are so slow that they appear to be riding on the crest of the very fast Hyper Gamma and Lambda waves.  In the same manner, our expanded, psychic senses are embedded into, and piggybacked onto, our-third dimensional five senses. As these new brainwaves come online, our inner perceptions can be consciously perceived while in our mundane consciousness.

It is important to remember that the higher dimensional realities have always existed, but the moment you forget them, you stop choosing to perceive them and exclude them from your possible reality. However, that potential remains latent within your biological computer/brain. Fortunately, the more your primary consciousness becomes fifth dimensional, the more you activate these extremely high and low brainwaves, and the more you regain access to your innate higher brain functions. These higher brain waves will allow you to more easily close the perceived gap between your two realities.

CLOSING THE GAP

We fully support your in closing the perceived gap between your grounded reality and your multidimensional reality, for it is the core of ascension and of being an Ascended Master. Of course, from our perspective, there is no gap. How can there be a gap when there is no time or space to measure it? Therefore, releasing the illusion of a gap between one dimension and another, one person and another, one time and another etc. is the challenge that forces your polarized, computer/brain into its true state of unity.

We know that you can feel the higher dimensions just beyond your threshold of perception, much as you can feel the rain just before it falls or the light just before the dawn. The secret of closing the gap is actually inside the very earth vessel that you have blamed for separating you from the higher realities.

Focus your consciousness, now, deep inside your earth vessel and inside your heart. See your blood around you and hear your hearts valves pumping it through your body. Feel how your breath brings fresh oxygen into your lungs to be shared with your blood. Visualize how that oxygen is carried on waves of multidimensional light and unconditional love.

Now move into your High Heart and see your ATMA, your Three Fold Flame of life blazing before you. Step into the center of that Flame and see it before you, behind you and around you. Just as smoke rises from a physical flame, your consciousness rise above your Three Fold Flame and into your opened Third Eye. 

From within your Third Eye, see how the third/fourth and fifth dimensional realities are actually ONE, constantly interacting and intermingling. Look to your right and see a magnificent Light Being who smiles in response to your recognition.  Look to your left and see any place on Earth that you wish to experience. Now, look above you and through the Portal that is between your Third Eye and your Crown.

  This Portal is in the center of your forehead at the edge of your hairline, between your Third Eye and Crown. At first, the Portal looks like a mirror with water rippling over it, a wormhole, which indeed it is. This Portal is one of the many areas on your earth vessel, which affords you the opportunity to close the gap between the world of illusion and the multidimensional worlds on the other side of the veil.

Now, with the force of unconditional love emanating from your ATMA, gently blow the veil away from the Portal to see the wormhole open, welcoming your entrance. You will not leave your body, for there is no leaving or coming when you resonate beyond time and space. To enter this Portal you must release your attachment to physical limitations and know that you are everywhere and everywhen.

As the current of your breath totally moves the veil of separation aside, the Portal is revealed in its full splendor. The circular shape morphs to remind you that this Portal is an alive Being. In fact, it is an element of your aliveness, yet independent from you as it is not limited to just you. This Portal is for every person, animal, plant and Being that is the body of Gaia. What you are experiencing is YOUR entrance to this infinite and Cosmic Portal.

The veil of illusion is completely removed now because you were/are able to believe that you deserve entrance through this passageway.  What appeared to be water rippling over a mirror that reflected your light, is now revealed as a vast orb filled with liquid light.

The liquid light begins to slowly flow out of the Portal and onto your earth vessel. As the liquid light adheres to your physical form, you become the Portal, you become liquid light, and your consciousness and sense of self extends through the Portal while your earth vessel still remains in your mundane reality.

The illusion of separation between physical and consciousness is released, and you are freed from the perceived boundaries of your previous existence. You know that eventually you will return your sense of self to your mundane life even though you have never left it. You know that when you return, you will seem to forget this experience and become, once again, embroiled in the challenges of your third dimensional life.

But is it still just third dimensional? What about your body of liquid light that infinitely flows, dances, intermingles and communes with All That Is?  Will you forget this experience?  Will you just be physical? No, you cannot.  You cannot return to the illusion once the truth has been revealed.  You may temporarily forget the truth, but the illusion has been unveiled.  The secret has been exposed and the truth is alive in your Being forever whispering to your sleeping awareness, I am one! I am a Being of liquid light.

Then, when you hear that whisper, you will see the light, feel the unconditional love that is absorbing into your every cell and atom, and you will remember! You will remember your SELF, and you will remember the Portal. You dont go through the Portal, for through denotes that a part of you leaves where you were to be where you are going. But, if you listen to the whisper of light it says, You dont leave or come, for you are everywhere. There is no time. There is no space, There is only HERE and NOW.

You are HERE NOW because the distance between Light and Light is zero. You are physical/matter interacting and intermingling with spirit/light. The liquid of the light indicates that the Flow of the Light is zero distance for all the light. Hence, your third dimensional matter/self intermingles with your Light/SELF that is at zero point to ALL Light. This light flows like a liquid through the entrance of the Portal to commune with the light of your third dimensional self. (The Arcturians, Awaken Now Newsletter, Feb. 16, 2010, from suzancaroll@multidimensions.com.)

From 2009

The Ascension that your brother is writing about will not happen all at once. It is an experience of cosmic connection to the universe that comes with a sequence of events increasingly uplifting and amazing. You have just experienced the first of these events. (David Wilcock reporting what his brother was told by a being of light, in Project Camelot Interviews David Wilcock, 2009, Part 1 of 4, at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YxQLiy7AHx8&feature=channel.) Start projecting your thoughts into the future, and see if you can capture the feeling of the energy of Love and Light. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2009.)

There is no point at which reality and and illusion meet or interact because what is unreal does not, and never has, existed. To return home you must awaken and release all thought, all perceptions of the hellish dream in which it seems you live. (Saul, Sept. 30, 2009.)

We must clear 51% of our negative frequency patterns and attune our Energetic Signature to at least a portion of the lower sub-level frequencies of the Fifth Dimension in order to receive the Adamantine Particles of Creator Light, which are an integral part of the Metatronic Full Spectrum Light. (Archangel Michael, Sept. 27, 2009, through Ronna Herman, http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Certainly after having a whole series of lives in the depths of duality, you have had to become strong and resolute to overcome the challenges. Now as the awakening gathers pace the task of concentrating on your evolution becomes much easier, and you can reach a stage where you are beyond the pull of the lower energies. That is when you experience peace of mind and in a way become detached from the Earth.

Your strength comes from knowing that life is infinite, and that your true reality is in the higher dimensions. You will find that you can touch that magical silence, where time seems to stand still as you are lifted in mind and spirit. ...

One day you will suddenly realise that life has to give you more than it does, and once you see the Light your consciousness opens up. For seekers of the truth there has never been a better time, as so many channels have been opened up to cater for everyone. (SaLuSa, Aug. 14, 2009.)

The end times will bring Ascension, regardless of what takes place in the meantime. Therefore cast your sights on what is to be, and not what is now and that way you will be doing a great service to your fellow man. Ascension is much bigger than merely giving a way out for Man on Earth. (SaLuSa, June 29, 2009.)

Dear Ones, when you are finished with these lower realms, you have no hesitation in making a decision to leave them for the higher ones. Already you may well feel out of place in this dimension, and know that it no longer fulfils your conscious desire to move into those vibrations that give you peace and happiness. Dimensions that are in surroundings of the same higher energies that you have attained, because of your awakening to the Light and Love being beamed to Earth.

Making a break is a natural development that will place you in the realms that will give you your next opportunity to move into another phase of your evolutionary experiences. The Laws of the Universe mean that all souls will, when changes take place, find themselves at the precise levels that resonate with their own energy levels. You do not therefore need to concern yourselves about the choices made by others, as with the coming of the end-times of this cycle, all will be perfectly completed in accordance with the divine laws. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

The ascension process is initiated when you become aware that you are out of harmony with your God-self and our Mother/Father God, which leads to a desire to make life changes. Thus, a Divine discontent ignites within as you seek your own highest truth, and the desire to transmute and release past transgressions begins which, ultimately, includes the process of forgiving all others as well as yourself. (Archangel Michael, "Passport to Ascension," May 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

What you have is a unique opportunity to leave the old Earth for once and for all time. As always keep your sights on the victory you seek and let nothing distract you from it. (Ag-agria, March 25, 2009.)

From 2008

You will ... be uplifted through the Law of Attraction. (Ker-On of Venus, Oct. 21, 2008.)

The Gradual View of Ascension

From 2012

It is natural to wonder how the mess your world is in can be cleaned up in the short time remaining before the onset of the Golden Age. It can't be. Never were all the glories of that wondrous Age going to greet you at its doorstep, but because of the 10-year delay, neither will the early stages of grand differences in your lives be there as originally envisioned by the master planners.

Therefore the "mopping up," so to say, will get off to a late start. However, with the release of your own technologies from Illuminati control and the assistance of other civilizations and their technologies, efforts can begin on many fronts simultaneously.

The primary priority is to provide survival essentials to the peoples in war-torn areas and refugee camps and to indigenous peoples and nomadic tribes in dire straits.

Warring will have ceased, but much will remain to be done in its aftermath. Building or rebuilding countries' infrastructure, commercial centers and houses will be undertaken expeditiously, not only for current inhabitants, but so refugees can return to villages or cities where there are residences, hospitals, schools and supplies of clean water and food are plentiful.

The ridding of corruption in the global economy will occur in tandem with the same in governments so those areas of paramount influence in your lives can start operating with the honesty and fairness inherent in moral and spiritual leaders.

Your waters, soil and air will be purified and toxic waste, including radioactive materials, will be dematerialized. Areas will be cleansed where disease has flourished due to the unsanitary living conditions of the impoverished masses.

Other reforms that will be instituted quickly include ending cultural practices and customs that are unfair, injurious or lethal and the repeal of all unjust laws and regulations. Millions now imprisoned on false charges or for minor infractions or as a result of simply being on "the other side" in wars will be released - yes, it will be easy to identify all who are innocent!

Those are among the first changes because the current status is intolerable for the affected peoples. The plight of many millions of animals - endangered species and animals that become part of your diet - is another situation that will be addressed in earnest.

Initial structures, particularly housing for all who now are homeless in their own country or uprooted due to violence, and buildings for medical care and schooling, will be rudimentary. As rapidly as possible, those types of accommodations will be replaced with finely built structures.

Free and renewable energy sources incrementally will replace current dependence on oil and natural gas. Other measures soon to be implemented also will assist Earth's own efforts to restore areas of most severe environmental damage so that crops can be grown in abundance, forests can make a comeback and rivers can flow as Nature intended.

According to the original Golden Age master plan, all of those vast improvements in your world would have happened by now. The global web of corruption that so long enabled the dark ones to control the peoples would have ended and long-hidden truths would have come forth in stages to give the populace time to more easily accept the realities.

You're approaching the continuum, where there aren't ten more of your linear years for all of that to come about in "adjustment" stages - remedies must get going with all speed and efficiency possible. So some confusion will be unavoidable due to the haste to get the most essential changes underway, but it will be relatively short-lived. The dark minds and hearts that would attempt to create chaos to prevent those changes no longer will be on the planet, and the people who are there will be of a loving, helpful, cooperative nature! (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

During its last days and the early days of 2013, the planet will travel through the celestial window between third and fourth densities, where the energy wisps of both densities briefly comingle, and it will enter fourth density, where Earth's Golden Age begins. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

But that glorious milestone is not the end of her journey. Ascension will continue until the planet is securely within fifth density, where Gaia originated in antiquity and so did her planetary body. After eons of being in the low densities that were commensurate with the collective consciousness of successive civilizations, Gaia's body will have returned home. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

"Earth's exiting third density will be heralded throughout the lighted universe! ... "Knowing that this brilliant process will continue for long years to come will prevent despondency from befalling those who are expecting a dramatic event to occur on December 21st. When nothing of dynamic proportions happens that day or any other in that same narrow timeframe, how sad it would be if those who are counting on something spectacular become so depressed that they decide at soul level to join the others who also choose not to remain on the planet for different reasons." (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

Many believe that ascension means a sudden lifting with lots of fan fare into a new world. Ascension is a gradual awakening process. As your consciousness becomes enlightened with ever more truth, it manifests as an ever more enlightened world. (The Arcturian Group, March 11, 2012.)

From 2010

It will not happen on December 21, 2012 or any other date that you will be standing beside two others and before your very eyes, they will disappear into their own 'timelines.' Even the usual date of December 31, 2012, will be much like the previous and the following days - that is, except for New Year's Eve celebrations. The differences between life in this moment and in the Golden Age will be amazing and magnificent, but life will not differ dramatically from one day to the next as Earth continues on her journey through fourth density and on into fifth. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

Even the usual date of December 31, 2012, will be much like the previous and the following days. ... Life will not differ dramatically from one day to the next as Earth continues on her journey through fourth density and on into fifth. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

Understandably, there is a great deal of speculation about what will happen to whom at the end of 2012. There is no definitive answer because what happens to each soul will be in accordance with the uniqueness of each soul. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2009

The arrival of the popularized date of December 21, 2012, does not mean that Earth humankind will have entered an era of complacent stability. The only constant in the universe is change! Not only will marvelous developments continue in all areas of your world, but spiritually and intellectually, you will continue to grow through innumerable physical lifetimes, some in worlds where life will exceed even the glories of Earth's Golden Age. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

From 2004

A date is not the issue - it is the incoming vibrations that are increasing the pace of Earth's ascension into the fullness of fourth density that is of consummate interest and significance. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 22, 2004.)

The Sudden View of Ascension

From 2012

Galactic Federation: Dearest inhabitants of Earth ... The end days are at an end. New days are to shine down and give EVERYONE renewed HOPE of a beautiful Earth. A planet of beauty that YOU are to recreate into the glory of itself.

One shall notice the difference within the soul self ... no matter what level one has attained until now. For this Light Love that is to enter shall allow the spirit to soar and BE OF ITSELF.

Oh the joy that you shall experience. As you would say ... It shall knock your very socks off!

Blossom: And will that joy remain?

Galactic Federation: To a certain degree ... It shall be immense in its 'Dawning' ... Yet shall simmer a little in order for one to adjust to their newer Higher level.

NO ONE ... SHALL REMAIN THE SAME AS THEY ONCE WERE.

Blossom: And yet life shall ... just go on?

Galactic Federation: Not 'just' go on. Life shall take on New Enlightenment.

For THOSE WHO CHOOSE ... they shall find themselves in a wonderland that comes from the heart ... A difference within the heart shall be OBVIOUS to the self and the wanting to 'Get it right.'

Blossom: Can you explain that a bit more ... 'Get it right'.

Galactic Federation: The desire of self-mastery shall be more apparent. For so long has one been 'under the thumb' and oblivious to the absolute perfection of the Human Being. One shall be able to reconsider the situation that has been and make every move possible to correct the damage done upon/to them.

It will be upmost in ones desires ... For once this is corrected the leaps and bounds shall come in leaps and bounds ... and the 'type' of world that one has been Trusting they shall walk into ... shall be on the doorstep ... with the door wide open.

Souls of Earth ... Souls of life ... as this Light showers upon you ... find it within yourselves to ask for forgiveness ... Forgiveness to the self as it was led astray from time to time ... seeking pathways that were not so useful ... yet engaging.

Seek also forgiveness to those who have TRULY travelled the darker pathways and unable to find a road to freedom ... For they became so lost and entrenched in that particular walk way ... that all thoughts of sunlight left their thoughts and therefore their soul.

When this Light comes ... Find YOU ... The TRUTH OF YOU ... and offer the deepest Love for/to the self and for ALL THAT IS.

FEEL that Love ... for we say to you ... it shall be overwhelming. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Blossom: So will it be over a certain time? For I have seen a video of a Mayan gentleman that spoke recently about there being an eight minute span in which we would be made aware of a Higher consciousness and from then on it would be up to us to 'follow it through' ... something like that!!

Galactic Federation: As we say ... this stream of Light shall not be continual ... yet it shall be 'momentary ' in terms of the Grand Scheme of things.

Blossom: I mean ... If someone is busy ... Are they likely to miss it!!??

Galactic Federation: No ... that would not be possible. That which is to come is NOT of the same vibration of anything that has come before. It will not be as you mentioned previously that some may be aware and some not ... as in a star gate opening for example.

WHAT IS TO COME CANNOT BE PASSED BY.

Blossom: With all respect ... this is all well and good for you ... You know what you are talking about ... we don't! We have to surmise and 'take our pick' from all the different propositions that have been stated on the matter. I know there is not long to go ... but I have to say .... As much as I am doing my best to be in the best space possible until such time arrives ... it is for me ... rather reminisce of Oct 14th 2008 ... when the waiting seemed quite unbearable ... mixed with excitement and a great deal of anticipation!

Galactic Federation: Then we would suggest that one conducts as much breathing through meditation as possible and allow the KNOWING of the soul to bring PEACE to the situation.

KNOW IN YOUR HEART AND REST ASSURED IN YOUR MIND ... THAT WHATEVER TAKES PLACE IS TAKING PLACE THROUGH DIVINE AUGMENTATION.

ALL THAT IS TO GO ON WITHIN YOU AND AROUND YOU IS THE DIVINE PLAN BEING ACTED OUT.

REMEMBER THIS ... NO MATTER HOW IT MAY APPEAR.

Blossom: When you say things like that ... will it be a case of taking the rough with the smooth?

Galactic Federation: It will be smooth if you choose it to be of velvet ... and rough if you choose it to be of stone.

We are not wishing to confuse you at this juncture ... We merely desire to accompany your thoughts with that which is most valuable. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Blossom: Thank you. I would also like to clarify that you have not given a date for this Light to come ... Is their reason ?

Galactic Federation: What do you recall?

Blossom: That I decided not to go with 'times' as far as you were concerned ...

Galactic Federation: We are merely adhering to your wishes.

Imagine this ... KNOW this ... That the Light shining FROM your planet is incredibly bright ... For there are many many of you that KNOW in their hearts that the dawning of a NEW WORLD is to begin at any given moment.

This energy that is shining out is giving such magnitude to the matter.

IMAGINE ... all that are 'in the know' ... Your hearts beating as ONE and your thoughts being of the same vibration of LOVE and the desire to bring about this New World.

For deep within your hearts you know that your mission ... that you have awaited for so long and spent much heart felt anxiety over at times ... is to BEAM you into the time that you signed up to achieve.

AND ACHIEVE YOU SHALL.

Release your thoughts from ALL doubts ... Allow yourselves to bathe in the Golden glory of your accomplishments. The road travelled has not been without its pitfalls, yet the road yet to travel is one of glorious sunshine ... paved all the way with a FEELING that ignites and excites.

Dearest souls ... We are with you ... You are with us.

We KNOW that what is to come excels all expectations.

We KNOW that YOU have marched ever onwards towards these times ... for century upon century ... and NOW it is here.

The heavens resound Peace ... as life takes on an entire new meaning ... and yet ... it is the oldest story in the book. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

So that sense of either/or, of what you traditionally have thought of as yes or no, of duality, of polarity, is gone. It is the alignment. The entire journey in this third-dimensional existence is reaching this place of alignment, of placing yourself beyond the either/or. And when you are doing that in this ascension process, it is like a Roman candle: off you go. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

There will also be in that period, which can be moments or a few hours, [a sensation] of feeling disassociated, that even if you were to open your eyes, even if you were to look at a floor, you would see that it is simply made of particles, subatomic particles, quantum particles, that it is not solid. So you have begun immediately to have the real sensation or vision of how things can be seen, and how they are seen, maybe, from this side.

So there is a sense of unreality. Now, if you wish to make things solid, you will just simply say that you want that, and it will appear. But the knowing that that is simply a construct that you are creating already is there in full consciousness. When you decide to open your eyes, how you see the colors, the textures, the richness, the air, will be very different. What you think of as your senses will be heightened, oh, at least a thousand-fold.

So, there is a little adjustment. And we are with you, and we obviously take care of that, because this is completely a joyous situation to be in. Think of it as being spiritually orgasmic. It is the union of all.

Then, you will settle into this knowing, and of course that choice of physicality. But also know that if you choose to keep physicality, immediately what you have noted as, what we would call human aches and pains are gone. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

In that moment, what we are calling a moment, there is a choice. And it can happen instantaneously, because so many of you have laid the foundation - do you want to be in the heart of One of love? Do you wish to be in the higher frequency? In the very last second, all they need to say is yes, and allow themselves to be flooded by what you can think of as a tidal wave of energy that will sweep the planet. That is why we say all are invited. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/)

The biggest shift is you no longer live or exist - you can visit, ... but you do not live - within the third dimension. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Part 2/3," Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

Do you not think the heart of One can hold several perspectives at once? Of course it can. But is there only one unfoldment and plan? Yes.

Can there be many interpretations of how that plan will come to be? Yes, because it is influenced and in the hands of the human collective in tandem, not solely, but in tandem with your star brothers and sisters, in tandem with the Ascended Ones, in tandem with this Council and in tandem with All.

So it is not a matter of one view being accurate. ("Archangel Michael: This is the Unfoldment of the Promise of the Mother," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/ .)

There is always going to be much discussion about how the future events will take place, as there are many different views about it. What you have been promised will certainly come about and you have much to gain from it. In fact the timing has often had to be adjusted, and you are of course now aware that some events have had to be put back.

However, you will not miss out and you will pass on to a higher vibration and benefit from the many changes that will lift you up further into the Light. The old paradigm will by then have no further influence in your lives, and you will enjoy the absolute peace and joy that comes with the new one. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2012.)

The 'what if?' is a fear that you are going to be let down. You say, 'Yes, Lord, that is true, because I have been let down, many, many, many times. You have given us predictions and they have not come to pass. You have given us dates, and they have not come to pass. Am I on a fool's errand?' ...

We are not putting the brakes on. We are not about to say to you, 'Well, there has been a change in the Divine Plan.'

We have waited for eons. There has been alignment on more levels, in more realms, than you can imagine for this to unfold. It is not simply about whether you, individually, are ready. You were ready the moment you said to the Mother/Father, 'I will go, I will help, and my purpose is to ascend.' And you will do so. ("Archangel Michael: This is the Unfoldment of the Promise of the Mother," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/.)

So are there dimensional shifts already underway? ... Does this culminate at the end of your year? Yes. ...

I will not be pinned down to an actual date and time. ...

When you are talking about a specific date, the reason that I am avoiding it is because too many people in your collective become fixated on a date and time. So we say this is not particularly.... Is this a moment in time that is highly significant in terms of the shift? Yes. Do I suggest that you wait until December 19th to get ready? No. Do I suggest that if you arrive on December 22nd that you have missed the boat? No. ("Archangel Michael: This is the Unfoldment of the Promise of the Mother," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/.)

This is the Mother's Plan ... [and] there is no plan for postponement or delay. (Reading with Archangel Michael and Steve Beckow through Linda Dillon, Aug. 17, 2012.)

You are now in the last few months before the big day, and understandably some are questioning whether they should plan for the future beyond it. They ask about matters like investments or property ownership, and generally about lack and in many cases poverty. We ask you to now take matters on a day to day basis, as very soon many problems that beset you now will have been solved by the planned changes. Abundance and prosperity will soon answer your various needs, and eventually you shall want for absolutely nothing at all. Much is to follow after Ascension, but equally your desperate needs will be seen to as soon as possible We are fully aware of what we need to do to make you happy and able to rest in peace, by knowing that we are authorized to do so" (SaLuSa, July 13, 2012.)

At the time of the 21st December 2012, the high energy influx due to the alignment of your Sun and the Great Central Sun is going to 'separate' those who are ready to ascend, and those who are not. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2012.)

From 2011

Nothing will stop the Ascension process from finally manifesting at the end of 2012. (SaLuSa, Sept. 25, 2011.)

Steve Beckow: Is ascension sudden or is it gradual?

Archangel Michael: It is incremental. But let us be very clear, people will disappear. Now, in conjunction with that, they will also become a dim memory. You've had situations like this where you have had a pain or a bad habit or something that used to bother you very deeply, and you let it go. And then a year or two later, this situation will arise again and in a very vague way, you will say, "Oh, ... yeah, that used to bother me," and then you will continue with your day.

The shifting can be incremental. It can also be, and this is going to depend on the readiness of the population, but what we are seeing right now, is that it will be in shifts. And there will be steps and doorways where some will simply go through and anchor for the whole, and then more will go through and anchor for the whole, until the entire process is completed.

Now there still will be those unfortunately, (or fortunately for they are doing what they wish, although it is not my desire), that will choose to continue on in this type of a reality, of the third as you could think of it as ... and they will be shifted to an alternate situation. The people, ... say who are sitting there, may blink and not even remember ... or have dim sense, 'I wonder where so and so went?'

People will disappear. It will not be cause for trauma or mayhem. It will not be the same grieving as someone in the physical realm dying. It will just be a slight shift in the case of friends. But, in the case of husbands and wives, parents and children, there would be a knowing. ...

S: So, people will then disappear? They'll go to the Fifth Dimension, is that correct?

AAM: Some people will disappear, yes. ("Archangel Michael: Creating a World of Peace," Sept. 15, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/09/archangel-michael-creating-a-world-of-peace/.)

S: People are wanting to know what the shift entails. Do I get up physically and move to another location? Do I -- does the Earth disappear behind me in 3D and the Earth open up in 5D? They don't know what to expect.

AAM: No, you don't. Think of it as blinking. Have you ever blinked and the room seems brighter all of a sudden? This happens all the time in your meditation. ... It is like a blink. The Earth has already done most of her transition.

S: It has?

AAM: And a great deal of the Earth changes that you witness are actually helping the collective souls, the humans, to adjust as well. So it is more like a blink. You may have the experience of physicality -- for that is part of the joy of being on this Earth -- if you want to. It is a shift in potential of how you operate and how everything.... So it is as if all at once there is a cleanup crew. And what is swept away, what is swept away, my beloved one, is the remnants of the fear, of the hatred, of the darkness.

In that moment, what we are calling a moment, there is a choice. Do you want -- and it can happen instantaneously, because so many of you have laid the foundation -- do you want to be in the heart of one of love? Do you wish to be in the higher frequency? In the very last second, all they need to say is yes, and allow themselves to be flooded by what you can think of as a tidal wave of energy that will sweep the planet. That is why we say all are invited. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

The sense will be that you are flying upward. It is a physical sensation of movement. And a remembering, or a sensation of remembering, that you have wings, or the ability to fly. So that is the feeling of ascending up the sacred spiral. There will also be in that period, which can be moments or a few hours, [a sensation] of feeling disassociated, that even if you were to open your eyes, even if you were to look at a floor, you would see that it is simply made of particles, subatomic particles, quantum particles, that it is not solid.

So you have begun immediately to have the real sensation or vision of how things can be seen, and how they are seen, maybe, from this side. So there is a sense of unreality. Now, if you wish to make things solid, you will just simply say that you want that, and it will appear. But the knowing that that is simply a construct that you are creating already is there in full consciousness. When you decide to open your eyes, how you see the colors, the textures, the richness, the air will be very different. What you think of as your senses will be heightened, oh, at least a thousand-fold. So, there is a little adjustment. And we are with you, and we obviously take care of that, because this is completely a joyous situation to be in. Think of it as being spiritually orgasmic. It is the union of all.

Then, you will settle into this knowing, and of course that choice of physicality. But also know that if you choose to keep physicality, immediately what you have noted as, what we would call human aches and pains are gone. But the biggest shift is you no longer live or exist - you can visit, you can exhibit, but you do not live - within the third dimension, where you are in that movement of what you think of as going up the sacred spiral.

That is the best analogy I can give you. ... And it will be the place of love. It will be all of a sudden that the decisions, the actions, the existence, the form is love, and is from love, and is of love. So that sense of either/or, of what you traditionally have thought of as yes or no, of duality, of polarity, is gone. It is the alignment. The entire journey in this third-dimensional existence is reaching this place of alignment, of placing yourself beyond the either/or. And when you are doing that in this ascension process, it is like a Roman candle: off you go.

Think of it in terms of when a baby, a human baby, is birthed, sometimes it is a very easy delivery, sometimes it is 30 hours of labor. Sometimes the mother decides to birth in the fields, sometimes she births in the ocean. Sometimes she goes to a beautiful room. Other times she goes to an operating room and has a C-section. But the birthing still occurs. So this is what happens. ...

It is a feeling of complete and utter surrender and bliss. It is a sensation - physical, mental, emotional, spiritual - of union. So there is a moment where you feel, oh, I have died. Because that is the sense of such release and reconnection. But of course you are not dying. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-Michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

Do we want you to be wedded to a date? No. Do we say that the dates that have been given are accurate and significant? Yes. If you were paralyzed, and let us suggest that in many ways the collective has been paralyzed, if you were paralyzed, and you were praying and praying and doing your sacred practice, and meditating for healing, and you were given the date of December 2012, would you be upset, dear friend, if it arrived in September? I think not.

So look to your dates, but at the same time we are asking deeply of you, keep an open mind to early arrival. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-Michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

As things unfold this year you will see plenty of proof in respect of our part in the build up to Ascension. It is real and divinely decreed to take place with a high point due to the powerful alignment on the 21st. December 2012. From thereon you will continue to evolve into even higher dimensions, each one more beautiful and peaceful than the one before. (SaLuSa, Feb. 11, 2011.)

From 2009

One day you will suddenly realise that life has to give you more than it does, and once you see the Light your consciousness opens up. (SaLuSa, Aug. 14, 2009.)

Because Ascension is happening by divine decree, ... we can confidently assure you that it will not be delayed. Why otherwise would we of the Galactic Federation be encircling your Earth, with millions of craft in readiness for First Contact and the restoration of Mother Earth. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

From 2008

Ascension is a quick process triggered by the higher energies of the Photon Belt that you are now entering and gets stronger the more you penetrate it. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

Will People Disappear When They Ascend?

From 2011

Steve Beckow: All right. Thank you. Another point of disagreement among people who are talking about this, is whether ascension will be sudden or gradual. Matthew says 'not sudden,' ... people will not disappear, but then Sananda in The Celestial Stair says, 'no, people will disappear. They will be sitting together, and one will disappear.' Is ascension sudden or is it gradual?

Archangel Michael: It is incremental. But let us be very clear, people will disappear. Now, in conjunction with that, they will also become a dim memory. You've had situations like this where you have had a pain or a bad habit or something that used to bother you very deeply, and you let it go. And then a year or two later, this situation will arise again and in a very vague way, you will say, "Oh, ... yeah, that used to bother me," and then you will continue with your day.

The shifting can be incremental. It can also be, and this is going to depend on the readiness of the population, but what we are seeing right now, is that it will be in shifts. And there will be steps and doorways where some will simply go through and anchor for the whole, and then more will go through and anchor for the whole, until the entire process is completed.

Now there still will be those unfortunately, (or fortunately for they are doing what they wish, although it is not my desire), that will choose to continue on in this type of a reality, of the third as you could think of it as ... and they will be shifted to an alternate situation. The people, ... say who are sitting there, may blink and not even remember ... or have dim sense, 'I wonder where so and so went?'

People will disappear. It will not be cause for trauma or mayhem. It will not be the same grieving as someone in the physical realm dying. It will just be a slight shift in the case of friends. But, in the case of husbands and wives, parents and children, there would be a knowing. ...

S: So, people will then disappear? They'll go to the Fifth Dimension, is that correct?

AAM: Some people will disappear, yes. ("Archangel Michael: Creating a World of Peace," Sept. 15, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/09/archangel-michael-creating-a-world-of-peace/.)

Earth will Not Exist in 3D After Ascension

From 2011

Archangel Michael: The 3D Earth has done her cosmetic change. It is not there [after Ascension].

Steve: It is not there.

AAM: The same way you, dear heart - as the embodiment of a singularly third-dimensional being - are no longer present. [Because I'll be in 5D and not in 3D.]  At that moment, you both, and all jumped.

S: All right. So is there anything left in 3D?

AAM: No, it is all transmuted, transformed, elevated. ...

S: So there is no 3D Earth after that date?

AAM: That is correct. ... She does not want to duplicate herself and to continue to be the carrier of that energy.

S: Uh-hunh. Unlike, say, Venus?

AAM: Yes, there has been a division there [i.e., on Venus], but that is not how Earth is choosing to do this.

S: I'll be darned. I haven't heard that before, and I'm just trying to digest it.  There won't be a 3D Earth. The people who say "no" will go to the astral planes, the people who say "yes" will continue on with Earth.

AAM: That is correct.

S:  That is very much an eye opener for me. Thank you. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

Steve Beckow: What will happen to this Earth, 3D Earth, that they cannot stay? Is that what you meant, Lord?

AAM: Yes, that is what I mean. Understand, 3D Earth, it is not existing. ...

S: What about - for the people who say "no"? Will they remain on this 3D Earth, or will they find themselves somewhere else?

AAM: They will find themselves elsewhere.

S: And will they find themselves elsewhere as babies, or as they are now?

AAM: They will return home. They will return out of body.

S: To the astral planes?

AAM: Yes. And they will be counseled and then reassigned as they choose. (Archangel Michael through Linda Dillon, Reading with Steve Beckow, Aug. 17, 2012.)

What Ascension on the Spirit Planes Looks Like

From 2011

When a person has fulfilled his purpose and development on the astral plane, he may then proceed permanently to enter the mental plane and the higher planes, in succession, to work and develop more fully there. In that case, the astral body is cast off, as is the physical body at death, and its particles disintegrate to be reused in the creative processes. However, a person who has gone into the higher planes in this way can still communicate through to earth and can still manifest himself in the astral plane through materialization. (A.D. Mattson in Ruth Mattson Taylor, ed., Witness from Beyond. New Cosmic Concepts on Death and Survival from the Late A.D. Mattson, S.T.D., through the Clairvoyant Margaret Flavell Tweddell. Portland, ME: Foreword Books, 1975, 45..)

I am like a creature hibernating and yet, at the same time, sloughing off a skin which I no longer will be needing. I feel, sometimes, like a snake gradually shedding its skin. These coils of lower density are slipping away from me. I am emerging from regrets of earth memories, from disillusions, from idealizations which become illusions, ephemeral and of no true worth. I am viewing each piece of skin which peels off from me in its right connection with the true Self which it served to obscure. And more and more I become thankful for the Reality which, God be praised, was there beneath the skin, all the time. (Frances Banks in Helen Graves, Testimony of Light. London: Churches Fellowship for Psychical & Spiritual Studies, 1975; c1969, 124.)

I realize that what is passing from me, like sloughing a skin, is insubstantial, impermanent, decomposing, as it drops from me into a dusty nothingness. What is left is essentially Light, is Reality, is permanent and is true. I call this my new Body of Light and that, indeed, is what it truly is. A Body of Light, not dense and material and dull and heavy as the physical body, not insubstantial, shadowy and unreal as the astral body in which I have been sheltering, but brilliant, 'encelled' with Light, ethereal in that there is no weight, no dragging down into matter but is enmeshed with colour and beauty and form and substance.

Is that a difficult conception? You must remember that I am forming this, my spiritual Body, or should I be more correct in saying I am merging into it. That sounds a paradox but then much to which I am becoming adjusted here is paradoxical when viewed in the light of the restricted thinking of the human mind. I still have a mind, I still have a body, but both are inevitably changing and because of that I feel as if I am emerging, like a grub from a chrysalis, to a butterfly. Gradually I can function more readily and for deeper periods in my Body of Light, and, in it, can commune with more advanced Souls and imbibe their wisdom. (Frances Banks in Helen Graves, Testimony of Light. London: Churches Fellowship for Psychical & Spiritual Studies, 1975; c1969,124.)

I am trying to function more and more in the Body of Light. I cannot sustain it for long yet, but I have the joy and bliss of the certainty of a further expansion which is available to us all. This is the next step in progression, the stepping out of illusion into the consciousness of the functioning of the Higher Self, an emergence into a wider consciousness and an awareness of Spiritual Beings and of Forces from the All-Creative Mind of God. This is a gradual process and may take years (in earth consciousness of time) to fulfill. I feel as though I am starting on a Path of Light which leads upwards and onwards into Realms of unimaginable beauty and wonder and of which I have, as yet, but the faintest glimmer of comprehension. The journey itself is compensation enough for the trials of earth existence and for the emotion of judgment in action of those trials and my individual response to them, from which judgement I am now emerging. (Frances Banks in Helen Graves, Testimony of Light. London: Churches Fellowship for Psychical & Spiritual Studies, 1975; c1969, 125.)

"The timelessness of our life,” [Dr. G. said to T.E. Lawrence], “misleads us into thinking that there is no longer any period to our happiness. We have no lengthening shadow of old age to put a natural limit to our activities and so, when we are happy and easy, we think it can continue indefinitely.

"But I know there are natural period in our time here and that I am approaching one of them. I could perhaps disregard the intimations and stay on here [in the Astral Plane], but, if I did so, I should be perverting the pattern. So you see, even this paradise may be enjoyed for too long lest it thwart one's proper growth. ...

“I am growing old in this [astral] body and shall soon be done with it. Then I shall go on to explore this wonderful universe on another level [i.e., the Mental Plane]." (T.E. Lawrence through Jane Sherwood, medium, Post-Mortem Journal. Communications from T.E. Lawrence. London: Spearman, 1964, 76.)

[As Dr. G. spoke,] the illumination of his wise spirit made a glory around him and was more convincing than many words. (T.E. Lawrence through Jane Sherwood, medium, Post-Mortem Journal. Communications from T.E. Lawrence. London: Spearman, 1964, 76.)

I had heard about this second death and transition to the next sphere.... Now it seems that I may be privileged to watch it happening to another. (T.E. Lawrence through Jane Sherwood, medium, Post-Mortem Journal. Communications from T.E. Lawrence. London: Spearman, 1964, 77.)

The end came suddenly. I called on him and was told that he was sleeping. We stood around and watched his still form and the light which waxed and waned there. In a breathtaking second the change came. The light gathered itself together and burnt itself to a keen thought of light so intense and inward that we gasped and turned aside. Then it had gone and only a wraith of our friend remained which shrank away and disappeared as we watched.

We sat speechless, absorbed in the beauty and meaning of the transition. It was long before anyone broke the silence and then one said: 'I have heard that some time is needed for a spirit to get used to the new conditions, just as we needed time to adjust when we first came here, so we must not expect our friend to come to us yet. I suggest that when an interval has elapsed we should meet here again and wait and hope for his coming.' We agreed to do this and went off full of thought to our various occupations. (T.E. Lawrence through Jane Sherwood, medium, Post-Mortem Journal. Communications from T.E. Lawrence. London: Spearman, 1964, 78-9.) Dr. G. has kept his promise to come to us but he appeared when we were least expecting him. Some few of us were sitting quietly talking when his voice suddenly took up the parable and as we looked up, startled, we saw the outlines of a form which speedily filled in and took substance and there he was among us again.

He brought with him an exalted air and we felt his presence as a spiritual baptism, a stream of pure joy absorbed hungrily by our thirsty beings. Light and happiness glowed up in us too with the pleasure of heightened being. He stayed only a short while ... and left us again. (T.E. Lawrence through Jane Sherwood, medium, Post-Mortem Journal. Communications from T.E. Lawrence. London: Spearman, 1964, 83.)

Ascension Will be Happening Not Just on Earth

From 2013

There will be a merging, there will be a whole solar system; you were seeing the whole solar system ascending. And the whole solar system ascends, the galaxy ascends; there is a flashpoint that goes on and on. And, Gaia who has taken on this deep clarity and this great challenge of separation and limitation, she is a key factor; and, that is why so many beings are here to assist her and to assist the brave ones who have stood in line and written petitions to incarnate during this particular time on the body of Gaia. (“Suzanne Lie and the Arcturians on Heavenly Blessings,” July 2, 2013, Part 2/3 at http://goldenageofgaia.com/2013/07/suzanne-lie-and-the-arcturians-on-heavenly-blessings-july-2-2013-part-23/.)

From 2012

With all that is happening, the path to yours and Mother Earth's Ascension is still forging ahead, and no problems exist. As with the Universe, all are in the latter stages of readiness and your Ascension is as important as any other changes, if not more so. You are the only ones who are unable to do it entirely for yourselves, and of course we of the Galactic Federation of Light and others are very active in helping you. (SaLuSa, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Ascension itself is going to bring changes that have been divinely decreed, and are of Universal proportions and controlled by the higher forces. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2012.)

What is beyond all of our abilities to change, is the process of Ascension that has been divinely decreed. It is affecting the whole Universe and you are a small but nevertheless important part of what is taking place. (SaLuSa, Sept. 10, 2012.)

The opportunity to ascend is the natural conclusion of this cycle, and although you have missed out on earlier occasions, this time if you are ready you are absolutely certain to ascend. Mere mortals cannot stop what has been divinely decreed, and bear in mind it applies to the whole Universe. (SaLuSa, May 14, 2012.)

The changes are affecting ... not just your solar system, but Universe and Galaxy. It is a tremendous change of scope beyond your imagination, and involves Beings of unlimited power and love. They carry out the Will of God and in that lies your assurance that all will proceed according to the Divine Plan. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

From 2011

We are therefore like you part of the Great Plan that extends to the whole Universe, in which every planet is involved. All is uplifting into the higher vibrations, and it is a magnificent event and occasion for great celebrations. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2011.)

Unlike previous times when such opportunities have arisen, you are assured that Ascension will take place. In fact it has been carefully planned on a Universal scale, and is to be an enormous event that happens very rarely. (SaLuSa, March 21, 2011.)

From 2010

In past ages, the ascension process was available only to those who incarnated as initiates firmly on the path, and as disciples whose mission was to anchor as much Divine Light and to bring forth as much cosmic wisdom as possible. That time is past. It is a time of mass ascension, for all the planets, solar systems and galaxies within this universe are actively involved in an ascension process. (Archangel Michael, "A Clarion Call for World Servers," May 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Your future is tied in with the total upliftment of the Universe, and you are as important as any other part of the plan.(SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

Your future is tied in with that of the whole Universe and millions of other souls. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

From 2009

Ascension ... is not a process confined to Earth or just your Solar System and is happening by divine decree. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

From 2008

The Divine decree [is] that this Universe shall lift up, and enter a new area in the Cosmos. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

It is the whole Universe that is being lifted up into the higher realms. (SaLuSa, Dec. 8, 2008.)

It is the whole Universe that is being lifted up into the higher realms. (SaLuSa, Dec. 8, 2008.)

From 2004

The changes taking place on Earth - overcoming the dark control and opting to live in the light - are not exclusive to your world or your solar system.  Perhaps not even to this universe, but we don't know that.  What we do know is that these changes are universal in scope.  There are places of such love and glory that you cannot imagine them, and likewise places of intense darkness where the masculine warrior and ruthless natures are dominant. God's desire is to bring this universe completely within the light so the opposites are reconciled.  But as you well know, free will reigns, and those who cling to dark ways may do so until the brilliance of light, the radiance of love, is so powerful that they desire to live within that. (Matthew's Message, May 28, 2004.)

Rapture or No Rapture?

From 2011

AAM: Now when the word, ... and this is a word that is highly charged, that people talk about ...the "rapture." Well I assure you, dear friend, that when you ascend, you will feel a sense of rapture! Now, because that is a highly charged word, I would say, "you will feel the bliss." So we will not call it the "rapture." But that is what it is.

S: I thought that might be the case, that it is a rapture.

AAM: But the word has become politicized. ("Archangel Michael: Creating a World of Peace," Sept. 15, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/09/archangel-michael-creating-a-world-of-peace/.)

There is much talk of a "rapture" to occur in your world today.  It is not to be.  But do not look contemptuously or with disdain at those who would put forth this view.  They are simply misinformed.  Indeed, our dear Light workers, there are those who would look the same way to you for the messages you put forth to help others.  Rather, see this for what it is.  These souls cannot help but feel the same energy that is pouring into your world that you can.  They simply interpret it according to their ideological framework.  (Wanderer of the Skies, May 21, 2011.)

From 2010

Ascension has nothing whatsoever to do with the 'raptures' of religion, so please do not try to fit that concept into the universal truth. Ascension is the process of Earth leaving third density and traveling through fourth on to fifth. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

No Three Days of Darkness

From 2012

SB: All right, Lord. Well, I suppose this is "what if?" program. I have a few more "what ifs?" to ask you about. There has been a sudden eruption, again, of rumors of three days of darkness and evacuation from the planet, going up to the ships. I know you've spoken to this on other occasions, but could you give us some reassurance around these discussions? Is there going to be three days of darkness, evacuation from the planet, etc.?

AAM: No. Let me be very clear about that. The answer is no. Now, let me supplement what I say. Could your star brothers and sisters evacuate Earth in the blink of an eye? Yes. But there is no necessity to do so. Think of this: this is the Ascension of Gaia. This is Gaia spreading her arms and her cloak and lifting all of you up with her. Why would you think that the shift into a higher reality - and yet seldom do we use that, but it is a higher reality; it is a more peaceful realm; it is love - why would that entail such disruption and pain and suffering, so much fear and dislocation?

If you do not think that the powers that be are not capable of keeping you safe during this transition, then you are stuck in fear. Now, will there be transitions that happen during hours of darkness, times of darkness? Can there be electrical outages because the frequencies are being re-gridded? Yes. But that is not a fearful thing. That is simply having a storm and being without electricity as you know it for a few hours. And even that is highly unlikely.

So this is what I say to you. If such evacuation was necessary, it would be done immediately. Is this going to be necessary? Will this take place? That is not part of the plan. It is not part of the celebration. ("Archangel Michael on Disclosure, NESARA, Wildfires and Storms, Sept. 3, 2012" at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/)

Steve Beckow: So you said no pole shift, which I was going to ask you, and that includes no three days of darkness, right?

AAM: That is correct. Because the electrical magnetic grid is being readjusted, you may have some short outages. You may have, oh, 24 hours sometimes, without full power. So of course, it is always prudent and wise to keep some supplies on hand, and water, of course. And that is something that we will wish to address in another situation or another show, because we have a lot to talk about with water.

But no, there will not be three days of darkness. That would not be a good way for us to start out with you, would it? ("Archangel Michael on Disclosure, NESARA, Wildfires and Storms, Sept. 3, 2012" at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/09/archangel-michael-this-is-the-unfoldment-of-the-promise-of-the-mother/)

From 2011

There won't be three days of darkness on the planet before Earth's Golden Age begins. That three-day period is associated with the theory that the planet will enter the photon belt, and your planet isn't going to be anywhere near that belt. (Matthew's Message, Nov. 5, 2011.)

Steve Beckow: Will there be three days of darkness, or is that just completely mistaken?

Archangel Michael: There will be a period of darkness. It is very unlikely that it would be what you think of as three days. It is more likely to be a period of about, oh, 20 hours, a cycle of what you would think of as a day.

S: And what will we be doing in that 20 hours?

AAM: Well, some of it you will be sleeping. Some of it you will simply be - and we guide you strongly - still. Be in your heart. Be in peace. Be with us. Be with those you love and cherish. But do not panic. (Reading with Archangel Michael," August 1, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-1-2011/)

Beliefs that three days of darkness or some other dramatic occurrence will herald the beginning of the Golden Age. Beliefs that profound geographic changes will precede Earth's entry into fourth density. Beliefs that two Earths will emerge out of the ascension process.  Beliefs that going along with Earth into the Golden Age is the pinnacle of spiritual growth. Beliefs that after 2012, your world will be unchanged henceforth. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 15, 2011.)

From 2010

There is no validity to the notion that immediately prior to Earth's entry into fourth density there will be three days of darkness or, as other reports have it, three days of burning sun.  (Matthew's Message, Aug.23, 2010.)

From 2009

As for three days of darkness, from this vantage point, that could happen only if the sun suddenly leaves your solar system or some gargantuan celestial body positions itself so as to block the sun's light from reaching Earth." (Mathew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

Ascension has been in the Works for a Long Time

From 2015

Here in the spiritual realms we are all on high alert as the moment for humanity’s mass awakening draws ever closer. (Jesus: Oneness and Individual Identity are Incompatible. Channelled by John Smallman. January 29, 2015. https://johnsmallman2.wordpress.com/)

From 2012

At this juncture of Cosmic events, your World is drawing near to the end of one phase in its evolutionary life wave cycle and into a new beginning filled with hope, peace and harmony.

These are the end times that have been prophesied many times in many ages past and now these times are upon you. You who read this are Ones who chose to be here in order to anchor the Light upon the Planet in preparation for these times. (Mechizedek, through Marlene Swetlishoff, March 14, 2012, at http://www.therainbowscribe.com.)

We have a mission that started hundreds of years ago, and we will not be thwarted when we are so near to finalising it. (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)

From 2009

You were always promised that the end times would see you restored to the higher dimensions, and in reality you have never lost faith in those who made it to you. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

The process of Ascension ... has been taking place for many years, and has now reached its final stages in readiness for the great upliftment in 2012. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2009.)

From the commencement of the last cycle over 12,000 years ago, it was known that it would be completed through the process of Ascension. It is therefore an extremely important time for all souls engaged in the experiences of duality. At the end of every cycle there is an emergence of those who are ready to move on to the higher realms. (SaLuSa, April 3, 2009.)

From 2008

The plan of enlightenment started long ago and has brought about an awakening that has moved you onto the path of Ascension. (Atmos, Dec. 17, 2008.)

Something worthwhile is worth waiting for as it has been a long, long time since we came with our mission to help you prepare for Ascension. (Ker-On of Venus, Sept. 8, 2008, at http://www.galacticfriends.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=3416&Itemid=92.)

You have been preparing for Ascension for eons of time and subconsciously have known that the end-times would bring a complete change. What you could not foresee was the manner in which it would take place, as you have been creating that pathway yourselves. (Message from St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.)

We've Been Preparing for Ascension over Many Lives

From 2012

We are with you more than ever in these most exciting of times. This is what you have lived lifetimes for, what you have planned for down to the minutest detail, and what you are now experiencing. It is your right and deservedly so. (Wanderer of the Skies, March 14, 2012.)

Each one of you has spent many lifetimes working towards this final year in the cycle of duality. There are some that are best forgotten, yet they have been part of the plan for your return to the Light. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

From 2010

Many of you have had brief moments of rapturous joy or enlightenment that have buoyed you up for weeks or even months, and which have given you enormous strength to continue on the burdensome Earth life paths you have chosen to follow. 

Even though the "high" of that experience was perhaps only momentary and has slowly faded, the memory of it remains to support and encourage you.  It created an energy field around you of great love that is sensed by all with whom you interact, and which helps and encourages them as they strive to uncover the inextinguishable flame of divine Love burning continuously within each one of them. (Saul, June 6, 2010.)

You should ... be aware that you have experienced different phases of the ascension process many times before in a multitude of locations and realities. (Archangel Michael, "A Clarion Call for World Servers," May 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

From 2009

Be assured that everyone at some time in the past has had the opportunity to make their own decision as to which reality to join. You have not suddenly been faced with such matters, and as spiritual evolution is normally slow you have had many lives leading to this period. They have been planned with your intent in mind, and you have been able to choose as little or as much progress as you felt able to handle. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

From 2008

You have been preparing for this time over many lives, having already decided that you would put yourself forward for the process of Ascension. These final years are clearly the most important ones as they offer a unique opportunity to move out of the cycle of reincarnation. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

You have been preparing for Ascension for eons of time. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

We Know the Truth Deep Down

From 2012

You are the Light-bearers - the ones who chose to come and assist humanity in its awakening process. And because of the task that you have taken on you have infinite help and assistance from all in the spiritual realms to ensure the success of this divine plan.

You really do know, deep within yourselves, that this is your task and that your success in bringing humanity to wakefulness is divinely guaranteed. (Saul, Aug. 19, 2012.)

From 2011

At the depth of your beingness, below the illusory level of awareness that the dream state provides, you know that you will awaken into the everlasting bliss of Reality. . . you know that you are safe and that nothing can harm you.

Focus now on that inner knowing, the brilliant magnificence of who you truly are, and allow that divine energy to permeate you completely, filling you with the knowledge that you, that all, are utterly forgiven for all transgressions however unconscionable and horrific they seem to have been, because, in truth, they never happened; they were just nasty illusory experiences.  Knowing this, you can, without the least reservation, wholeheartedly embrace forgiveness for all, especially yourselves, and allow God's Love to permeate every aspect of your beingness in readiness for your grand awakening. (Saul, Aug. 21, 2011.)

From 2010

Life is so much more than what you have been allowed to experience. You have been kept in the dark about your true selves, and your potential to return to the Light. Yet no matter how much you have been mislead, you have subconsciously known that there is more to life than you have been made aware of. You have never lost your desire for the truth or stopped searching for it, and as more souls of Light have joined you on Earth so the vibrations have slowly been lifted.

They have come from various civilisations that have long moved in to the Light, and prepared to experience the darkness that you have dropped into. It has been what you call "a rude awakening" to leave the uplifting energies and harmony that exists on their home planets. That is in service to you as fellow travellers seeking your evolutionary path. (SaLuSa, Dec. 17, 2010.)

Many already know where it is all heading, and there is much to do before you can really talk deeply about Ascension. (SaLuSa, Oct. 13, 2010.)

Deep within you, knowledge of His Love for you and of your rightful place in His eternal Presence has kept your hope alive and vibrant - although not consciously - and enabled you to continue along your perfectly designed individual paths towards the great awakening.  (Saul, May 12, 2010.)

Subconsciously each one of you knew that this cycle would end in a victory for the Light. It has meant that you have inwardly accepted the promise of an end to duality. It is the Creator's Plan that it should be so and who would dare to suggest otherwise? (SaLuSa, May 3, 2010.)

You do know exactly what you require, as deep within your subconsciousness are the memories of past times when you lived in Paradise. It is your destiny to return to those higher levels of existence, where you will enjoy the perfect life full of joy and happiness. (SaLuSa, Feb. 15, 2010.)

From 2008

Subconsciously you know that your destiny is to return to the higher realms that are your true home. It is therefore time to move into the Light that opens your eyes and hearts to the truth of who you really are. You are great Beings who are awakening once again and we come to help speed up that process and take you on to Ascension. (Diane of Sirius, Oct. 24, 2008.)

Inwardly you know what lies ahead, and the Messengers from the heavenly realms have brought that knowledge to the waking mind. It is why the majority of you can easily and comfortably accept the idea of Ascension. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

You ... subconsciously have known that the end-times would bring a complete change. (St. Germain, Aug. 15, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

You have always known that eventually you would have the opportunity to lift up again, into the Light that was your home before you accepted the challenge of duality. It has carried you through all of your experiences, and now it blossoms and opens into the beautiful Light of each soul like a rose opening up and reaching out for the Source. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

Plus We Have a Natural Urge Towards Ascension

From 2009

These ... are the first signs of an awakening - an awakening to the realization that their lives truly have a meaning and purpose beyond everyday reality. They are beginning to feel a deep longing for much, much more than life on Earth offers, and yet this makes no sense to them. They are confused and lonely and lack a trustworthy listener or guide.

But their intuition or gut feeling pushes them forward, insisting that something of great moment is happening, and they want to know what it is. As they search for answers they stumble upon books, blogs, web sites, and magazine articles covering these issues and with which they resonate. They meditate and pray, which may well be a new experience for them, and their sense that their existence does indeed have a meaning strengthens and intensifies, encouraging them to continue gathering information. As they do so they start to trust their gut feelings, their intuition, their inner knowing, which they find does not mislead them. (Saul, July 5, 2009.)

There is a natural urge to seek what is known within your sub-consciousness because of your previous experiences in the higher dimensions.

It is also why you are highly intuitive where such matters are concerned. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

A History of the End Times

From 2011

We feel a strong urge to reach out to many of you first ascenders and succeeding waves of ascension pioneers. Some of you have been participating in this project for decades. The 1960s saw the beginnings of a major shift in consciousness. This shift was jump-started by experiments with mind-altering drugs. The generation of young people who tried these substances opened a door in the mass subconscious.

These expansions in consciousness couldn't be sustained or expanded without the follow up of a sound spiritual transformation of the energies involved. Those who did not use these experiments as stepping-stones to spiritual growth often fell into addictions and psychological problems. But a door had been opened for your ascension process to proceed on a mass level.

There was a concomitant movement of interest in Eastern spiritual practices that surged to a peak in response to the 1960s expansions, as well as, metaphysical and parapsychological investigations. Many first ascenders began their journey in this period. This means decades of their lives have been given over, to one degree or another, to processing and integrating successive waves of ascension energy. (Oceanna, Pleiadian priestess, through Hannah Beaconsfield, Sept. 21, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/09/hannah-beaconsfield-a-thousand-little-crucifixions-living-on-the-edge-of-overwhelm/.)

When Did Ascension Begin and When Will it End?

From 2012

You know that this is not a short process, and that it has begun. We have often referred to the process of 25 years that the human collective has been involved in this undertaking. ...

Each of you who have decided, consciously and within your very core of your being, that you are undergoing Ascension, and that you are welcoming it eagerly and profoundly into your life, into your consciousness, into your being, this process began even before you chose it in reincarnation. So it has been going on and building your entire life. ("An Hour with an Angel with Archangel Michael, August 6, 2012," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/08/archangel-michael-the-passport-to-ascension-is-love/ ).

From 2011

Third density is especially arduous experiencing because it encompasses so many levels, and the difference between its lowest and the first level of fourth density is as dramatic as night and day. The evolutionary process from third to fourth could be likened to countless similar objects - let us say dominoes for your picturing - some at the foot of a mountain and others climbing it. Observing closer in, you can see that not only are the dominoes moving at different speeds, but some are going straight up, others keep moving a tad to the left then the right as they climb, and some are falling behind the dominoes they used to be in front of.

Using that analogy, when this era of spiritual renewal and world transformation started some seventy years ago, the vast majority of Earth's residents was huddled at the bottom of the mountain. Since then, many have done so much side-stepping that they're barely halfway up, some souls have fallen so far behind that they can only see the mountain in the distance, and many others have climbed so fast and steadily that they've almost reached the mountain peak - and to this last group, we say, "Hooray for you!" (Matthew's Message, Aug. 11, 2011.)

From 2010

In the timeless continuum, the beginning and completion of Earth's ascension cannot be dated - you could say that both 'times' have been known for untold ages. In linear time, the ascension process began in the last years of the 1930s, when atrocities long committed by humankind against each other reached unconscionable measure and nearly depleted Earth's light that is the life force of her planetary body and the bodies of all her residents. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

Ascension is Cyclic

From 2011

Whatever you are called upon to do to achieve Ascension is obviously very worthwhile, as it might be a long time before it comes around again. It is up to you, and it is certainly not impossible to ascend from any one lifetime, but you would have to achieve it through your own endeavours. That is why your Ascension now is considered to be unique, as it is on offer to every soul and endless help is being given to those who decide to take it. (SaLuSa, Dec. 2, 2011.)

From 2010

A soul can at anytime ascend if they are ready, but as you know by now the end of this Solar Cycle allows for everyone to ascend. It is a special time when great effort is made by Beings all through the higher dimensions, to get you prepared for it. (SaLuSa, Aug. 9, 2010.)

Every so often due to the cyclic nature of everything you are given the opportunity to ascend. It keeps occurring until at some stage, each and every soul will have returned to the Light. That is your destiny, and it is why you do not need to worry about the progress of other souls. (SaLuSa, June 25, 2010.)

This unique occasion comes but once every so often, and you have not had this opportunity for many thousands of years. The cycles of life are constantly coming and going, and you are being offered a chance to change track from the lower dimension. No one is considered unworthy of the opportunity, but it is up to you to prove that you can lift yourself up. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

From 2009

The mighty wheels of the Universe relentlessly continue to turn, as does all that exists. A majestic path that is foreordained is followed, as all movement brings each Sun and its planets into a cyclic pattern that propels its solar system ever on its journey through Space. There are cycles within cycles, and all moves in perfect harmony as it motions towards the centre of All That Is. We wonder how with such knowledge that the intelligence behind it all can be ignored. (SaLuSa, Sept. 23, 2009.)

From 2008

The cycle has to end in its present expression, having served its purpose in allowing you to experience duality. The dark and the Light have vied for your attention, and you have been responsible for all that has been created in that time. ...

Look upon the changes as being quite natural, and the normal progression of souls that tread the path of duality. Cycles are orderly and not random happenings; they are stages in your evolution that are carrying you back to the higher dimensions. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008.)

Everything is cyclic in nature and you were never totally bound to the lower vibrations of duality. They have now served their purpose and so the cycle closes as a new one unfolds. Life is never-ending and now you can move into a position of being able to choose your next round of experience. Many have chosen Ascension yet in fact there are many timelines that will take you out of this cycle, and you are creating them all of the time. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

Past Opportunities to Ascend Have Failed

From 2012

The opportunity to ascend is the natural conclusion of this cycle, and although you have missed out on earlier occasions, this time if you are ready you are absolutely certain to ascend. (SaLuSa, May 14, 2012.)

From 2007

Opportunities to return to higher densities have been offered in prior cycles and missed. (Matthew Ward, "Essay on 2012," Matthew's Message, Dec. 31, 2007.)

Ascension Date Identified as 2012

From 2012

It is Earth's destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year, and by then no one with a dark mind and heart will be left on the planet. That may seem unduly harsh, as if some arbitrary judgment process simply will eliminate them, and that is not so. There are persons who have amassed fortunes dishonestly, achieved power ruthlessly, and consistently have refused the light constantly available to them, and both their souls and their bodies will "pay the price," you could say. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

Now the truth is beginning to resound everywhere, and questions are being asked that you the Lightworkers can answer. Sooner or later the whole question of what the year 2012 will bring for you will have to be discussed, as rumors abound based on the different interpretations of the Mayan Calendar. The most important answer concerns the end time, which quite a few people take literally to mean the end of the world. Informed people who have fully investigated the matter have correctly concluded that "the end" relates only to the closing of the cycle of duality. Also those who read our messages know it also signifies the official beginning of the New Age, correctly referred to as the Golden Age. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2011.)

When Ascension finally takes place in 2012, only those of you who are of the higher vibration can lift up with the new Earth. (SaLuSa, Apr. 18, 2011.)

From 2009

Now, you have had it foretold that in a certain number of years, very few now, in a certain time called 2012, there is going to be another harvesting, another age of enlightenment, another time when there is going to be peace and harmony, all good upon the Earth.

This will be true for some. It will be true for those who are in their soul knowing that plan. Others will still be working through their issues, because that is what they have decreed that they will experience. And others will be somewhere in between. (Jeshua, Sept. 2009, through Judith Coates, at http://www.lightworkers.org/channeling/79583/what-are-you-waiting-by-jeshua-ben-joseph-through-judith-coates.)

From 2008

And last: Yes, the year 2012 is “a shift into a new dimension” and “the Age of Aquarius,” but the fullness of what that calendar year encompasses is immeasurably more profound than those words or that label name can convey. No, there will be no crime in fourth density, and no, I cannot give an exact number between 1 and 1000 to indicate Earth's ascension progress. I hope those inquirers and any others who may be pondering what 2012 holds will read “2012 Essay” [www.matthewbooks.com, Matthew's Message, December 23, 2007]. I say this because it is the envisioning of your world as it will be that is creating it! (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2008.)

From 2007

What is happening now, with the help of stabilizing forces, is the transformation of your world - Earth's rejuvenation and return to balance - reaching completion in 2012. (Matthew, "Essay on 2012," Dec. 31, 2007.)

From 2006

Despite the lingering dark influence, Earth's ascension pace has not slowed one iota, and this is of paramount significance  It means that her reaching the plane where only love and light prevail is, in your linear timeframe, still on target at the year 2012, with the exciting and astounding transition in store along the way. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 13, 2006.)

The year 2012 often comes into this "shift" process, but six of your calendar years hence cannot accurately convey when the major transitional changes will be completed because linear time is disappearing.  (Matthew's Message, June 19, 2006.)

From 2005

Suzy: And we're still on target to be there by 2012, right?

MATTHEW: Well, yes, but Mother, it's as I've told you before, please don't put so much emphasis on that year. You can only perceive that six-to-seven year interval in your calendar timeframe, and linear time is collapsing by the second as Earth's orbital path is steadily moving her toward fourth density, where your "time" enters the universal continuum. You can't conceive of this because consciously you have no frame of reference for it, but 2012 will be upon you sooner than you can imagine because your "time" is passing faster and faster. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 17, 2005.)

Those who have interpreted that year as the beginning of the end of the darkness - never mind the total end of the world! - have misinterpreted its significance, and even that year itself no longer has the absoluteness it once held in prophecies because everything is being accelerated.  There will be a time of transition from life as you have known it into life totally in harmony with all of Nature.  Changes you can't conceive of in this moment will be taking place, and they will do so in an orderly fashion after the initial confusion and resistance have subsided. 

How rapidly this transition can be achieved is largely up to the people of Earth - it is YOUR world, not the homeland of the ET brothers and sisters who will help willingly as long as you need them.  Wise, spiritually evolved men and women are ready to assume leadership positions and structures are in place for new governments, banking systems, fair laws, and assistance to impoverished countries.  It is not unreasonable to think that initiating and adapting to the immense changes ahead could take almost seven of your linear years, which are "speeding up" in the prevailing frequencies and will quicken that pace as your planet keeps moving into higher densities.  (Matthew's Message, Jan. 17, 2005.)

From 2004

Suzy:  Matthew, does this additional light development mean that we won't have to wait until 2012 to see the last remnants of fear and suffering on Earth?

MATTHEW:  What so recently has transpired is glorious indeed, and we wholeheartedly welcome this increase in lighted souls that is enabling Earth to rise more quickly into higher vibrations.  But Mother, your question puts this in your calendar "time" and that's not applicable.  The faster, or more intensely, the light infuses Earth, the more swiftly your "time" passes as the planet moves further into fourth density vibrations.  So, just as in this moment your calendar week is passing in less than half the time that a calendar week did a dozen or so years past, the year 2012 will be coming to you much more rapidly than seven or eight of your calendar years. 

S:  Why is that year so important?  Why can't the Golden Age begin in 2005, for instance?

MATTHEW:  I'm glad to see you smiling, dear soul!  Well, when you're speaking hypothetically, why not start with 2011 in your mind and quickly slide down to 2005 for typing? Very well - the year 2012 has historic significance universally.  It involves celestial orbiting cycles and their influences on your planet as well as life designs made in total clarity by highly evolved beings who planned Higher Universal-MAN with attributes of spirituality and intelligence that far exceeded today's Earth population.  Opportunities to return to higher densities have been offered in prior cycles and missed, and this time when the energetic alignment is again optimal, advanced civilizations are assisting so Earth's desire to rise to her former vibratory level is assured.  What happens on Earth affects the universe, so it is of utmost significance to those advanced civilizations that the dark ages on your home planet be reconciled within the light and you knowledgeably take your rightful place among your universal family. 

But again, a date is not the issue - it is the incoming vibrations that are increasing the pace of Earth's ascension into the fullness of fourth density that is of consummate interest and significance.  (Matthew's Message, Aug. 22, 2004.)

The technology is available there to some extent - secretly, or the developers would be killed and their developments destroyed or put to destructive use - but it will be primarily the technology of advanced civilizations that will handle these restoration projects.  Considering the millennia of accumulated negativity and the centuries of abuse Earth has endured to her body, her return to health and glory will be so swift as to seem miraculous. 

S:  By the year 2012?

MATTHEW:  It's very likely, yes.  The momentum toward that calendar year is increasing exponentially. You will see more and more evidence of this as government and corporate leaders become inspired to take great strides to effect change globally. (Matthew's Message, Aug. 9, 2004.)

Perhaps it will be helpful if again I mention the significance of the year 2012 that is becoming more commonly discussed.  This timeframe less than eight years hence is not the beginning of that glorious era - it is the END of the darkness that has caused massive suffering on and for Earth!  The transition started about six decades past but only recently is becoming recognized in such ways as climate change, the sense of time passing ever more quickly, and perhaps the still mysterious effects of energy acceleration on mind, body and emotions.  However, the most dramatic change is the growing acceptance that extraterrestrial spacecraft are around your planet and their occupants are there for peaceful purposes. (Matthew's Message, June 18, 2004.)

I realize that your "When?" also implies "completion," by what calendar year will Earth be her Eden self again.  Some time ago when you asked about the year 2012, I said that year has been largely misunderstood or misinterpreted as the initiation of the "Golden Era" and many other designations.  Within only two-to-three of your years massive changes will be evident, some of almost "science fiction" nature as regards new energy usage, revitalized bodies and greater brain power, and telepathic connections on a universal scale.  And certainly, peaceful negotiations among and within nations will have replaced violence and hostility on the planet. So you can clearly see why our message emphasized that there is tremendous reason for optimism! (Matthew's Message, April 20, 2004.)

Ascension Date Identified as End of 2012

From 2012

Despite their ability to delay major progress of reforms, Earth with her vanguard of lighted souls has continued moving apace toward fourth density. With the countdown now measured in only weeks, before long you shall see current upheavals and conflicts start evolving into a unified desire for a world at peace and the onset of Earth's Golden Age. (Matthew's Message, Oct. 21, 2012.)

During its last days and the early days of 2013, the planet will travel through the celestial window between third and fourth densities, where the energy wisps of both densities briefly comingle, and it will enter fourth density, where Earth's Golden Age begins. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

But that glorious milestone is not the end of her journey. Ascension will continue until the planet is securely within fifth density, where Gaia originated in antiquity and so did her planetary body. After eons of being in the low densities that were commensurate with the collective consciousness of successive civilizations, Gaia's body will have returned home. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 1, 2012.)

Those and other national and international situations of interest or concern can most aptly be described as moving at varying paces toward "the light at the end of the tunnel." Because the energy momentum of world transformation cannot be slowed or detoured, stability will emerge out of all current turmoil. Ideologies and philosophies that have perpetuated fear and divisiveness are on the wane, and those cornerstones of duality will cease altogether when the planet enters the lower planes of fourth density, around the end of this year. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

Now, we are fully aware that there are many timelines out there - 2013, 2015, 2030, 2050. What we are saying to you, it is not that this information is incorrect, it is simply a matter of perception. Because as the shift occurs, as the change becomes solid, as solid as anything is in the fifth, sixth, seventh dimensions is that you are creating. You do not arrive on the other side of a particular date with everything there intact. What is intact is your expanded self, your true essence, the understanding of our partnership, and the partnership with your brothers and sisters of the stars.

But my beloved ones, that is when the real fun begins. That is when truly what you have thought of in the past [as] the work begins. But it is not work, because it is co-creation.

So are there new institutions to be built, that reflect love and equality, integrity, and knowing? Yes. But do not forget, you are in the full business of co-creation with us. So this is not arduous, this is not tedious, this is not difficult. (Archangel Michael on the Containment of the Cabal, July 3, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/accountability/the-process-of-accountability/archangel-michael-on-the-containment-of-the-cabal/.)

This cycle shift-point from one Age to the next has been calibrated by many ancient cultures as occurring on or around the end of this year 2012. (David Wilcock, "Financial Tyranny," Jan. 21, 2012, at http://www.divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1023-financial-tyranny?showall=1.)

It is Earth's destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year, and by then no one with a dark mind and heart will be left on the planet. That may seem unduly harsh, as if some arbitrary judgment process simply will eliminate them, and that is not so. There are persons who have amassed fortunes dishonestly, achieved power ruthlessly, and consistently have refused the light constantly available to them, and both their souls and their bodies will "pay the price," you could say. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2011

Nothing will stop the Ascension process from finally manifesting at the end of 2012. (SaLuSa, Sept. 5, 2011.)

The solar cycle was planned to complete in 2012. (SaLuSa, June 29, 2011.)

Imagine for a moment that computers had not been invented. That there was no possible way for one to find out all the amazing ... on one hand ... and yet ... destructive ... on the other ... possibilities that may or may not take place in the ending of your year 2012. Imagine if no one knew of these things. Instead all they were aware of ... through living their lives in a Truthful fashion that complimented their hearts ... was that the FEELINGS inside of them (Galactic Federation through Blossom Goodchild, May 22, 2011, at http://www.blossomgoodchild.com/index.html?page=BG109may22.html.)

About seven decades past in your timing, Earth cried out for help to end that destructive cycle. In response, the highest universal council created the master plan for her transition out of third density and the return to fifth, where Earth's soul originated and remained even as the accumulating negativity caused her body to spiral downward.

The plan included the joint efforts of evolved beings from other civilizations with selected persons on Earth and a timetable for the planet to be out of third density, the end of your year 2012. Even though time - which in reality is the prevailing energy frequency - is passing more quickly by the day, Earth's timely arrival at the threshold of what was named her Golden Age is certain. (Matthew's Message, May 8, 2011.)

From 2010

Understandably, there is a great deal of speculation about what will happen to whom at the end of 2012. There is no definitive answer because what happens to each soul will be in accordance with the uniqueness of each soul. However, we can say with certainty that the theory of a celestial body appearing as a "second Earth" and becoming the third density home for souls who do not physically accompany the "first Earth" into fourth density is erroneous.

You are a soul in a human body. Earth is a soul in a planetary body. Her soul remained in its fifth density origin while her body spiraled into deep third density during the millennia that her human residents were shedding each others' blood, mass-slaughtering her animals and severely damaging her body. She could have chosen to let her assaulted body die, but instead she chose to have its health restored so all of her residents in their myriad life forms could continue.

Moreover the "two Earths" theory accommodates only the people whose lifetime choices would place them in a different third density world. There will be souls whose lifetime choices automatically will take them to first or second density placements; and at the other end of the spectrum are the souls who came from fourth, fifth and higher density worlds specifically to assist Earth in her ascension - when their mission is completed, they will return to their homelands. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2009

Earth's ascension - the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal that enables her to rise out of third density and continue into the Golden Age - has been ongoing for about seventy years in linear time; and by the end of your calendar year 2012, the darkness that has proliferated for millennia will have disappeared in all its vicious forms. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

Ascension Date Identified as Dec. 21, 2012

From 2012

Archangel Michael; And part of that convergence, that opening, that penetrating of love light into the plant does occur on the 21st of December. But that is not the beginning, the middle and the end. It continues on. And each person will experience it slightly different. But they would have to have decided not to be a part of Gaia any longer to not experience anything.

So that shift is going to occur. For some it will be rapid, like awakening from a long sleep. For others it will be a slower awakening. But it will be an awakening. Because Gaia herself is Ascended.

Stephen Cook: Now you, at some point not so long ago, were very flattering about my personal vision of this intense bright light that hits the Earth, and literally we are all swathed in white light. Is that still what some of us will experience on Friday?

AAM: Yes. It is what you will experience, and it is really what everyone on the planet will experience. Some will be conscious of it, and some won’t.

SC: Okay. Even White Cloud through Blossom Goodchild last week said that it would be this intense white light that will make us fall to our knees. Is that what will happen, or how could you best explain it?

AAM: That is a very good way of putting it, because the energy of the light, what you think of as light, which is really a beam of Source energy — and I do not mean simply a god of one of your universes; I mean the Source — it is the energy of love, and it will be enough, if you are not sitting down, it will bring you to your knees.  ("Transcript: Archangel Michael – The Light Agenda, December 19 2012, Final Episode," Dec. 20, 2012, at http://goldenageofgaia.com/2012/12/20/transcript-archangel-michael-the-light-agenda-december-19-2012-final-episode/.)

Stephen Cook: So we’re on track.

Archangel Michael: Trajectory is direct. ("Transcript: Archangel Michael – The Light Agenda, December 19 2012, Final Episode," Dec. 20, 2012, at http://goldenageofgaia.com/2012/12/20/transcript-archangel-michael-the-light-agenda-december-19-2012-final-episode/.)

SC: My feeling is right now, as you’re saying this [laugh] there’s a lot of people going, “Michael, make sure I ascend.”

AAM: I’m hearing them, and the volume is turned up to maximum. I hear you.

SC: Is there anything that we need to do individually over the next 48 hours to insure that?

AAM: Stay calm. Eat light. If you can, stay within your home. Have it be a quiet day. If not, do not worry about it. Your preparation is done. And if it is not done, then we are working with you overtime. There are legions attending to you. So stop worrying. The thing that prevents you from moving is fear, worry, anger, discouragement, disappointment. Let it go, please! Let it go. ("Transcript: Archangel Michael – The Light Agenda, December 19 2012, Final Episode," Dec. 20, 2012, at http://goldenageofgaia.com/2012/12/20/transcript-archangel-michael-the-light-agenda-december-19-2012-final-episode/.)

The date 21st of December 2012 is on the minds of many as the moment for humanity's awakening approaches. Expectations are high as much has been promised, and there is anxiety that what is to be delivered will not live up to your expectations. Do not worry.

What is to be delivered is far beyond any of your expectations. There will be no disappointments as a New Age is delivered, bringing with it enormous improvements in the living standards of those who presently live in dire poverty, enabling them to live in the comfort and safety that is the unalienable right of every human being. (Saul, Dec. 16, 2012.)

We address those of you feeling great stress and pain regarding world events, and expectations of December 21, 2012.

This date brings to conclusion most of the new incoming energies, however this does not mean that all is finished, but that you will be ready for a new round of energies to begin.

Evolution is a gradual process for most. Many are simply unable to comprehend what is going on, while at the same time others seem very attuned and ready for change. You who are ready have been preparing for lifetimes. You were aware when incarnating that this lifetime would bring an opportunities for completion-the wrapping up of lifetimes of experience and the opportunity to finally move out of the density of the third dimension. ...

Wake up dear ones, wake up. Your time is now. Energies are in place for your use and evolution. We are here, Beings of Light are here. The feast is prepared, but you must bring yourselves to it. Do you see? ...

The energy is very high right now. Everyone ready is clearing and letting go of all that is old and finished. (The Arcturian Group, Dec. 16, 2012.)

Higher powers have ensured that you are prepared for your Ascension with Mother Earth. Now you count off the days to 12.21 that will be a most profound time, one that will be the experience of a lifetime, indeed many lifetimes. (SaLuSa, Dec. 14, 2012.)

Divine Mother: First, I tell you that [Ascension] is already under way. Now, some of you have chosen this December 21st, 2012, as your birthday, as it were. And you are so married to this. That is very much a mental exercise. Your question is, will Ascension be gradual, or will it be instantaneous? Oh, and by the way, Mother, will it be on this specific day?

You have been asking me this for eternity. Now, also understand, this is not simply your process of Ascension. It is the Ascension of Gaia. And what we suggest to you is that that Ascension that she is undertaking will be completed on 12/12. So that is for you to pack in your understanding of what is taking place. And because this process is growing like the floodgates breaking through, it means that the energy is also growing.

Now, some still hold back what we have said to you as those who have not made preparations - and when I speak of preparation, I speak of the love, the letting go of the fear, the embrace of joy. And you can do that in one instant, in a millisecond of your time. Or you can take longer.

Now, you cannot in this situation take forever. It is a decision point. It is a convergence. So, for some, they will be slower, and therefore they will say Ascension is a slow process. But for some it will be instantaneous. And that convergence, what I say to you this divine convergence already begins on 12/12. It is already all prepared. So are there points, the 21st being one of them, where there are what you think of as explosions? Yes. But let us also say that those convergences, from our perspective, which is really what is important here, because it is the unfoldment of our Divine Plan; I do not wish to minimize, but you have chosen some dates and they have been anchored for a very long time. So yes, there will be massive openings. That is what you are asking.

But the unfoldment, the shift in dimensions, is already there. And will you become more aware of it? Yes. Everybody. Yes. But you need to keep your heart open to do this. That is why many of you are feeling more and more absent, disconnected. It is not because you do not care or love; it is because you are connecting to a new grid. The lines are laid. Everything is in order. You are ready. ("The Divine Mother on 12/12/12 and 21/12/12," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/the-divine-mother-on-121212-and-211212/.)

So, the intensification, the divine convergence, it starts on 12/12, amplifies every single day - what you think of as days - then, again, convergence, think of amplification on the 21st, because you, the human collective, decide as well that that is your day. We have no objection to that! But it is also the 22nd, 23rd, 24th, and so on. ("The Divine Mother on 12/12/12 and 21/12/12," at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/the-divine-mother-on-121212-and-211212/.)

NOT EXPECTING DOOM AND GLOOM

I am not expecting a cataclysm or disaster. December 21st, 2012 is very likely the end of a 25,920-year cycle that over 30 ancient cultures had "encoded" into their mythologies -- by some source unknown to mainstream science.

These ancient cultures had no tangible, physical way to connect with each other across time and space -- and yet two top historians in the 1960s, Santillana and von Dechend, made a very compelling case of the worldwide appearance of this cycle in mythology.

The technical name for this cycle is "the precession of the equinoxes." I first learned about its prevalence in ancient cultures by reading "Fingerprints of the Gods" by Graham Hancock in 1995.

This cycle is heavily discussed in The Source Field Investigations, my videos, and many other articles on this site.

This 25,920-year cycle isn't just a feature of mythology -- it represents the apparent motion of the stars in the night sky, which drift by 1 degree every 72 years when you look at them on the same day each year -- such as the Winter Solstice.

In Western astrology, the cycle is divided up into 12 parts of 2,160 years each -- known as the "Ages of the Zodiac." We are now moving into the "Age of Aquarius."

The most exciting aspect of this cycle is that the ancient prophecies almost always tell us the end of this cycle will usher in a profoundly wonderful Golden Age on earth -- unlike anything we've ever seen before.

THE END-DATE IS ACCURATE

It does appear that the Mayan Calendar end-date of December 21st is a technically accurate day for when this shift-point will occur. The scholarship on this being the correct end-date for the calendar is certainly compelling.

At 5,125 years, the Mayan Calendar is very nearly one-fifth of this "master cycle" in length. [Technically it comes out to 25,625 years as opposed to 25,920 -- or a mere 295 years shy of the "ideal harmonic" cycle length of 25,920 years.]

As I argued in The Source Field Investigations, the prophecies around this date, and its outcome, are worldwide -- and the vast majority of them indicate a positive, not a negative outcome. (David Wilcock, Dec. 8, 2012, at http://tinyurl.com/b9otjs5.)

We monitor the rising levels of consciousness and they are absolutely speeding up at an incredible rate. That is what we like to see, as it is opening more hearts and minds as to what is going on - after all, you may be individual souls but you are also part of a group consciousness.

We do not see you reaching critical mass yet, but know it is an indication of how near you are to it. We talk not about the numbers of souls involved, but the quality and level of the energies of those who are near to ascending. If they are ready there is nothing to stop individual souls ascending before the 21st December. (SaLuSa, Nov. 16, 2012.)

The planet ascends on the 12-12-12, and rebirths on the 12-21-12. But understand that 2013 is then the new beginning in an expanded matrix. In the next 26 years, the planet will shift away from singular heliocentric aligned patterning into Galactic patterning. So change, upshift does not stop in 2012. (Archangel Metatron through James Tyberonn, Nov. 4, 2012, at http://www.earth-keeper.com/EKnews_77.htm

[Ascension] is my plan. It is the Divine Plan and it is what we have waited for. Your countdown is on and so is ours. Every day we take the measure of the quotient of light and love on this planet and in the collective, and, dear hearts, it is growing.

It is not growing so that you will reach a tipping point. You are already there. You are all ready to come home. No, not to what to what you think of as the outer realms or Nirvana.

You are ready to come home to your Fifth Dimension, to your Nova Earth, to your nova self in your magnificent form of crystalline, diamonds under pressure. That is what we have worked so diligently with you for so long. Oh, long before you were born. (The Divine Mother through Linda Dillon at Sedona Conference II, Oct. 31, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/11/the-divine-mother-you-are-ready-to-come-home/#more-150550 .)

The Light as ever continues to grow exponentially, and is carrying you forward faster than ever. It will meet its optimum level on the 21st. December 2012 and will trigger the Ascension of Mother Earth and all those souls that are ready to go with her. (SaluSa, Oct. 19, 2012.)

Grid point sparking occurs as alignments finalize in preparation for next stage of Ascension process. Energy upgrade for the Gaia Entity is required for final period leading to the 12-21-12 Grand Window. (ÉirePort, "GaiaPortal: The Fireworks are now Beginning...," GaiaPortal - September 28, 2012, at http://wp.me/p2sFUY-3S.)

Now, as we move toward the quantum shifts up the Spiral of Evolution that will take place December 12, 2012 - 12:12:12, and December 21st, 2012 - the December Solstice, the Beings of Light in the Realms of Illumined Truth are revealing to us the greatest need of the hour. The Divine Plan is that now, since a Renaissance of Divine Love has been birthed on Earth, we have the potential of Ascending into frequencies of the 5th Dimension that will transcend our Human miscreations.

This means that with the influx of Light that will occur during the celestial alignments in December, the Earth and all Life evolving upon her have the capability of transforming our physical realities much, much sooner than what seems possible from outer appearances. (Patricia Diane Cota Robles, "Divine Alchemy...Transforming our Bodies," Sept. 5, 2012, at www.eraofpeace.org.)

IT WILL BE EASIER FOR THE MORTAL MIND TO REACH ONENESS AFTER DECEMBER 21, 2012

The overarching desire is for the mortal mind to reach Oneness.

You will find this is increasingly coming into your grasp.

It shall not be as difficult to do this, after December 21, 2012 or thereabouts, as it is now.

This is one of the fundamental realities that we can share with you.

The sense of inspiration will be different.

The sense of purpose. The sense of knowingness. The sense of inevitable reunion with the Divine.

All of this will have decisively changed.(David Wilcock, "Wilcock Reading, Dec. 2011, by the Source -- with David Wilcock," Aug. 28, 2012, at http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1078-2012shift.)

You need not be concerned about the eventual outcome of what has transpired, for you can rest easily in the notion that once you have attained true freedom of spirit in this manner, those seeming bumps in the road will smooth out.

The losses that you have faced will suddenly be reversed.

And the glory of life will be elevated to levels you may have thought impossible at any point in the past. (David Wilcock, "Wilcock Reading, Dec. 2011, by the Source -- with David Wilcock," Aug. 28, 2012, at http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1078-2012shift.)

Some people ask what shall they do when they have to make decisions that will take them beyond the 21st December. The answer will always be: to follow your intuition, as whatever you do, it will not affect your Ascension. ...

Before you reach the 21st December many opportunities will be given to those who are unaware of what is coming. Also to those who have decided that they have no interest in leaving your present Earth, so that they have no regrets afterwards. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2012.)

Archangel Michael: What we are talking about is people's fears. Their fear of 'what if.' There is no 'what if.' But the fear of 'what if.' ... What if somehow this is all a cosmic joke. ... It is not that we do not appreciate jokes. We love jokes. And our idea of a joke may be very different from yours. But it would never be a joke to hurt so many. ...

This is the Mother's Plan. It is not our plan. It is not your plan. Yes, we are the fulfillment of that plan. But there is no plan for postponement or delay. (Archangel Michael through Linda Dillon, Reading with Steve Beckow, Aug. 17, 2012.)

You are now in the last few months before the big day, and understandably some are questioning whether they should plan for the future beyond it. They ask about matters like investments or property ownership, and generally about lack and in many cases poverty.

We ask you to now take matters on a day to day basis, as very soon many problems that beset you now will have been solved by the planned changes. Abundance and prosperity will soon answer your various needs, and eventually you shall want for absolutely nothing at all. Much is to follow after Ascension, but equally your desperate needs will be seen to as soon as possible  We are fully aware of what we need to do to make you happy and able to rest in peace, by knowing that we are authorized to do so. (SaLuSa, July 13, 2012.)

At the time of the 21st December 2012, the high energy influx due to the alignment of your Sun and the Great Central Sun is going to "separate" those who are ready to ascend, and those who are not. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2012.)

You have heard of the crucial date in your accelerated cycle, December 21, 2012, but what should be continually pointed out and what has been continually pointed out, are the many dates preceding this one that you are currently passing though and feeling the resulting upgrades and integrations of your many former ego selves from. ("The Hathors of Earth's Solar Astral Planes: Layered Realities, the Transmutation of Physicality and our Participation in Lighted Rituals," channeled by Wes Annac, May 18, 2012, at http://aquariuschannelings.com.)

The next wave will come in mid-December on 12/12/12 which also falls on an important celebration day for the Maya 8 BATZ. For the Maya, this day is a recalibration of their sacred calendar, and it will set off an explosion that will light the fire under the new programming that we have helped download this entire year. Essentially the Maya Elders will be plugging it ALL in. This comes almost 2 weeks before the December 21, 2012 date that so many of you are aware of.... The last wave of the year comes on December 21, 2012. All you old souls will be celebrating in love and peace. Any that have not allowed this recalibration to take place, and were strong enough to hold it off, will hit an extreme crisis point. Your job is to anchor love and positive intent in celebration, and THIS ACTION will bring these last hold outs into alignment with the new program. This is not a judgment for these souls. They were the last hold outs to keep the old world running up to the very last second, and they did this for us. This was a very hard job for them. ALL souls on your Earth are pieces of God. So don't forget this.

So, with this said, we suggest and hope that you will gather in HUGE numbers on December 21, 2012 around the Earth to celebrate no matter what the outer world is doing. Remember that you are living in the no-fear all-love zone. You are opening portals to your heart, the Earth and the universe. Be out on Mother Earth and under Father Sun. Go to your sacred sites, celebrate and be in love with all your soul family. This is your time. You have waited and prepared for a long time. So allow yourself to celebrate this victory and revel in the glory of the shining God that is in YOU and now anchored in the world and universe. ("Aluna Joy: Star Elders 2012 - Rebooting The System," Feb. 29, 2012, at http://www.alunajoy.com/2012-feb29.html.)

Word of the year 2012 being an important one is spreading, but unfortunately because the Mayan Calendar ends on the 21st of December, it is being taken by some people as the end of the world. That of course naturally evokes fear amongst you, but with the coverage given by the Internet we feel that it will soon be understood that the "end" is but the beginning of a new cycle. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

We wish you all a very happy 2012 -- the year so many have been waiting for for so long. Be aware that not all is going to suddenly appear different on December 21, 2012. This is an ongoing process of light which is dependent upon you, dear ones, dependent upon the activity of light flowing onto the planet though the awakening of souls to their divine nature. These times are about awakening to your divinity, not simply about making the world a more pleasant place to live. (Arcturian Group, Jan. 8, 2012.)

From 2011

Bear in mind that the 21.12.12 is a major upliftment, yet only the beginning of another cycle of experience. However, it is for your civilization the opportunity to leave duality, and not continue re-incarnating in the lower dimension. (SaLuSa, Oct. 31, 2011.)

According to Exoeconomic forecaster and Bulgarian scientist Dr. Georgi Stankov, humanity will experience an economic collapse by 11.11.11 (Nov. 11, 2011), a disintegration of the Old Order by 12.12.12 (Dec. 12, 2012) and the beginning of 'ascension' to a new 5th dimensional reality on Dec. 21, 2012. (Alfred Webre, "2011-12 ExoPrediction: 'Sharp economic decline'; Solution: Commit to unity consciousness," Exopolitics.com, Aug. 20, 2011, at http://tinyurl.com/3pjypl5.)

S: You understand that on the basis of disclosure having been postponed so many times, really, that some people are saying that December 21st, 2012 is not a significant date and that what is said to be planned for that date won't happen until - some say 2013, some are saying 2015, some 2030. Others are saying that disclosure itself won't happen until 2015, 2030, etc. Is there validity to the date December 21, 2012 ... or not?

AAM: Yes, there is. Now, we don't like to play the date game. But this has been - think of it as a line in the sand. Think of it as the first crust of ice that forms on the water. You have to jump at some point. Everybody who is in this frame of mind is having a great deal of fun with the dates, are they not?

S: I think so, yes. And even an upset can be fun.

AAM: Yes, that is true. You see it all the time, in your sports and political sports. But those who are suggesting that this will not happen, say, 'til 2015 or 2030, they are hedging their bets. So if nothing transpires, they can still go forward. What is essential here - and we do not in any way ever wish to sound, be, and certainly not act, judgemental; but let us speak to this, dear heart, because it is important - it speaks to a lack of faith and trust, not only in us, for that is not the issue. It is speaking to a lack of trust and faith also in their sacred selves, in the unfoldment that they are witnessing every hour within their being, and within the beings of their neighbors, their friends.

Yes, we know, it looks and smells and tastes like chaos, and that is the good news. Because everything is boiling on the surface of the water. It is not buried deep within. So for those who wish or feel that they are guided at a future date, that is all right. Give them the compassion. Reassure them that it is all right, but it is also all right to trust that the Universe may shift in a millisecond.

It does not take forever, although it has seemed as if it has. We are not in the habit or in the business of setting up false expectations. It is contrary to universal law, and it is contrary to love. If anything, my beloved friend - and we keep telling you this - you are ahead of schedule. But do we want you to be wedded to a date? No.

Do we say that the dates that have been given are accurate and significant? Yes. If you were paralyzed, and let us suggest that in many ways the collective has been paralyzed, if you were paralyzed, and you were praying and praying and doing your sacred practice, and meditating for healing, and you were given the date of December 2012, would you be upset, dear friend, if it arrived in September? I think not.

So look to your dates, but at the same time we are asking deeply of you, keep an open mind to early arrival.

S: So, so the shift that we're expecting could happen before December 21, 2012?

AAM: That is correct. ("Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011," at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-1-2011/.)

Beloved Ones, you are all invited to be present at the Grand Ceremonies of Inauguration of the New Earth Reality on the 11/11/11, the 12/12/12 and the 21/12/12. (Archangel Michael, "Endings and Beginnings: The Sacred Union of Divine Light," through Celia Fenn, July 25, 2011, at http://despertando.me/2011/07/25/ascended-maestres-despertando-20110725-archangel-michael-through-celia-fenn-endings-and-beginnings-the-sacred-union-of-divine-light/.)

We have spoken much of the date 21st of December, 2012, and indeed, that date, the culmination of the Ascension process, is a significant one.  (The White Winged Collective Consciousness of Nine through Magenta Pixie, May 15, 2011, at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8d9nZ7ZIdA.)

The dawning of this glorious new era is a testament to the infinite and cyclical nature of Creation, best exemplified by our solar system's coming passage through the galactic horizon, otherwise known as the 'photon belt', which will transition us from a quadrant of darkness into a quadrant of Light. Rest assured that as of December 21st, 2012, the planet Earth will have crossed this cosmic border and begun its infinite and permanent ascent into the higher realms of existence. (Salvador Russo, "Neptune in Pisces: The Renaissance of the Soul," May 3, 2011, TokenRock.com, http://www.tokenrock.com/blogs/Neptune-in-Pisces-The-Renaissance-of-the-Soul-1072.html.)

Carlos Barrios (Mayan Elder): "Anthropologists visit the temple sites and read the inscriptions and make up stories about the Maya, but they do not read the signs correctly. It's just their imagination. Other people write about prophecy in the name of the Maya. They say that the world will end in December 2012. The Mayan elders are angry with this. The world will not end. It will be transformed." 

"We are no longer in the World of the Fourth Sun, but we are not yet in the World of the Fifth Sun. This is the time in-between, the time of transition. As we pass through transition there is a colossal, global convergence of environmental destruction, social chaos, war, and ongoing Earth Changes."

He continues: "Humanity will continue, but in a different way. Material structures will change. From this we will have the opportunity to be more human. We are living in the most important era of the Mayan calendars and prophecies. All the prophecies of the world, all the traditions are converging now. There is no time for games. The spiritual ideal of this era is action."

Carlos tells us: "The indigenous have the calendars and know how to accurately interpret it - not others. The Mayan Calendars comprehension of time, seasons, and cycles has proven itself to be vast and sophisticated. The Maya understand 17 different calendars such as the Tzolk'in or Cholq'ij, some of them charting time accurately over a span of more than ten million years. ...

At sunrise on December 21, 2012 for the first time in 26,000 years the Sun rises to conjunct the intersection of the Milky Way and the plane of the ecliptic. This cosmic cross is considered to be an embodiment of the Sacred Tree, The Tree of Life, a tree remembered in all the world's spiritual traditions.

Some observers say this alignment with the heart of the galaxy in 2012 will open a channel for cosmic energy to flow through the Earth, cleansing it and all that dwells upon it, raising all to a higher level of vibration. Carlos reminds us: "This process has already begun. Change is accelerating now and it will continue to accelerate.

If the people of the Earth can get to this 2012 date in good shape without having destroyed too much of the Earth, we will rise to a new, higher level. But to get there we must transform enormously powerful forces that seek to block the way."

The date specified in the calendar Winter Solstice in the year 2012 does not mark the end of the world. Many outside people writing about the Mayan calendar sensationalize this date, but they do not know. The ones who know are the indigenous elders who are entrusted with keeping the tradition. (Elaine Seiler, "2012 Will Not be the End of the Word," April 21, 2011, Transformation Energetics, at http://transformationenergetics.com/2011/04/2012-world/)

The Mayan Long Count Calendar marks a cycle of 5,125 years that ends on December 21, 2012. ...

In summary, I want to emphasize that there are several versions of the Mayan Calendar, all focused on a consciousness shift that is causing an awakening.  And secondly, that what's more important than waiting for a specific date for the shift to happen is to understand that we are in a zone of time right now in which the shift is happening. 

And lastly, that by working with concepts from the calendar, we can understand the unfolding of cycles such as our current economic situation, increase our attunement to nature and the universe, and be more prepared for the consciousness shift now occurring. (Reba Cain, "The Mayan Calendar: What You Need to Know," The Awakening Shift, Feb. 19, 2011 at http://www.theawakeningshift.com/tag/carl-calleman/.)

As things unfold this year you will see plenty of proof in respect of our part in the build up to Ascension. It is real and divinely decreed to take place with a high point due to the powerful alignment on the 21st. December 2012. From thereon you will continue to evolve into even higher dimensions, each one more beautiful and peaceful than the one before. (SaLuSa, Feb. 11, 2011.)

So now we will review yet again, in a more succinct fashion than ever before, the changes that we began to speak of in 1989. The potential was always there that this current shift would bring tremendous weather anomalies to you. Yet, even if it looks odd, it's not. Instead, it's a returning cycle. However, what is anomalous is the fact that you have brought this cycle to the planet earlier than it was ever expected. There's a reason for that. The shift before you is a shift of Human consciousness. It coordinates with the Galactic Alignment, the precession of the wobble of the earth, bringing into alignment that which you see as your sun aligning with the center of the galaxy. This represents the profound prophecy from the ancients. Something is happening regarding the evolution of Human consciousness. If you were to assign an attribute to it, it would be that which is a speed-up of vibration. Your DNA is vibrating faster. (Kryon, Live Channelling, Boulder, Colorado, Sunday, January 16, 2011, as channelled by Lee Carroll, at http://www.kryon.com/k_channel11_boulder.html.)

From 2010

If you use the GMT plus 2 correlation, which many of my friends believe in it, ... that's the one that puts 13000 at Dec. 23, and that's the one I was schooled in, but I have since come to lean toward the old GMT which is two days earlier. Several of my colleagues believe in that date and certainly that is the date that lines up with the solstice and certainly that date is the one that lines up with the solstice, the Dec. 21 date, and that date has been fixed on by most of the 2012ologists and the people that are looking at the end date being the rason why the calendar was invented. (Mark van Stone interviewed by Carl Johan Calleman on the Mayan calendar and the 2012 date part 2, mounted to Youtube on Nov. 15, 2010, at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=owLqAoxC2cA&feature=related.)

From 2009

The arrival of the popularized date of December 21, 2012, does not mean that Earth humankind will have entered an era of complacent stability. (Matthew's Message, Sept. 21, 2009.)

Undated

2012 marks the end of a 26,000 year astrological period as recognized by the Mayans, Incas, Aztecs, Maoris and most of the ancient cultures.  December 2012 is also the final end of the experiment of Atlantis.  This took 10,000 years to set up, lasted for 240,000 years and is taking 10,000 years to tie up all the loose ends, so the 260,000 year experiment ends on 21.12.2012.  

Then we start a double transformational shift as the planet and all on her, including humans, rapidly move towards ascension.  This is the greatest opportunity for spiritual growth that there has ever been in the entire history of the planet and beings from all over the Universes are watching in awe at what is happening on Earth.

There are two cosmic moments occurring, one at 11.11 on 11th November 2011 and the second at 11.11 on 21st December 2012.  These are instants of total silence throughout the Universe when the portals of heaven open pouring in new divine energy - and unimaginable things can happen.  Vast numbers of people will awaken psychically and spiritually. (Diana Cooper, "Why is 2012 so important?" at http://www.dianacooper.com/2012/.

Ascension Date Identified as Dec. 23, 2012

From 2009

It has always been the intention that it will centre around the 23rd December 2012. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

Ascension Date Identified as Oct. 28, 2011

From 2011

LEVEL 13- COMPLETION/FRUITIONOCTOBER 11, 2011The fruit becomes ripe with its seeds of purpose for the next cycle. The plant spreads the seedsor drops the fruit to begin again a thousand times over.Cycle thirteen is a period of bright light, a time of readiness for something new and different.This is a time of ascension - going from one level to the next higher level.

OCTOBER 28, 2011:End of The Mayan CalendarEnd of the 9TH WaveEnd of TimeEnd of Third Dimension on EarthBEGINNING OF THE NEW REALITY, The New EdenBEGINNING OF A NEW WORLDBEGINNING OF 5TH DIMENSION REALITY(With special thanks to Sean Alan Caulfield) (http://www.wutang-corp.com/forum/showthread.php?p=2075957.)

Date Could be Earlier than Dec. 21, 2011

From 2011

Archangel Michael: It does not take forever, although it has seemed as if it has. We are not in the habit or in the business of setting up false expectations. It is contrary to universal law, and it is contrary to love. If anything, my beloved friend -- and we keep telling you this -- you are ahead of schedule. But do we want you to be wedded to a date? No. Do we say that the dates that have been given are accurate and significant? Yes. If you were paralyzed, and let us suggest that in many ways the collective has been paralyzed, if you were paralyzed, and you were praying and praying and doing your sacred practice, and meditating for healing, and you were given the date of December 2012, would you be upset, dear friend, if it arrived in September? I think not.

So look to your dates, but at the same time we are asking deeply of you, keep an open mind to early arrival.

Steve: So, so the shift that we're expecting could happen before December 21, 2012?

AAM: That is correct. (Steve Beckow, "Reading with Archangel Michael, August 1, 2011" through Linda Dillon, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/08/reading-with-archangel-michael-august-2-2011-part-1/.)

Neither Date is Accurate

From 2011

You chose to experience separation from it and take on the challenge of recovering your Light, and levels of consciousness that would restore your subconsciousness memories of your true Self. That has been achieved by many of you, and it was that success that enabled more time to be granted for as many souls as possible to ascend. Otherwise you may not have been here at this time, but have completed your journeys with the coming of the Millennium. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2011. Original date was 2000.)

Because your beliefs create your reality and collectively those beliefs create your world, you need to know the universal reality of what is happening and what is ahead.  To dispel beliefs born of misconceptions, we start by assuring you that all essential reforms to rid your world of darkness will be completed in good time and in stages, not in one fell swoop at the end of calendar year 2012.

Nothing profound will happen immediately prior to Earth's entry into her Golden Age; the last days of 2012 will be similar to the first days of 2013. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 15, 2011.)

As for the onset of the Golden Age, not all of its glories are sitting on its doorstep, so to say. Yes, everything born of dark intent will have ceased with the advent of that Age - so no more warring or other violence, no more impoverishment or disease, no more polluting or mind control or corruption. All necessary truths will have been revealed and there will be reformed governments and economic, legal and judicial, energy, educational, communication and transportation systems. That is but a partial list of great changes underway, and at the end of 2012, none of them can be considered as perfected. Refinements will continue in all of those areas and other advancements too, and as you keep growing spiritually and intellectually, you will greet all forward strides with rejoicing. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 15, 2011.)

On March 9th, 2011 the ninth and highest wave of the Mayan calendar system was activated. This was the beginning the final countdown to the date of completion of the Mayan calendar: October 28, 2011. (Carl Johan Calleman,"The frequency increase of the Ninth Wave ofthe Mayan calendar has thrown the world intothe chaos from which the new world will be born," at http://www.calleman.com/content/articles/Frequency_increase_Ninth_Wave.htm.)

From 2010

As we approach the time when all the nine waves, developing at different speeds, will simultaneously come to manifest fully (28 October 2011, 13 Ahau) there is thus going to be quite complex patterns of overlapping of these waves. (Carl Calleman, "The Conscious Convergence: A Wave of Unity, July 17-18, 2010," at http://www.calleman.com/content/articles/ninth_wave.htm.)

Now then, despite the emphasis on the final day of year 2012, there is no absolutely fixed date for Earth to be within fourth density. There is a "celestial window" for smooth sailing, so to speak, but it offers a degree of flexibility in your calendar's time. And please remember that ascension is a process that has been ongoing for about seven decades, so do not expect a dramatic occurrence to herald the first day of the Golden Age. January 1, 2013, often considered to be The Date, will be little different from the day preceding or following it.  There is no validity to the notion that immediately prior to Earth's entry into fourth density there will be three days of darkness or, as other reports have it, three days of burning sun.  (Matthew's Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)

The 2012 timetable for Earth to exit third density's darkness is much less than the two and a half years your calendars indicate. Time as you perceive it will continue to pass faster and faster the closer you approach the continuum wherein linear time's past, present and future are happening simultaneously in different energy planes.  (Matthew's Message, May 19, 2010.)

It will not happen on December 21, 2012 or any other date that you will be standing beside two others and before your very eyes, they will disappear into their own "timelines." Even the usual date of December 31, 2012, will be much like the previous and the following days - that is, except for New Year's Eve celebrations. The differences between life in this moment and in the Golden Age will be amazing and magnificent, but life will not differ dramatically from one day to the next as Earth continues on her journey through fourth density and on into fifth. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 14, 2010.)

From 2009

The Mayan calendar as a serious description of a cosmic plan is of course not even mentioned or that the real end date has to be something other than December 21, 2012. In fact, overall I cannot say that the movie 2012 is on a more silly level than most New Age ideas of an event happening on the particular date December 21, 2012 (pole shift, Nibiru, galactic alignment or solar flares).

In reality no such event could ever have been predicted by the ancient Maya, but to many who do not want to think outside of their existing box these have become urban legends that Hollywood is tapping in to and reinforcing. What the ancient Maya would have been able to do however would have been to sense the shifting energies of time in the same way as thousands of people today are rediscovering the daily use of the Sacred calendar and that there is a reality to the shifting energies that it describes. But to highlight this is far from the purpose of the simplistic interpretations of this movie. (Carl Calleman, "2012 - The Movie," Nov. 20, 2009 at http://www.maya-portal.net/blog/carl/2012_movie.)

Thus, human consciousness will continue to be transformed step by step in accordance with this plan until we come to the real end date of the process of creation, October 28, 2011. At this date the highest quantum state of the universe will be attained (13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13 13 Ahau) when the shifts disrupting the harmony will come to an end. Obviously, we are not there yet. ...

Considering that this is all about the participation in a process of evolution of consciousness there is a great danger in people believing that the Mayan calendar is about a singular date when some event will take place, whether this is made up to be a "pole shift", "galactic alignment," "Planet X," "end of the world" or "shift in consciousness." This is an incredibly naïve view of an essentially superstitious nature where a new world is believed to simply fall down upon the human beings from the sky without their active and conscious participation in the processes leading up to a state of unity consciousness. In reality, there is overwhelming evidence that the Mayan calendar describes sequential shifts in consciousness, which will begin to be experienced at an even higher frequency after July 17, 2010 and even more markedly so after the beginning of the actual Universal Wave Movement on March 8, 2011.)

 Dec. 21 [2012] is exactly when the cycles line up and all these things happen. That can be seen even from the NASA understanding of the calendars and everything. Again it's not just the indigenous people. It's science who also can see that this is an incredibly precise moment in time.

But the Mayans, again, I'll reiterate, they're saying that it's not, even though the cycles end exactly at that time and the I-Ching does come to zero at that time, that the actual change in consciousness and the movement of events that begins with the magnetic poles and the physical poles shifting, it is the consciousness change that occurs directly after that or during that possibly that this is what is important.

And exactly how that happens I don't know and neither do the Mayans evidently. Don Alexandro was very clear about this. He said that they cannot predict at this point the precise moment when this huge change will occur but that it is more than likely not going to occur on Dec. 21, 2012.

It'll happen some time in the window between 2007 and 2015. Somewhere in there is when this will occur. So it may come, Dec. 21, 2012, nothing happens because it might happen afterwards according to the Mayans. It could happen as late as three years afterwards.

But they are convinced, the Waita are convinced, the Aborigenes in Australia, the Zulu in Africa, the Hopi and tribes all over the world that I am familiar with are all convinced that this is going to happen. We have reached the end of the cycle and we are going to move up to a new level of consciousness. This is a great thing and we all should be celebrating. (Drunvalo Melchizedek, The Maya of Eternal Time, Part 2, August 2009, at http://www.disclose.tv/action/viewvideo/46968/The_Maya_Of_Eternal_Time___Part_2/)

From 2007

Those who have interpreted the year 2012 as the beginning of the end of darkness - never mind the total end of the world! - have misinterpreted its significance. Most simply stated, 2012 heralds Earth's entry into the Golden Age, and between now and then is a time of transition from life as you have known it into life totally in harmony with all of Nature.

Everything in the universe is energy vibrating at one frequency or another, and, when Earth was in prime health, in times you know but don't remember, all of her life forms were vibrating harmoniously. When she was near death more than six decades back, there was no harmony whatsoever, no balance of Nature - there was hardly sufficient light to sustain any kind of life, including Earth's own. What is happening now, with the help of stabilizing forces, is the transformation of your world - Earth's rejuvenation and return to balance - reaching completion in 2012.

But that year no longer has the "time absoluteness" it once held in prophecies, and your calendar cannot accurately convey when the major transitional changes will be completed because linear time is disappearing. (Matthew Ward, "Essay on 2012," Dec. 31, 2007.)

From 2005

Suzy:  Matthew, if all of this can happen just a few months from now, what significance does the year 2012 still have, if any?

MATTHEW:  Those who have interpreted that year as the beginning of the end of the darkness - never mind the total end of the world! - have misinterpreted its significance, and even that year itself no longer has the absoluteness it once held in prophecies because everything is being accelerated.  There will be a time of transition from life as you have known it into life totally in harmony with all of Nature.  Changes you can't conceive of in this moment will be taking place, and they will do so in an orderly fashion after the initial confusion and resistance have subsided.  (Matthew's Message, Jan. 17, 2005.)

Year 2012 will not be the End of Events

From 2012

Be not afraid when edifices of power begin to crumble, for the time is drawing very near to when you will be seeing truth come bursting forth onto your planet in many forms-forms of informational news, forms of talk among yourselves, and forms of the visiting of planetary brothers and sisters who now await the correct time to enter into the picture.

This is all part of spiritual evolution which will not be fully complete by the end of this year as many have been led to believe, but is well on its way. (Arcturian Group, April 22, 2012.)

Year 2012 will Bring an End to Darkness

From 2012

It is Earth's destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year, and by then no one with a dark mind and heart will be left on the planet. That may seem unduly harsh, as if some arbitrary judgment process simply will eliminate them, and that is not so. There are persons who have amassed fortunes dishonestly, achieved power ruthlessly, and consistently have refused the light constantly available to them, and both their souls and their bodies will "pay the price," you could say. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

With that, we return to the assurance that all darkness on the planet will be gone a year from now: The people who still are on Earth then will be light-filled, unified in peace and mutual respect, and life will be in harmony with Nature. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)

From 2008

It will be four difficult years for humanity and then you're going to see a new dawn. You're going to see the new age that you and others have been working on out in the other realms. You're going to see it come manifest to Earth. You're going to see a lot of the old leave and the ones that haven't left will be changed. You're going to see a lot of the new ones coming in. (St. Germain, Oct. 4, 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

The next four years are going to be a time for you to be in balance, to bring up within yourself everything that you've learned, everything that you've gained in wisdom, everything that you already know within yourself. The next four years are going to be a time to stop hiding and stop pretending that you're a victim, stop pretending that you're waiting for something else. Stop pretending that you have to learn more, you have to go through all of these rituals and ceremonies to become a New Energy human. You are it right here, right now, today. There is not one thing that you are missing other than the true trust in yourself. (St. Germain, 4 Oct. 2008, at http://tinyurl.com/2dby5n6.)

From 2004

Times of transition can be far less difficult when there is understanding of what is transpiring and especially when the outcome is known to be what many call the Golden Age.  Perhaps it will be helpful if again I mention the significance of the year 2012 that is becoming more commonly discussed.  This timeframe less than eight years hence is not the beginning of that glorious era - it is the END of the darkness that has caused massive suffering on and for Earth! 

The transition started about six decades past but only recently is becoming recognized in such ways as climate change, the sense of time passing ever more quickly, and perhaps the still mysterious effects of energy acceleration on mind, body and emotions.  However, the most dramatic change is the growing acceptance that extraterrestrial spacecraft are around your planet and their occupants are there for peaceful purposes. ...

While this God-sent assistance has been essential for Earth herself to rise out of the negativity that has been trapping her, it's just as essential for you to understand that you chose to be there specifically to participate in this unprecedented planetary ascension.  It is a collaborative effort between all of you and our "space" family, not theirs alone.  Light is being beamed steadily to those who are faltering in remembering their soul contracts, and we ask that you who are attuned to your chosen missions send love-light to those who are lagging.  (Matthew's Message, June 18, 2004.)

Ascension not Related to Mayan Calendar

From 2011

You chose to experience separation from it and take on the challenge of recovering your Light, and levels of consciousness that would restore your subconsciousness memories of your true Self. That has been achieved by many of you, and it was that success that enabled more time to be granted for as many souls as possible to ascend. Otherwise you may not have been here at this time, but have completed your journeys with the coming of the Millennium. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2011. The implication is that Ascension was originally planned for 2000, and not the so-called end of the Mayan Calendar in 2012.)

End of Solar Cycle

From 2011

The solar cycle is ending and cannot be prolonged, and will not result in the destruction of the Earth. A new Earth is to arise with all souls that are ascending with it. (SaLuSa, July 27, 2011.)

No Firm Date

From 2008

So then, there will be no clear demarcation between third density ending and the Golden Age beginning, and there cannot be a "coordinated end" of all activities based in darkness. Ridding Earth of toxicity will be given high priority as advancement in other ways will require a healthy environment, so all pollutants, including radiation from depleting uranium, will be dematerialized or neutralized quite rapidly with your space family's technology. Other situations that have been a plague on the planet - wars, murders, rape and other violence; man-made diseases and weather; governments' surveillance of citizens; police brutality, unjust laws, false accusations and imprisonment; sales of weaponry and other war equipment; sex slavery, child molestation, pornography - ALL issues derived from the influence of the darkness - will diminish until they cease entirely because of peoples' heightened consciousness and spiritual clarity. (Matthew Ward, Oct. 22, 2008.)

We are Moving into the Age of Aquarius

From 2010

Since the fall of Atlantis, and especially during the last two thousand years of the Piscean Age, the higher dimensional light has been lost to most of humanity. However, now, you are entering the Golden Age of Aquarius. (The Arcturians, "Rewriting the Hologram," March 2010, through Dr. Suzanne Carroll, at http://www.suzanneliephd.com/newsletters/newsletter.html.)

From 2009

We are moving closer and closer to the official date of February 14, 2009 which at 7:25 GMT officially becomes the Aquarian Age, the Golden Age so long prophesied, longed for and worked for by we, the members of the Spiritual Hierarchy and those of you upon the Earth plane that have come at this time to help in this endeavour. (Babaji Nagaraj and Lady Mary Magdalene through Marlene Swetishoff, Feb. 4, 2009, at http://www.care2.com/c2c/people/profile.html?pid=978871568.)

The Plan is for as Many as Possible Ascend

Ed. See here for this section.

Intent of Messages

From 2010

The reality is that you are on your journey back to your higher state of being, and by leaving the 3rd. dimension you will be taking a massive step upwards. Looking around you it might seem unlikely that many souls are ready to rise up, but you will be surprised at how quickly they can change. (SaLuSa. February 6, 2015. Channelled by Mike Quinsey. http://tinyurl.com/ppygsmy) From 2010

We would add that if you attracted to messages such as ours, then you are undoubtedly already on the path to freedom and greater awareness. Furthermore you are assured of reaching your goal to ascend, and will have already lifted your level of consciousness. (Salusa, Aug. 11, 2010.)

There is in fact a drawing apart of those ready to ascend from those who are unable to lift up their vibrations. (1) They will learn much from their experiences that will help them grow and progress more quickly than previously. Souls of a similar vibration tend to band together which makes them feel comfortable with like kinds. (SaLuSa, channelled by Mike Quinsey, January 9, 2015, at http://www.galacticchannelings.com/english/mike09-01-15.html) (1) Sometimes called “the time of separation.” See “A Time of Separation Will Occur” athttp://goldengaiadb.com/The_Work_of_Ascension#A_Time_of_Separation_will_Occur.


From 2009

The purpose of our contact with you is to jog your memory of lives where you were more aligned with the Light. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

Look to the impending changes that are planned, that will lift you onto a new level of consciousness more in keeping with your own advancement. We of the Galactic Federation know fully well what is required to lift up you and Mother Earth. We frequently give you details so that you can see where events are going to take you before you reach that magical year of 2012. It is the end of duality as far as you are concerned, and many different sources now see that it is one of great significance. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

We constantly refer to Ascension because it is so near and it has not bypassed anyone, and is there to attract those who have found a path to the Light. It is so important that we who serve you do all possible to direct your attention in the right direction. (SaLuSa, May 27, 2009.)

We put a lot of emphasis on Ascension because that is what everything has been working towards. (SaLuSa, March 20, 2009.)

By giving you hope and reason to look to the future, in the coming months we expect more of you to find your way to the higher understanding. (SaLuSa, Jan. 26, 2009.)

It May Mean a Temporary Loss of Possessions and Severing of Connections

From 2012

It is quite something to grasp and accept, particularly as the idea of the end of time has a connotation of losing everything you own and are familiar with. It can be a frightening thought, but is acceptable once it is understood that it is but a new beginning, one that propels you into a wonderful realm of peace and harmony, where you can forget all of your worries. In truth you have nothing to lose and everything to gain. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2012.)

Since we are on the subject of your succession of lives we will state what should be obvious, that you come into them with nothing and you leave with nothing, that is apart from your experience which is all that matters. As part of an evolutionary plan you take on all types of lives, and in some you may be one who has great wealth and power, but it will all be gone when that life is finished.

As you cannot take it with you perhaps the pursuit of wealth may be seen as rather pointless. In time you may well learn that having sufficient is all you need, and that greed is simply taking away an opportunity from someone else. If you aspire to ascend you will no doubt have already come to the conclusion, that sharing is the best way to keep a happy and balanced society. It also encourages an approach where all work for the good of all, and not individuals. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2012.)

From 2011

You may have fond memories of the Earth, but do not forgot that the majority of you will be ascending with her to enjoy the beauty and harmony of the higher dimensions. You will not have any regrets for leaving the present Earth, and in fact you will feel quite privileged to have shared her journey. You will have moved from the unreal to the Creator's expression of what life should really be like. Duality was given to you to experience exactly as you wished, and you had total freewill. Now, you are stepping into the heavenly realms where the Creator's Laws are manifest, and powers of creation are given to you. By then you will have become Cosmic Beings without any limitation whatsoever. (SaLuSa, Oct. 31, 2011.)

Therefore as sad as it seems to be losing that which is so familiar to you, it is but a passing phase in your evolution. We think you will agree and understand that if you want a clean sheet, then all that is of the old times will have to be cleared away. (SaLuSa, Aug. 5, 2011.)

Regardless of what some people learn about the future, they do not want to give up their earthly enjoyments. The point is that some of them cannot be taken beyond this dimension anyway. (SaLuSa, July 29, 2011.)

The old creations of yours are unable to be carried forward, so consequently there is much to do by way of transmutation. Nothing is totally destroyed, but simply changes its form to be used again. Matter is created and re-created over and over again and never wasted. As creators yourselves you will take greater responsibility for your creations, but at the same time you will rise in consciousness and will exercise good sense and wisdom in your work. (SaLuSa, April 4, 2011.)

Not one person can take their wealth or possessions with them into the higher dimensions. Firstly it is unnecessary as everything you need is provided for, and secondly you can create whatever you desire for your personal pleasure and enjoyment. For example if on Earth you have a cherished painting, you will only have to visualize it to re-produce it.

It will be of light energy and be more alluring and "alive", just as the original artist tried to interpret and paint what was in his vision. Enjoy what you have and realize that you have much more to gain through rising up into the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, Jan. 5, 2011.)

From 2010

Nothing that you currently own will have any value or need to travel with you. All that you require is yours for the asking, and you will eventually exercise your power of thought to create exactly what you want. (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2010.)

You cannot take anything with you and it is totally unnecessary, as all that you will need will be provided. In fact your needs will be considerably less, as you will experience the joys of having a new body. It will be lighter and more of energy rather than physicality. Consequently much of your bodily input will come directly from the energy around you. Also with an ever-healthy body you will not need to replenish it as you do now. Since you will eventually create through the power of thought, you will not be wanting for anything at all. (SaLuSa, Oct. 8, 2010.)

Personal loss of your belongings will result in some grief, and where family and friends are concerned it is inevitably an occasion of sorrow. However, you will meet up again with them, as they can also ascend from the higher levels. In the ultimate process of Ascension when you take your place in the higher dimension, you will have a different outlook where ownership is concerned, as material possessions are no longer necessary. You create exactly what you want and re-create again if desired.

That means that you can create from memory anything that existed previously. You can therefore allow matters to follow their path on Earth, knowing that in real terms you cannot lose anything at all. As a result of Ascension the quality of your life will increase a hundredfold, and you will be surrounded by beauty and perfection. Not least of all you will be at One with everything, and enjoy a happy and fulfilling life. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

We know there will be some sadness felt at the prospect of leaving all of your possessions behind, but it is but a small price to pay knowing that your every desire will be fulfilled in the higher dimensions. When you can create exactly what you need for your comfort and happiness, what more would you want.

The Creator provides for your every desire and freewill is your greatest gift, and we know that you will use it wisely. (SaLuSa, Feb. 8, 2010.)

If it can be said that duality has a middle ground, perhaps it can be this: A reader who enjoys violent kinds of entertainment asked: Is it necessary to abolish that in the world of 2012 and beyond and What would the many people like me do for entertainment then?

To answer his first question in brief: Yes. To answer in fullness, we say that violence of any kind toward any life form has been a scourge for Earth to deal with since long, long before your recorded history - this is what caused your planet to spiral from fifth density into deep third density, where duality pervaded the collective consciousness.

Seventy or so years ago, when distant civilizations started intensely beaming light to save Earth's planetary life, light-receptive peoples' thoughts, feelings and actions became in attunement with the light. A violent world became intolerable, and as people began advocating for an end to violence, the collective consciousness changed accordingly. The eradication of violence is yet to be realized in your linear time, but in the continuum it is fait accompli; thus we can say that the abolishment of violent kinds of entertainment will not come as an edict, but by unified desire.

As you continue to absorb light, respect for all life will naturally eliminate the killing of animals for sport, and pitting animals against each other and bullfighting will cease for the same reason. Joy in peaceful and harmonious living will naturally end interest in violence in any form, including the games in popular electronic entertainment devices.

As to entertainment in 2012 and beyond, all non-violent sports now enjoyed still will be, but the current win at any cost and kill `em attitudes will not be part of any individual or team competition. Hikers, campers, mountain climbers and divers will have even more beautiful areas to explore than now. The prevailing vibrations will heighten brain usage, and many will be attracted to games requiring mental acuity.

Reading, which in recent years gave way to television viewing, will return to its former appeal; history books will be what actually took place and science books will contain universal knowledge. Even without today's violence, films in theaters and on television will be excellent, and the games on handheld instruments will be just as exciting.

Whatever creative hobbies are currently enjoyed will continue, and many will find great pleasure in flower and vegetable gardening. With greater appreciation of all the arts than now, cultural offerings will be popular recreational choices. The means to travel throughout the world will be available to all, and many will choose to do that. You will be so attuned to Nature that most will treasure solitude in a favorite spot. Have no concerns about what you violent entertainment devotees will find to fill leisure time in Earth's Golden Age!

Readers have asked if enjoyment of pornography occasionally, gambling, sex parties, social drugs, an extramarital relationship, and dabbling in black magic can delay spiritual evolution or prevent physical ascension with Earth. When you put those activities into the context of everything we have offered as guidance for spiritual growth, you will know that the answer is yes. Regardless of your reasons for indulging in those kinds of diversion, they all generate very low vibrations that form a barrier between the consciousness and the soul, and that dims the light within. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 11, 2010.)

From 2008

Even so as you now understand, no one is forced to move into the higher realms if they feel that they are not yet ready to do so. It may mean cutting yourself off from the many links formed with other souls, but in reality there is no separation at all. Those Dear Ones who ascend will always be connected with all other souls, and in remembering them they will link with their essence wherever they are.

Allow for each to follow their chosen path of evolution, knowing that there will always be a coming together as you achieve a more expanded consciousness. As you make your way into the realms of Light you will become more aware of the Oneness of All That Is. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

Your own powers of creation [will] provide all that you need. Whatever you leave behind when you rise up, you will have absolutely no regrets, as nothing can compare with the beauty and perfection of the higher realms. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

From 2004

The triteness of possessions and fame will give way to the treasure of knowing the godself. (Matthew's Message, March 1, 2004.)

What Will Come Will Have Us Forget Earlier Experiences

From 2010

All that you have gone through or are yet to experience before the end time, will count for little against the prospect of returning to your higher level of consciousness. You will have been released from the pull of the lower vibrations, and the Light and Love will be your home. (SaLuSa, June 7, 2010.)

All memory of pain, misery, and suffering that you have sustained as you worked your way through the darkness of the illusion will be totally and instantly erased, so that nothing in any way intrudes on the eternal bliss into which you will shortly emerge. 

Fear, anger, pain, resentment, doubt, illness and general savagery and disharmony are all illusions - very unpleasant and disturbing aspects of the illusory reality that you cooperatively imagined into being and continually sought to renew and rebuild.  They will be gone instantly as though they never existed, because nothing that could hurt, harm, or destroy God's children could exist. (Saul, May 12, 2010.)

You may wonder what happens to those memories of the negative ones, as many have left you scarred for life. Please be aware that as your consciousness rises, you will set aside such memories and eventually only recall your triumphs and successes. You cannot in fact carry the lower vibrations into the higher levels, and that is the Law. Whenever you carry heartache and sadness, know that it will not remain forever and that the energies of love and happiness will replace them. (SaLuSa, Apr. 16, 2010.)

You have been through many unsettling times, and periods of utter despair yet here you are at the door of a New Age ready to put all of that behind you. It no longer has any bearing on your future, as you already tread the new path to glory and fulfillment. You will not be surprised to learn that the new experiences will soon consign the past to history, where it can no longer harm you. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

From 2009

You are quickly awakening with a good appreciation of where we fit into your lives. We have been with you all along, and with our coming openly with prior announcement you will soon accept that we are one family within this Universe.

A new day is opening up when all shall start to change at a pace that will surprise you. Everything has been planned for a long time for this very occasion, and there is absolutely nothing that is beyond our handling abilities or resources. We know that some of you question it, as you are not familiar with our advanced technologies or our high level of co-operation with our Federation members.

Most of you shall see it all come true within your life span, and it will be as if the nightmare has turned into a pleasant dream. It will be more of course, because we are talking about your reality and uplift into an entirely new dimension of Light. (SaLuSa, Nov. 6, 2009.)

There are experiences to come that will be pure bliss, and heaven will become a place that exists upon your new Earth. Imagine how quickly you will recover from your earlier experiences, in the peace and tranquillity of the Light realms. It is to be your haven and home where you will create exactly what you desire, and want for absolutely nothing.

Do not therefore worry about short-term difficulties or shortages, as our plan will put right anything that is out of harmony with it. You are to receive all that has previously been denied to you, and much more. (SaLuSa, Nov. 4, 2009.)

Ascended Masters Will Also be Ascending

From 2012

If we have the courage to look deep within our beings, heart chakras and souls we will be rewarded with truth, enlightenment and wisdom that we have all long been awaiting to receive, in order to bring forward the true clarity of the Creator within our consciousness, awareness and energetic patterns.

It will be the same for every Master, Archangel, Angels and Light Being on the inner planes. We are all achieving the shift of ascension together; it is our unity that is allowing the truth of the Creator to unfold with great freedom and empowerment into our beings and realities for realisation. ("Natalie Glasson: Archangel Metatron - Ascension Shifts 12/12/12," channelled through Natalie Glasson, December 08, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/12/natalie-glasson-archangel-metatron-ascension-shifts-121212/.)

From 2010

I am no longer your Planetary Logos, yet I am still very deeply and profoundly a part of your evolution and assist the Buddha as he moves forth in his position as the Planetary Logos.  It is for this reason, that this messenger has chosen and been guided, to speak with me. ...

Dear ones, your evolution is ever changing and always expanding, as you will so joyously experience, as you each return to the light and love of your Sacred Hearts and allow the Heartbeat of the Cosmos to expand within you.  I too, am ever expanding and embody the cosmic heartbeat as I move forth on my evolution, in training to become a Solar Logos.  How great is the expansion as I move forth on this joyous path.  It is the path of embodying a solar system, of knowing and supporting and being the very essence of the intricate workings of this solar system.

There are many solar systems ready to receive a new Solar Logos, as the natural progression of the expansion of consciousness,  allows those who have held this position to move forth in their growth and evolution.  All the beloved ones, the Ascended Masters who have been with you and assisted you through the third density, have held their evolution in check, to stay here with you, beloved ones, to assist you to move out of the density.  Now, as you move forward and release yourselves from this density, these great Beings of light are also able to move forward in their evolution, even as they are here assisting you.

The flow, the ebb of the Source consciousness is ever changing, ever in movement, and the movement into the light has been essential, as consciousness is always growing and expanding.  A static position is not possible, and the time had come to move forth into the light. (Sanat Kumara, "The Evolution of Earth and Humanity," Oct. 20, 2010, through Rev. Michelle Coutant, at www.transformingradiance.com/cosmicblog/)

From 2008

Some of you are already aware of the fact that a number of us, the Ascended Masters, are moving into a much higher vibration as a result of our own progress and we have been granted permission to bring those of you who are ready with us, not into the same realm, but you are being lifted into a higher realm than you have been in before. However, it requires an enormous amount of responsibility of the self: self awareness, self love, and self acceptance, for now you are being groomed to emerge as the true beacons of light of the Golden Age. (Kuthumi, "11:11 Turning of the Tide," Nov. 2, 2008, through Michelle Eloff, at http://spiritlibrary.com/the-lightweaver/1111-turning-of-the-tide.)

Ascension is Endless

From 2011

Although your coming Ascension is a high point in your growth you will continue to follow a path of soul evolution, but it will never be as tough or demanding as the period you have just gone through. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2012.)

Bear in mind that the 21.12.12 is a major upliftment, yet only the beginning of another cycle of experience. However, it is for your civilization the opportunity to leave duality, and not continue re-incarnating in the lower dimension. (SaLuSa, Oct. 31, 2011.)

From 2010

Will all the beneficial changes in our lives be accomplished by the time Earth reaches fourth density or will there be more changes in the Golden Age? All the changes until Earth enters fourth density will indeed be beneficial, but soul evolvement, and thus your multiple lifetimes, will continue "throughout eternity," it is safe to say. The soul's journey of self-discovery will continue unfolding throughout the Golden Age and far, far beyond, until each returns to Creator Source. We can promise you, the wondrous adventure gets more and more exciting! (Matthew's Message, Dec, 6, 2010.)

[No one has] reached the pinnacle of spiritual development, above all others. There is no such thing. As spiritual growth is ongoing, continual and a sacred journey and path, all will continue, long after they have completed planetary ascension. (Archangel Michael, "Balance Your Subconscious, Conscious and Superconscious Minds," June 2010, through Rev. Michelle Coutant, at http://www.transformingradiance.com/messages.html.)

  As you have probably heard before, ascension is an ever-evolving, continuous, on-going evolutionary process and not a destination. You should also be aware that you have experienced different phases of the ascension process many times before in a multitude of locations and realities. (Archangel Michael, "A Clarion Call for World Servers," May 2010, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Ascension ... will never cease until you return to the absolute Source. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

From 2009

With Ascension you will have overcome so many of the frailties that exist now. Eventually the vibrations will be so high that you will be entering a state of near perfection as a Light Being. Then you will be able to be yourself, that is your Higher Self adorned with the Light of many suns, and radiate the love that knows no ending. One day many of you shall be seated on the Councils that preside over the Universe, and in your greatness serve God directly. However, that is a long way off but indicates your unlimited potential to rise to the highest levels. (Ag-agria, March 25, 2009.)

There are mysteries galore in the Universe that you will be motivated to explore. Your quest for knowledge and the truth can never really be satisfied until you reach the ultimate - The Source of All That Is. However, you will have innumerable experiences before you ever reach that point. You have yet to understand the concept of a never-ending creation. You will never run out of new challenges in the Multi Universes and dimensions that seem to go on for all infinity. (SaLuSa, Feb. 23, 2009.)

Earth's ascension - the process of world transformation and spiritual renewal that enables her to rise out of third density and continue into the Golden Age - has been ongoing for about seventy years in linear time; and by the end of your calendar year 2012, the darkness that has proliferated for millennia will have disappeared in all its vicious forms.

However, this does not mean that after 2012, there will be no further changes - there will indeed be splendid changes in many areas, including spiritual and intellectual growth. Life is a continual process of learning, or more accurately stated, a process of consciously remembering the knowledge within the soul. (Matthew's Message, Feb. 7, 2009.)

Silver Birch on the New World

Undated

You are now in the midst of the crisis. As always happens before there is a birth, there is much pain. The birth of the new order means much pain. Even when the new order comes, there will be growing pains.

But there has been planted in your world a seed that will grow and the efforts of those in high places to destroy the seed will fail. It was said, a long time ago, "Thy will be done on earth as it is in Heaven." That is going to happen.

There will be many big changes. There will be break-ups and there will be many upheavals. There will be what you think is darkness and difficulty. You will say, "Things are worse." But, all the time, there is behind it all a power which is making for the progress of the world.

There are many of us who have been allowed by those who are higher and above us to see your world as it will be one day. That conception we try to transmit to those who are receptive, to inspire them to go on with their w0rk. The pictures I have seen make your present world more ugly than it is. I see what it could be like - and what it must be like. It is only a question of time.

One day, there will arise a new race that will recognize that all politics, religion, science and knowledge are part of one thing. Then pain, sorrow, fear, mourning and unhappiness will be banished and your world will be a place of smiles and happy laughter. ...

You have tried to build a world where, when one man has something, instead of using it to help the others, he tries to keep it for himself, with the result that in time he makes a system that must collapse because its foundations are wrong.

When you have people who develop their gifts, which all come from the Great Spirit, and use them for the benefit of all the others, then there will be built a system founded on that which is eternal. (Silver Birch, Teachings of Silver Birch. Wisdom from the World Beyond. Ed. A.W. Austen. London: Spiritualist Press, 1962; c1938, 42-3.)

You are witnessing the birth of a new order and all around you are the signs that the old world, founded on selfishness, materialism, greed, avarice and cruelty, is dying. You who call yourselves Spiritualists are the custodians of a great truth, for you are the sentries guarding the outposts, helping to forge the new era. Think of yourselves as soldiers of the Great Spirit, fighting the greatest fight of all, for you are helping to vanquish all the forces that belong to the darkness of man's ignorance and brought war, misery, chaos and bankruptcy to your world.

You are helping to shape a new world in which all the children of the Great Spirit will share to fulfil the richness of the bounty He has freely given. (Silver Birch, Silver Birch's Teachings. Located at http:/www.angelfire.com/ok/SilverBirch/Tcon.html, n.p.)

I do not care by what name you call the dawn of the new world, but it is the world of the Great Spirit coming into fulfillment, accompanied by His power, and the service of all faithful hearts who seek but to bring new joy, new life, new happiness into the world of matter, so that there shall cease coming into our world the wrecks of yours. (Silver Birch, Teachings of Silver Birch. Wisdom from the World Beyond. Ed. A.W. Austen. London: Spiritualist Press, 1962; c1938, 44.)

We strive always to reveal the religious significance of spiritual truth for, when your world understands its spiritual import, there will be a revolution mightier than all the revolutions of war and blood.

It will be a revolution of the soul and, all over the world, people will claim what is their due - the right to enjoy to the full the liberties of the spirit. Away will go every restriction which has put fetters on them. (Silver Birch, Teachings of Silver Birch. Wisdom from the World Beyond. Ed. A.W. Austen. London: Spiritualist Press, 1962; c1938, 26.)

The tide of victory rolls on. The old order dies, giving place to the new. The new world is coming. But do not think that, because of this victory, there will be no more dark places. There will still be much shedding of tears. There will be many aching hearts. There is great sacrifice to be made. (Silver Birch, Teachings of Silver Birch. Wisdom from the World Beyond. Ed. A.W. Austen. London: Spiritualist Press, 1962; c1938, 38.)

But after the storms and the wind have blown through the world there always comes the new life of the spring. When the snow lies on the ground and all looks very bleak, you are not able to see the freshness of the spring. But it comes.

And gradually, as the great sun of life moves through the heavens of the Great Spirit, so the majesty of life comes to its fullest. Throughout the whole world of matter there is a great cloud of discontent. There will come the spring of dreams and the summer of fulfilment. ...

It will come quickly or slowly as the children of the Great Spirit exercise their free will. (Silver Birch, Silver Birch Anthology. Ed. Wm. Naylor. London: Spiritualist Press, 1974; c1955, 51.)

Like many others, I have come nearer to the earth vibrations to help push forward that great new world which waits just round the corner. I come to teach you the laws of the Great Spirit and to show you how, if you live according to them, the bounty of the Great Spirit can be poured into your hearts and minds. (Silver Birch, Philosophy of Silver Birch. London: Spiritualist Press, 1975; c1969, 27.)

The New World is born, born in agony of birth, with a baptism of tears and misery and sadness. But the New World is here. Its rays are beginning to pierce the fog of your world. But even in this New World all will not have been achieved. There will be plenty to remedy, to improve, to strengthen. There will still be weakness to be overcome, there will still be troubles to be eradicated. But there will be a new basis for life. Much of the needless misery, much of the needless deprivation, much of the needless starvation and sadness will have gone. The basis of life will be changed, for gradually selfishness will be overthrown and service will reign in its place.

The New World will come more quickly or more slowly, as more of you help us or hinder us in our efforts to co-operate with you. You will not get more than you deserve or less than you deserve, for so perfect is natural law in its expression that its scales are always evenly balanced. They are weighted down neither on one side nor the other. I tell you of conditions that are operating and, as they continue to operate, what will be changed. Do not forget that you will reap in your world the harvest of countless generations of labour wrought by many pioneers, idealists and reformers, who made sacrifices to advance the lot of mankind. (Silver Birch, Silver Birch's Teachings. Located at http:/www.angelfire.com/ok/SilverBirch/Tcon.html, n.p.)

We are striving always to teach the children of matter how to be free and how to bask in the sunlight of spiritual truth, how to cast off the serfdom of creedal slavery. That is not an easy task, for once the trappings of religion have mastered you, it takes a long time for spiritual truth to penetrate that thick wall of superstition.

We strive always to reveal the religious significance of spiritual truth, for when your world understands its spiritual import there will be a revolution mightier than all the revolutions of war and blood.

It will be a revolution of the soul and, all over the world, people will claim what is their due - the right to enjoy to the full the liberties of the spirit. Away will go every restriction which has put fetters on them.

Our allegiance is not to a Creed, not to a Book, not to a Church, but to the Great Spirit of life and to His eternal natural laws.

A great power of the spirit will descend into your world of matter. In all its countries a mighty force of the spirit will be felt, for there is a great work to be done to counteract the selfishness and the ignorance of your world. In time it will conquer, but, in the process, there will be much travail.

Plenty of workers have come to take their stand at your side. There are those who are known to you, those who are bound to you with ties of blood and others who are attracted to serve you out of the love that they bear for you. When you think of those whose names you know, try to realise the countless host of the unknown, who serve without any desire to be known or recognised but who give their power to be used.

The world will not be converted in a blinding flash like Saul on the road to Damascus. Gradually, the light of spiritual truths will break through, as more people become aware of the great knowledge and more instruments are available for the power of the Great White Spirit to use. You must remember that the things of the / spirit require careful nurture and progress. Sudden conversions would not be enduring, and our work is intended to be permanent. Each soul that becomes an instrument for the Great Spirit, each soul that moves out of darkness into the light, out of ignorance into knowledge, out of superstition into truth, is helping to advance the world, for each one of these is a nail that is driven into the coffin of the world's materialism. (Silver Birch, Silver Birch Anthology. Ed. Wm. Naylor. London: Spiritualist Press, 1974; c1955, 39-41.)

Duality is Not Our Real Home

From 2013

As you have so often been informed, your levels of experience in the lower dimensions are in the way of an experiment to see how, as Beings of Light, you could find your real Selves again. They are not and never will be your true reality, because your original home in the stars is one where you lived in total Unity and Love as One. Duality was the means of allowing separation and experience of both darkness and Light in the same dimension. (SaLuSa, March 22, 2013.)

From 2012

The Earth has been your testing place, and with its low vibration has had little chance to allow you to know your true self. Like any other soul you have at times become completely immersed in your life, without realizing you have been cut off from your true reality. That in fact was intended so that you fully experienced the lower dimension and all of its challenges.

It would have been distracting and even depressing, to know about the life you left behind when you first incarnated upon Earth. Now it is different because you have moved back into the Light, and understand your true origin as a powerful soul with immense creative ability. When you have Ascended you will be able to use those powers again, having become a trustworthy and knowledgeable soul. (SaLuSa, Oct. 1, 2012.)

You are in line for a much better life without the drawbacks that duality has confronted you with. Yet all of your experiences have been part of your upliftment, and you will always benefit from them. Duality has been a time of fully experiencing the senses and emotions and learning to control them. ...

Dear Ones, the point is that as you become more of the Light your attention is drawn to the harmonious things in life, and as you progress it does become easier to maintain your peace and calmness. That is you becoming more in alignment with your Higher Self, which is your ultimate objective.

What you were is not the real you, and duality is not your true reality. It is an illusion that has been created by you all since you dropped down into the lower vibrations. Since then you have had your highs and lows, but as the Human Race you have never reached such a point as now, where every soul has the opportunity to ascend. (SaLuSa, Aug. 27, 2012.)

God set out the master plan, eons of time ago, that would ensure as this cycle ended it would be in triumph for those seeking to return to the Light. Through many lives in the lowest vibrations in your Universe, you have come out of your earthly experiences much greater than you were when you descended into them. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2012.)

You look at yourselves and then look at us, and their seems to be a great difference between us, yet there is little beyond the fact that we have already reached a level of full consciousness which are soon to reach yourselves. There was a time in the very distant past when you were like us, but allowed yourselves to drop into the lower vibrations to fully experience its challenges. So, in fact you are really no stranger to the higher dimensions, which is why you will take so easily to the coming changes. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2012.)

To play out the cycle of duality you were especially chosen, and you have overcome the darkness that descended after Atlantis disappeared into the depths of the Atlantic Ocean. From seemingly impossible positions you have brought the Light back into existence, and today it stands as the major force upon the Earth. You will have had every conceivable experience that duality could challenge you with. Yet you have managed to establish the Light upon Earth, that has grown in strength and brought about a higher level of consciousness. Now you can congratulate yourselves on a job well done, and claim the rewards in the form of Ascension. (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)

It is for you, the end of the cycle of duality, and for us simply the means of clearing the way for the commencement of a new cycle.

It will be a new beginning and follow a continuation of the raising up of your consciousness levels, to allow you to ascend to even higher levels. ...

What you have now is not your true reality, but one you have created over a millennia of time since you dropped down from the higher dimensions. Not a single soul was forced to do so, and each and every one of you freely volunteered for the experience.

You did so with complete faith knowing that however much you strayed from the Light, there would be a time when you would be called back and helped to do so. That time is of course now, and in a short time you will know for certainty that you are firmly on the path to Ascension, and that nothing can stand in its way or delay it. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2012.)

At all times God has been present and God's assurance of the power of the Light to overcome the dark, has carried you through the darkest period in Humanity's history. It may have felt at times that God had deserted you, but that was because you lost contact with the Source. Separation was as a real experience, yet at no time could you ever be truly separated. You and God are One, and you and all other life are One, and it cannot be otherwise. (SaLuSa, Feb. 22, 2012.)

All of you have spent so may lives on Earth to reach your present stage of evolution. Rich man, or poor man you have experienced all manner of challenges, and today you are much wiser and aware than when you first entered the lower dimensions. That is why so many of you are ready to ascend, as duality has nothing more to teach you, although the experience will serve you well in the future. So even if you are going through trying times now, it may well be the last time lessons in duality are placed before you. Even if you are comparatively young, you will nevertheless have had good reasons for experiencing the end times. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2012.)

We know that some of you still find it hard to grasp that duality in spite of its seriousness, is still a game. It is a little like entering the Holodeck and enacting your role, knowing that whatever happens you can all leave the scene and return to your normal life. It is an experience that you have chosen that has a serious content as it counts towards your evolutionary upliftment. Since there is no such thing as death, you can repeatedly take on different lives and live to tell the tale. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2012.)

The Human Race is proving to be one that is capable of experiencing the depth of darkness, and yet can still find its Light and raise itself up. The experience was indeed meant to strongly test your abilities, and you have been subjected to the most extreme conditions imposed upon you by the dark Ones. If you had not won this battle, you could today be looking at another catastrophic end to the cycle, and the prospect of having to do it all again.

However, it must be said that you were expected to succeed, but with freewill the outcome was not taken for granted. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2012.)

The life ahead is going to be wonderfully satisfying, and very rewarding. Your hard work and dedication to your spiritual growth will have ensured your upliftment into the higher dimensions. It is your real home and as nice as some experiences on Earth can be, they will not compare to the absolute happiness and bliss that you will experience. (SaLuSa, Jan. 18, 2012.)

The times you are in are so volatile and yet when you stand back they can be so interesting. They are showing you what happens when you lose your way, and forget that you are of the Light. Whilst it was known that you would drop down into the lower vibrations, the extent to which you would cut yourself off from your true selves was unknown. That was up to each individual and clearly some would fall further than others.

What is amazing is your progress since Beings of Light were sent to Earth to help lift you up again. In a mere two centuries you have succeeded in creating a wonderful grid of Light around the Earth, and its presence has helped transmute much of the darkness that existed. This again has had the affect of reducing the power of the dark energies, and helped release people from their hold. It has been a great effort and success that is due to your bold intent to establish the Light once more on Earth. (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)

From 2011

Life is a mystery until you reach a higher dimension and have acquired a greater degree of consciousness. Some things are still beyond your comprehension as you are now, and we sometimes have difficulty in finding adequate or sufficient words to convey the truth to you. All will however become clear before very long, as you who are to ascend will have that greater level of consciousness that you need to do so. It is in fact time for you to be brought into the higher levels, and your upliftment over the next few years will be staggering compared to what it is now. You will eventually join us as equals and we will welcome you back to where you really belong. (SaLuSa, Dec. 21, 2011.)

When you have reached a certain level of high vibration, you will automatically desire for all others as you would for yourself. Happiness, joy and satisfaction are about living in the Oneness that you are uplifting into now. It brings out that feminine aspect of caring for others that comes with god-liness, and after all you are gods in the making.

We know that some of you feel uneasy at that suggestion, and the reason is likely to be because you still feel inadequate to be considered gods. Bear in mind that before you came into duality all of you were gods, and as Beings of Light were amongst the great creators in the Universe. You left a lot behind when you chose to experience the lower vibrations, and you lost your identity but it is once more beginning to return through your awakening consciousness. (SaLuSa, Nov. 2, 2011.)

We look at your world and see what a marvelous place it has been, as a means of giving you a playground in which to play your games. You have been allowed to do exactly as you wish, but nevertheless with responsibility for the consequences. Through many lives you have created your future, but for a long time were held in the lower vibrations. Once you became ensnared in them, you found the greatest difficulty in releasing yourselves from them. Yet although you plunged the depths of darkness, somehow you found the Light and lifted yourselves up. It took a long time, but today so many of you are awakening to the truth of your being. The beliefs imposed upon you are no longer able to hold you back, and much progress has been made. Now you are rising up in your consciousness levels very rapidly, and realize the power you have to change your reality.

With your vision of the future firmly attached to the coming Ascension, you have moved onto a new level that promises to release you from the shackles of the past. Many of you are now able to step out of the energies of fear, that have unwittingly tied you to the past and its march towards total control by the dark forces. Hence you now live in a type of yo-yo existence where your senses are continually being stretched one way or the other, as the Light and dark fight for your attention. Since the Light is far more powerful there is only ever going to be one winner, and you who are Lightworkers already know it to be true. You are therefore well beyond the likelihood of being pulled back into the darkness, and in fact your Light is part of a great upliftment that is taking place. (SaLuSa, Oct. 28, 2011.

Your core anchoring right now is in the Third Dimension. The Third Dimension, my brother, is delightful. The difficulty with the Third Dimension is the overlay of the human system of duality.

Yes, it presents many opportunities for spiritual, physical, mental, ... all kinds of growth, but the core of that is to have this wondrous potential to be in physicality. And even duality can present great beauty when it is approached from a place of purity, but do not think of it as either/or. ("Archangel Michael on Ascension," Sept. 13, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-on-ascension/)

The future ... looks bleak, whereas it is full of promise that will establish a new society that will be reflect the Love and Light growing upon Earth. You are the Children Of God, so how else could it be as you are fully capable of bringing your real self that is your Godself into being. You are not your body but a glorious Being of Light seeking the pathway back to the higher realms, your true home. ...

Very few of you are privileged to know your true background, and where you came from to take part in duality. That will change before long, and many of you will have the chance to meet those who wait for a family reunion with you. You have come from many different civilisations, to give of your own particular skills and knowledge to uplift those lost souls upon Earth. Your journey is all but over, and the celebrations are about to begin.(SaLuSa, Aug. 17, 2011.)

You have all had so many lives in duality it is understandable that you now feel it is time for change. For many souls there is not much more you can learn from it, and having re-established a strong link with the Light are ready to rise up. It has been building up to this time for many centuries, and great Beings have walked the Earth to help you understand the truth of your Divinity. Their teachings might have been distorted, but that makes it even more remarkable that you have still found your Light. (SaLuSa, May 23, 2011.)

From 2010

The illusion you have made and continue to support, maintain, and rebuild is a quite horrific concept that is in complete opposition to the glorious wonder that is Reality.  As I have told you before, you conceived of it as a way to experience separation from your divine Father, and to play imaginary games that are impossible in a Reality of unconditional Love.  Initially, you were quite captivated by what it seemed you had made: an environment that allowed you to judge and condemn or to forgive and love, to hate and destroy or to indulge and allow.  You seemed to have infinite power to use as you pleased, quite separately from one another, and, of course, the result has been chaos and confusion as you each seek ends that are divisive and incompatible.

Finally, the extreme incompatibility of your separate agendas is seeping into your awareness.  The insanity of the separate and divisive plans that you have been attempting to implement for so long is becoming apparent to you.  You are ready for the enormous changes in attitude that are required to enable you to stop playing these unpleasant games and awaken, allowing the illusion to dissolve back into the nothingness from which you built it. (Saul, Nov 7, 2010.) 

Full consciousness - fully awake in the brilliant light of eternal day - is your natural state of existence, and of course you have never left it.  Where you seem to have your existence, in the illusion which you collectively reassemble in every moment, otherwise it would disintegrate, life and your environment do seem very real to you.  And because it seems so real it is very difficult for you to release your belief in it and your attachment to it.

Even when your body dies and you find that you still exist, you mainly react by choosing to return to Earth for a further human experience because you have become addicted to this unreal state in which you play your strange, competitive, and hurtful games.  And truly it is only yourself that you hurt, despite appearances to the contrary. (Saul, Nov. 6, 2010.)

Your old reality has served you well, by showing you what happens when your creations are not wholly based upon the manifestation of Light. (SaLuSa, May 10, 2010.)

Accepting the Oneness of all life will raise you up to a point of higher conscious awareness. You can then express it by sharing your love and Light with all life forms. You will see things in a new light and separatism will no longer be something you contribute to, and it becomes redundant to your thinking. (SaLuSa, Apr. 19, 2010.)

You have learnt much through the cycle of duality, and it has served its purpose in bringing you to understand the opposites and still rise up. You are clearly spiritually stronger than when you started your epic journey through the darkness and lack of Light. It is in fact quite remarkable that given the loss of your true identity you have still managed to find your way back, and today stand at the door of Ascension. It is truly a wonderful achievement and you are to be applauded for it. (SaLuSa, Apr. 14, 2010.)

After all duality is not your real home, and it gives only the holographic stage upon which you act your roles as Human Beings.

Those of you who are open-minded are finding the truth about yourselves quite acceptable. That is not surprising to us as you are seeking a new way, indeed a better and more pleasing way of experiencing life. You have seen and experienced the lower vibrations, and for those who have progressed it seems to have little more to offer. This is to be expected as you are ending your time in duality for that reason.

What is more natural than one cycle ending and a new one beginning, as it is in the nature of all changes that are planned for the evolution of your Universe. They are not chance happenings but part of your inevitable journey back to the Source. (SaLuSa, March 31, 2010.)

It has served you well and you have become powerful Beings, that will carry the Light and Love to many civilizations that exist in the Galaxy. Your experiences are invaluable where other developing civilizations are concerned. You can help them avoid the same pitfalls experienced during your time in duality. Can you see Dear Ones, that when you first started your journey, you knew how it was going to benefit others. As a Being of Light you made certain sacrifices to achieve those goals, as part of your quest for knowledge and to serve as Lightworkers to other developing souls. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2010.)

You have been living in a reality that has been created by you, and served its purpose by fulfilling your desires. It was not however meant to be permanent, and would in any event have changed in response to the higher energies. Duality such as you have experienced it is not to continue beyond the end of the cycle, and that will also include the astral dimensions. Therefore all souls will make a freewill choice as to where their journeys will take them next. Your subconscious memories of having come from the higher dimensions will draw you back to them. You will instinctively feel that it is where your real home lies. (SaLuSa, March 29, 2010.)

Your reality is not in the lower dimensions, as you are Beings of Light deserving of a future in the higher ones. You have tried your hand at creation in duality with little success, yet you have clung to your Light and the knowledge that you are more than what you seem to be. There is an inner knowing that has enabled you to realize your greater potential, so face the current challenges with complete confidence. (SaLuSa, Feb. 10, 2010.)

From 2009

Ascension is that very process you can join that will bring an end to your need to continue in the cycle of Duality. (SaLuSa, Dec. 16, 2009.)

If you sit quietly and contemplate the future you may well get a feeling of the harmony and joy it will bring. It is because somewhere in your sub-conscious mind, there are memories still present of past times when you were in the higher dimensions. Also, you will sense that your true home is not in the lower vibrations, and you will seek the Light that lifts you up. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

There is absolutely no reason to feel guilty of dropping into the lower dimensions, as that was part of your plan to experience the challenges it presented. We congratulate you on finally finding your true selves and admire your strength of purpose in doing so. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

I see brave souls who have left the Light behind to experience duality. Our desire is to bring you back to the Light, and help you regain full consciousness. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

It is perhaps only now that many are coming to realise that you are living in your own hell, but it is Man who has brought about such conditions. God provided all that you need to experience glory and live in complete happiness in the higher realms that are your real home.

The Earth experiences do nevertheless leave you with some fond memories, as in the finding of love for each other you have overcome adversity. The physical aspects of your lives can be both exotic and painful, and it is this great difference in your experiences that makes Earth a wonderful school of learning. (Atmos, Aug. 28, 2009.)

You have been living a dream, although for some it has been a nightmare, but it is about to end as you are lifting up out of the mists of darkness shrouding your Light, and with it the truth is gradually emerging. However, most of you still have a distorted view of your past, which has been a play of many acts carefully scripted by Mankind as a whole.

You have gone from one play to another in a series of experiences that have led you to this time, where the opportunity is given to you to end duality and pull down the final curtain. It is normally a time when the actors appear for their plaudits, which are a measure of how well they have done. Dear Ones, you have not yet quite finished your roles as Humans experiencing duality, but already the applause is beginning to start. (Ker-On, July 3, 2009.)

There are many levels of conscious existence within God's divine creation, and humanity is about to move to a level where fear and survival issues do not exist. They really do not exist anywhere, but you have created an illusory environment where they do seem very real, and the time has come for you all to move on. You no longer need or desire that kind of existence. (Saul, July 1, 2009.)

Yes...there has been a choice to experience human life with only the tiniest possible sense of awareness of the divine Light. It has been an exercise to demonstrate not only the impossibility of existence without it, but also the fantastic, momentous experience that existence within it provides. (Saul, June 17, 2009.)

The upliftment in your spiritual evolution is the whole purpose and outcome of your time in duality. ...

For many of you this cycle has little more to offer and you have learnt your lessons well, so it is your time to move on into the higher realms that are more suited to your greater levels of consciousness. (SaLuSa, June 15, 2009.)

We can assure you that the illusion of your reality is on Earth, as real as your experiences are to you. Moving into the higher dimensions brings you back to the Light, and you will have had your higher consciousness levels restored so that you once more become a powerful Being with creative abilities. (SaLuSa, May 27, 2009.)

Duality has been the playground where battles have been fought for control of the planet and your souls. This was what you came to experience but it was never meant to completely ensnare you. Indeed, your guardians have carefully held the balance at all times, thus ensuring that you had the opportunity to establish the Light upon Earth. We of the Galactic Federation have played our part, and have become an integral part of the process to ensure your success. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2009.)

People will have different interpretations and reasons for the changes they see taking place all around them. However, you of enlightened awareness will know that they are the positive signs of the final days of the cycle of duality. It has run its course not just through your cycle, but previous ones that saw your older civilisations come into prominence and then fade away. (Atmos, May 18, 2009.)

You are bombarded by so much negativity as the dark try to make a last stand. It is whilst in this mix of Light and dark you need to know where you wish to head for, rather than be tossed around without any direction in your life. Set your sights on Ascension and be determined to set a course that leads you to it. (SaLuSa, April 15, 2009.)

Although duality may strike you as extreme, it is the quickest way that you can progress. (SaLuSa, April 3, 2009.)

For too long you have lived in a dream world, one where your eyes have been obscured to the truth. Where your minds have been limited by the intent of those who rule, to confuse and misguide you. Now the Light shines out and every heart can draw it in, and open their souls to the reality of who you are and your purpose in life.

It was certainly not intended that you should give up your freedom and forever be subservient to others. You are equal Beings, albeit that you play roles that put you in situations where one may be viewed as superior to another. These are learning experiences that awaken the truth within you, and release you from the thraldom that you have come to accept. (SaLuSa, April 1, 2009.)

Life on Earth is quite different to what you will find as you progress through the dimensions. It becomes more balanced and you still retain possession of your freewill, but since there is little at all to create disharmony it is rarely called into question. Your present lives are one continual battle against adversities that are thrown up because of the imbalances that exist on Earth.

Yet for all that it has been an experience that has enabled you to progress so quickly. You have become empowered and resolute against the dark forces, and more importantly have recognised your own ability to create your own future. (Diane of Sirius, Apr. 10, 2009.)

There are no harder tests than the trials of duality, and few of you are expected to conquer them all. However, live up to your best potential and you will have done as much as possible in any one life. (Ag-agria, March 25, 2009.)

It helps your spiritual progress if you can accept that you live an illusory life that is far removed from your true reality. Duality is the result of lowering your vibrations and dropping into the denser realms, where your consciousness becomes dimmed. Although still of the Light you find it difficult to create, but nevertheless you do attract to yourselves that which you envision and desire. In the lower levels there are also influences that encourage you to think of yourself as separated from your Higher Self.

As a result, for many their Light becomes diffused and they come to believe they suffer from lack, and are cut off from God. However, once you realise that you can never lose that link, you can make your own way back by creating a pathway to the Light. Teachers can help with their guidance, but it is up to you to decide exactly how you bring yourself back into it. (SaLuSa, March 16, 2009.)

[Duality] is not your real home, but a holographic impression that has served your desire to experience outside of the Godhead. It has been for your gain, yet will also serve others who will follow your path. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

Release your fears, and trust in the Almighty Creator and the divine decree that offers you the opportunity to permanently leave duality. It is not your real home, but a holographic impression that has served your desire to experience outside of the Godhead. It has been for your gain, yet will also serve others who will follow your path. (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

You have by and large experienced all that duality has to offer you, and it is time to move on. Why prolong it when such a wonderful opportunity is being presented to you, which will lift you up to astonishing heights? (SaLuSa, March 11, 2009.)

Your acceptance of the challenge to immerse yourselves in the lower vibrations was a show of absolute faith in the Love of the Creator.

Can you see, Dear Ones, why there is no punishment or recriminations as a result of your journey through duality? Each of you has willingly chosen to experience all aspects of it, knowing that you would ultimately fully return to the Light. We know that whilst you are still with one foot in the lower vibrations you tend to use a very human trait, using judgement to assess situations that pass by you or are part of your personal experience.

Some of you are already sufficiently advanced in your understanding to set it aside, but we do appreciate how difficult it is to change your mindset. You have a tendency to compare one person to another, using your own spiritual perception as to what is right or wrong. In the Higher Realms there is no such labelling of experience, only the measure of whether any action is for the good of all. If it is not, that is a matter for only the soul of that Being, who will usually decide to plan further experiences until an acceptable conclusion is achieved. (Ela of Arcturus, Mar. 9, 2009.)

As we come nearer to you we can feel the cloying and heavy vibrations that you live in, and we greatly admire your determination to rise above them. That you have been able to preserve your integrity and sovereignty in such conditions is quite amazing. As each soul lifts up they start to experience the beauty and harmony associated with the higher vibrations, and it gives an impetus to your resolve to reach even higher. What you are realising is that the natural levels you are drawn to are your true home, and beyond those you are now experiencing.

Your place is within the Light, and the Galactic Federation and other high councils are committed to helping you return to it. Some of you still struggle to accept that your true home is with us, and we come to explain those aspects of change that make you feel uneasy. What we and others tell you about is to reveal the Oneness that exists beyond your present dimension. You are benign Beings that given the opportunity would find it so easy to take your place within it. You would lose nothing that was essential for your wellbeing, but rather the opposite as there is everything to regain. We say "regain" as you are simply returning to those levels, that were the very ones that you travelled on your descent into your present ones. As we have already inferred, your natural home is not on the present Earth, but the new one that is manifesting now and will bear more resemblance to a heavenly abode.

In the midst of what you are now experiencing we know it is difficult for you to imagine the extensive changes, which would take you out of duality and into the Oneness that we speak of so joyfully. For many of you it shall be the experience of participating in the changes that shall lift up you and Earth. You are already laying down the pathway to your dreams, and although you have beauty on Earth it is but a pale reflection of what really awaits you. Harmony and balance are the key words that describe the levels you are to move into. You may have experienced such delightful times on Earth but only in small measure, whereas in the higher dimensions it is a permanent state of being. (Ela of Arcturus, Mar. 9, 2009.)

It was up to you how you progressed, but even the most aware of you eventually succumbed to the pull of the lower vibrations. It was a matter of degree, but those who fell completely under its influence lost all measure of remembrance of who they really were. Now you are coming to the end of duality, and every effort is being made to reawaken you.

For over a century the amount of Light being brought to bear on you has increased tenfold, and has been instrumental in lifting many of you up. This is in accordance with the Divine Plan to release you from the lower vibrations, and end the cycle whilst giving every soul the opportunity to rise up. (SaLuSa, Feb. 20, 2009.)

[Ascension] is a natural step in your evolution, without which you could not move out of the lower vibrations. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

The mighty realms of Heaven are ringing with your names, and it is because you have established a place for yourselves in the history of the Universe. You have overcome extreme conditions from one life to another, and experienced riches to rags and spiritual enlightenment to utter darkness. Yet you have come through these experiences all the greater for them, and have kept your Light shining regardless of the depths you have touched.

You have now emerged into the Light in a positive manner, and lifted your consciousness to a level that has placed you on the path to Ascension. We have never doubted your ability but your achievement has surpassed our expectations, as at one time there looked to be little chance that you would survive beyond the end of the Millennium.

Dear Ones, as you reach the final stages of this cycle of duality, you cannot yet guess the extent to which you have succeeded, The dark forces have been allowed equal freedom as yours to pursue their path, and you have faced their challenges time and time again.

They have used every opportunity to distract you from your path, and pulled you into the darkness of separation from God. In spite of all this you have frequently returned to Earth, and still recognized the Christ Light within which has prevented you from losing your true identity as Beings of Light. It has been an experience that you undertook knowing the risks involved, but you always knew that higher Beings of Light would accompany you on your journeys.

We might ask, why in any event would you want to stay in duality, when you realize that it is illusory and not your real home. Why reach for anything less than your true home in the Love and Light? Perhaps it is blindness and forgetfulness that has deluded you into accepting a lesser state of being. Now is your opportunity to awaken to your true potential, as the Light is being beamed to Earth. (Diana of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

From 2008

You are sovereign Beings who have been given a unique and wonderful opportunity to start another journey that leads back to the higher realms. The Creator has not disowned you, and has planned this time of upliftment as your release from the dark energies. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

It has been a tremendous cycle of experience that has propelled you forward quicker than you could have done elsewhere. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

You came to Earth to experience duality and separation from each other, and have passed beyond the necessity for further experiences of this nature, but some will choose to remain in the lower vibrations by choice. (SaLuSa, Dec. 15, 2008.)

You are beautiful souls that are coming to the end of your time in duality, and with it shall enjoy life as never before. (SaLuSa, Dec. 8, 2008.)

There is of course a positive side to being able to recall past events in your subconsciousness, as it will take you back to your existence in the higher realms. These were times of great peace and happiness before the shadow of darkness crossed your path.

You were Light Beings with such a great ability to love all life, and the Oneness was as if you were cocooned inside it. You loved the Creator, and took up the challenge of duality without hesitation knowing that you would safely return to the Light. That time has arrived for many of you, and we know that you feel within your rising consciousness the urge to lift up out of the darkness that has held you back. (SaLuSa, Dec. 5, 2008.)

The higher vibrations are ... your natural home. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

All souls wherever they are in the Universe follow a path similar to yours and likewise, when they have passed beyond the need for experience in duality, move on to dimensions of Light. It is not the end of experience but instead of being so intense as it is in duality, the whole vista of the Cosmos opens up to you where harmony and balance already exist. As you ascend each level, so the degree of perfection in everything becomes more pronounced and beautiful. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

Now the cycle of duality is coming to an end, and the Law of Grace will allow for your progress onto Ascension and little need for further lessons. (SaLuSa, Nov. 5, 2008.)

There is no turning back although you may stay within the existing vibrational level if you so desire. You are in a freewill Universe that the Creator has given for your experience, and now it is time to move on with the opportunity to leave the cycle of duality behind. There are no recriminations against those who have desired to play the dark game. At any given time you know what you have set up your life for, and you would not be incarnate now unless you wished to experience this particular period of time.

The serious game of life in duality is your path to knowledge, and evolution at a pace that is not matched elsewhere. You are not having random experiences, but those which have been selected by you to progress spiritually. Sometimes you find it hard to comprehend why you should do so, but on returning to the higher levels all will become quite clear and understandable. (SaLuSa, Oct. 27, 2008.)

All around you death, destruction and decay are evident, but understand that absolutely nothing is permanently destroyed as it simply changes its level of vibration. All is energy and creation is by thought, and as you lift yourselves up your powers will increase to levels of instant creation. You are far from being helpless Beings tossed around in the sea of physicality, as you have all of the potential offered by the higher levels of vibration. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2008.)

Duality is an experience and no more, and it was never intended to become your permanent way of life. It is cyclic like everything else and now draws to its conclusion having served its purpose. Your natural state is being at one with All That Is, living in complete harmony and happiness without the burden of having to deal with the attention of the dark forces. They too are gaining experience from their activities, and act out their roles assigned to them just the same as yours. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2008.)

By the Laws of Grace you shall complete your experiences and rise up without a blemish upon your record. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, through Mike Quinsey.)

The lower vibrations are heavy and have kept you in a state of unknowing of your true reality, but now that is rapidly changing. The glory of being in the Light and realising your true potential far exceeds any dreams you have had of raising your selves up. ...

Your home is not within the present one that you are now lifting up from, but in the higher vibrations from whence you came. You are truly magnificent Beings of Light, but of necessity have set aside those memories to enable you to concentrate on the challenge of duality. ...

See the trauma and chaos as likened to a bad dream that when you wake up, you find it to be an inner experience that can cause you no lasting harm. Duality is your dream world far removed from your true reality, and the outer experiences are passing and will be unable to harm you as you awaken from them. (St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008.)

Ascenders, Intenders, and Early Risers

Ascension is Within Your Grasp; Every Effort is Worthwhile

From 2010

You may have already identified with a number of advanced souls, and their role has been to prepare the way. For those who take the time to search for illumination it can be found, and there has never been a better time than now. The spiritual plan has long set out to provide you with so many chances to find out the truth. Seekers have so much choice now to take a path that leads them to Light and Love. True teachers demand nothing from you, and encourage you to seek within where all knowledge is held. It is a matter of stirring your subconscious memories, so that you awaken now and can understand what is happening around you. (SaLuSa, Jan. 22, 2010.)

From 2009

You have come a long way over many, many years and your progress has been slow but sure. Keep going now that you are so near to completion of your souls journey in the lower vibrations. (SaLuSa, Dec. 16, 2009.)

We will tell you again; that every effort you put in to ascend will be more than rewarded. Your gains will be vastly more than your expectations. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

[Ascension] is a natural step in your evolution, without which you could not move out of the lower vibrations. We see it as only a matter of time before more souls reach a point of true awareness of their higher purpose in life. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

All of Us are Gods, Chosen Ones

From 2009

If there is such a thing as the "chosen ones" it is all of you because you are privileged to be present on Earth at such an illustrious time. (Atmos, Jan. 28, 2009.)

From 2008

Many souls have become oblivious to their true status as Beings of Light. Do not be hesitant to consider yourselves as the Gods you really are, as we know some of you have beliefs that consider it to be a blasphemy. Think upon it clearly, that as you came from the Godhead you are Children of the Creator, and do therefore carry the God spark. (Ker-On of Venus, Dec. 12, 2008.)

Early Risers - Pro

From 2012

We monitor the rising levels of consciousness and they are absolutely speeding up at an incredible rate. That is what we like to see, as it is opening more hearts and minds as to what is going on - after all, you may be individual souls but you are also part of a group consciousness. We do not see you reaching critical mass yet, but know it is an indication of how near you are to it. We talk not about the numbers of souls involved, but the quality and level of the energies of those who are near to ascending. If they are ready there is nothing to stop individual souls ascending before the 21st December.

The vast majority of you are in readiness to ascend with Mother Earth, and what an experience that will prove to be. Many souls wished to experience it that way, so Dear Ones consider yourselves privileged to have been amongst those chosen to take part in it.

Some of you are feeling as though you are in a dream state, and that your feet are not firmly on the ground. That feeling will pass as you get used to experiencing the higher vibrations. As a result you are becoming more powerful Light Beings and you are helping other souls rise up. (SaLuSa, Nov. 16, 2012.)

Archangel; Michael: Those who have taken early Ascension will be reaching back and making their presence known, even if it is to strangers. That is the role and purpose of gatekeepers. And so the humans who are in the 3rd dimension and doing the slower process, they will not experience you as a memory, or even forget about you. You will be fully present in their lives, although it will not be the fullness of your being. It will be - I did not want to use the word hologram; I would prefer to use the word imprint - will be present with those people.

So, for example, let me give you a practical example. There are times when many of you have an impression of my presence in your room. Some of you see bright blue. Some of you feel an etheric shadow. Some of you see the fullness of my being. Some of you simply sense me. But you are not getting the full impression, or the might of my physical presence standing in front of you - well, a few of you are, but not consistently and not day to day to day.

So it will be with those who have ascended to those who are remaining on the longer timeline of the 3rd dimensional reality, who are choosing to ascend, not to relocate - let us be very clear about that. So they will have a sense of you that is as real to them as I am to you. Will it be the fullness of you? No. But it will most certainly be enough. ("Archangel Michael: This Election Clears the Way for Obama to Step into the Truth of His Being," Nov. 8, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/2012/11/archangel-michael-this-election-clears-the-way-for-obama-to-step-into-the-truth-of-his-being/#more-151450 .)

Steve Beckow: Oh, as I've said many times, Lord, the listeners are here to hear you, not me. You have mentioned on many occasions with me, in personal readings or on this program, the subject of early Ascensions. You've talked about steps, stages, waves.

Now, in this discussion of the return of the Masters what I've been trying to edge towards is that these Masters, which are ourselves, are part of this early wave. Can you talk more, please, about early Ascension and the steps that we'll be seeing in stages or waves, please?

Archangel Michael: Yes. Because many of you have and are already through the greater part of your Ascension process. And may I liken it to some of the humility or the other issues that we have talked about today - for example, when you are waiting for someone else to announce Disclosure when you have already done so. So what you do is you step back and you minimize, you downplay, where you are and how you are in this process of Ascension.

Most of you have gone through the transition, through the reconstruction, through the disconnection. You have traveled the waves and the troughs. And some of you still are. ("Archangel Michael: The Returning Masters are You - Part 1/2," Oct. 8, 2012, at http://the2012scenario.com/the-2012-scenario/what-role-are-the-angels-playing/archangel-michael-the-returning-masters-are-you-part-12/ )

From 2011

Archangel Michael: We have also spoken of the waves of Ascension.

Steve Beckow: Yes.

AAM: So there will be a period of time when there will be a window, shall we say, that those who have already gone through the door can peek back or reach back, or what we call "exhibit," so that they are also helping those who are in preparation for the next wave.

Steve Beckow: Is that what is meant by the Return of the Masters?

AAM: Yes. Only you always think of the masters as the ascended ones. But, of course they will be. [Laughter] So, yes. Think of them as Gatekeepers. (“Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension – Part 2/3,” Oct. 3, 2011, at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

SB: All right. I know a lot of people are going to ask how many of us will ascend on, say, the 28th of October, or November 11th. I am sure there are a lot of people who are wondering if they will ascend. Is there anything you can say about that, about the numbers who will ascend, or what it would take to ascend?

AAM: What it takes is a heartfelt commitment, and an energetic boost. Like jumping a car. That is what it takes - if you have done your work. We are not suggesting that if you have lived a life completely outside the understanding of your spirit or your heart that you will be amongst that first wave. That is very unlikely to happen. ("Archangel Michael on NESARA, Opposing the Cabal, and Ascension - Oct. 1, 2011 - Part 2/3," at http://the2012scenario.com/2011/10/archangel-michael-on-nesara-opposing-the-cabal-and-ascension-part-23/.)

Those of you who feel settled in your lives are most likely far along the path to Ascension. To all intent and purposes your life plan has been completed, and you will spend the last period tidying up and concentrating on your goal. You have the ability to help others along, and in the midst of turmoil can be a steadying influence. (SaLuSa, Feb. 4, 2011.)

From 2010

Certainly nothing can prevent Ascension, but you can make the path a lot smoother by keeping the end result in focus. Joy and happiness awaits you and complete and utter peace, the likes of which you have not truly experienced before. Whatever effort you put in now will be well worth it, and the more you can raise your consciousness levels, the quicker you will detach from the lower energies. (SaLuSa, June 14, 2010.)

From 2009

You can of course ascend at any time. (SaLuSa, Dec. 16, 2009.)

Some of you have achieved remarkable progress in a relatively short time, and you try to live your ideals now. We say keep at it and you will make headway, as once having expressed the intent to do so you are part way there already. You are returning to a position you held before you came to Earth, so subconsciously you know that you can do it again. Since you will always find your own kind, it becomes easier the higher you get. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

Dear Ones in the context of how you experience time, it is growing short where your intent is concerned. If you aspire to ascend before the end of the cycle in 2012, it is necessary that you move your consciousness to a level that releases you from the lower vibrations. It should happen quite naturally as you draw more Light to yourself, and your links in life become more refined.

In many ways what has served you in the past will no longer satisfy you, and your search for fulfillment moves you into higher vibrations that bring you harmony and peace. It is a choice that knowingly or otherwise is one that each of you has to make. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

My question to you now is, "What are you waiting for?" Why are you waiting for 2012? Why not have it on the morrow? If you have it in your conscious plan to know peace and love and to project out that vision, why wait? ...

You can wait if you want to. But why wait? Why not 2009, 2010, right now? What are you waiting for? (Jeshua, "What are You Waiting For?" Sept. 2009, through Judith Coates, at http://www.lightworkers.org/channeling/79583/what-are-you-waiting-by-jeshua-ben-joseph-through-judith-coates.)

The souls that have lifted themselves up are not to be held back by those who still languish in the lower vibrations. It is not a matter of looking down at them, but allowing for those who choose a different path to reach their goal. (Diane of Sirius, Sept. 25, 2009.)

The purpose of duality is to fast track you back to the realms of Light. It is the quickest way to evolve, although some souls are weighed down by the lower vibrations. It is difficult to break out of them when your Light has been overshadowed by the dark energies, but it is not a battle that you fight alone. Once you aspire to move on and have no further interest in the dark activities, you will have signaled to your Guides that you are ready to lift up. From thereon you will be given opportunities to find the Lighted Path. (SaLuSa, Sept. 16, 2009.)

Whilst individual Ascension is possible at any time, it is an unusual event only achieved by greater Beings who have dedicated themselves to rising up into the Light. (SaLuSa, Sept. 7, 2009.)

As always make your own mind up as to what you believe the future holds for you. In this way you also help it manifest, as your power of creation helps set out the path ahead of you. Now more than ever before you can call upon the Light to empower you further, as it is beamed to Earth from many different sources. The Universe is playing its part in ensuring your successful completion of this cycle, and continues to send ever-increasingly powerful rays of Light. (Ker-On of Venus, Aug. 5, 2009.)

You will certainly know when you are ready, as life in the 3rd dimension will have become very unfulfilling. You will realise that with aspirations to rise up, you can experience an upliftment into the higher regions of Light. (SaLuSa, Aug. 3, 2009.)

Some souls set their sights on rapid evolution, but it is everyone's choice to decide how quickly they do so. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2009.)

You may advance slowly upon the path of evolution by connecting with and drawing forth the Sacred Fire from your own God Self; however, you may call upon the ascended masters, the archangels who are ever ready to assist you or any of the great Beings of Light you resonate with. Ask them to overlight you with their qualities, virtues and attributes. This will put you on the path of accelerated transformation and will help you to attain the necessary Light quotient to move to the next level of God-consciousness. (Archangel Michael, "Passport to Ascension," May 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

Now is your opportunity to awaken to your true potential, as the Light is being beamed to Earth. ...

Your full rewards will come to you as you begin to ascend and a peace that knows no equal will settle upon you. No longer will you experience the discord and disharmony that is upon Earth, as in rising up you will sever your links with the lower vibrations. They will no longer serve you, and your vision will pull you towards the levels of Light that pervade the higher levels. You will find that you are at "home" within them, and the realization will dawn upon you that you have simply reawakened to what you already knew.

Now you know why we refer to you as our Brothers and Sisters, because you are only separated from us by the lower vibrations that will have served you as a School of Life. You are meant to return to the higher levels now that your time in duality has almost been completed. From now on it is all progress on the upward path, and we are overjoyed that before much longer we shall be facing the future together. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

The earthly souls who are awakening and have consciously begun the journey of ascension are in the process of becoming higher fourth-dimensional Beings. However, the consciousness of many advanced souls, those we call Star Seeds, are in the process of tapping into a fifth-dimensional awareness and even higher. (Archangel Michael, "The Many Facets of Ascension, Part 1," January 2009, through Ronna Herman, at http://www.ronnastar.com/latest.html.)

From 2008

Even so as you now understand, no one is forced to move into the higher realms if they feel that they are not yet ready to do so. It may mean cutting yourself off from the many links formed with other souls, but in reality there is no separation at all. Those Dear Ones who ascend will always be connected with all other souls, and in remembering them they will link with their essence wherever they are. Allow for each to follow their chosen path of evolution, knowing that there will always be a coming together as you achieve a more expanded consciousness. As you make your way into the realms of Light you will become more aware of the Oneness of All That Is. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

It is possible to lift yourselves out of the lower vibrations now, by focusing upon all that is wholesome and in balance with the Light. It is part of your progress towards Ascension and by your own efforts you will achieve success. (SaLuSa, Dec. 19, 2008.)

Some of you are already aware of the fact that a number of us, the Ascended Masters, are moving into a much higher vibration as a result of our own progress and we have been granted permission to bring those of you who are ready with us, not into the same realm, but you are being lifted into a higher realm than you have been in before. However, it requires an enormous amount of responsibility of the self: self awareness, self love, and self acceptance, for now you are being groomed to emerge as the true beacons of light of the Golden Age.

From the 21st of December 2008 to the 11th of October 2011 your life path, your life mission and your purpose, if you want to call it that, will take on a whole new meaning. It will explode open like the blossom greeting the first rays of the sun and this is when you will understand why we have been so emphatic regarding mastering the self by accepting self, loving self and taking full responsibility for the self because this is where everything that you have learnt must be applied.

In this new realm there is no room for the lower-frequency human behaviour. You are emerging as a more enlightened human being and you create the new patterns. It is your destiny to do this, which is why you are doing this today. (Kuthumi, "11:11 Turning of the Tide," Nov. 2, 2008, through Michelle Eloff, at http://spiritlibrary.com/the-lightweaver/1111-turning-of-the-tide.)

Your world could be transformed into the Golden Age in the twinkling of an eye IF that belief and vision were in the collective consciousness, but it is not and so all the changes will be a process. (Matthew's Messages, Oct. 22, 2008.)

You stand at the crossroads of choice, and can take the offer of release from the cycle of duality. However, in so doing you must live the life of one who aspires to move into the higher dimensions, through your love and dedication to others. You will then be uplifted through the Law of Attraction. (Ker-On of Venus, Oct. 21, 2008.)

You are at a stage in your evolution where you must prepare to move on. ... Many have chosen to ascend and have accordingly raised their vibrations.(Atmos, Oct. 13, 2008.)

For those of you who are waiting for 2012, you're going to miss the fun. You're going to miss the party, because it is happening right now. It started - the true deep changes started - a year ago. Oh, they've been building up for a long time, but the real shift in consciousness from Old Energy vibrations to New Energy expansion started a year ago, and look what has transpired since then. If you're waiting for 2012 for some grand change, you will have missed the whole thing. ...

Wait not for 2012, because by then this shift in consciousness will have gone through its most difficult cycle. By 2012 you will see the beginnings, the manifested beginnings of the new Earth right here. (St. Germain, "Farewell to Power," 4 Oct. 2008, at http://www.lightworkers.org/content/48796/farewell-power-adamus-saint-germain.)

Your intent will start the process of Ascension for you, whereupon many Higher Beings will show you the way. There are great souls working for you in many guises and they come under the banner of many different groups at this time. Be ready to accept those who reveal their Light and Love for Mankind. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008.)

The time of awakening is now and so much love is being sent to Earth to remind you who you really are. Feel it and draw it unto yourselves, and you will carry it to others who seek help. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008.)

Early Risers - Con

From 2008

Some of you can't wait for the higher dimensions yet you have a lot to go through before this is possible. Change does not come by chance. It comes by circumstances. These conditions are planned and Prime Source is in charge of all of it.

We see how you respond and react. We observe how you adjust and adapt. The Creator is all-wise in knowing what is best at what time. (Mira the Pleiadian, Dec. 4, 2008.)

Ascenders Will be Drawn to Each Other by the Law of Attraction

From 2010

Everyone will eventually reach an advanced level of understanding, and be naturally drawn to those souls that are of a similar vibration. (SaLuSa, March 19, 2010.)

It is a very personal journey and no two are alike, but you will normally gravitate towards those who have a similar level of consciousness. In duality that is not necessarily the case, as sometimes you learn more from working with those of a lower vibration. They often present a greater challenge that will serve your interests. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

From 2009

The Creator has made the Universal Laws and they allow for help to come to you from all over the Universe. Your success in grounding the Light upon Earth, has led to higher vibrations attracting the attention of other Beings of Light.

There is a wonderful feeling amongst them of the Oneness of all life, and it is quite natural to want to join up with you. For too long you have lived in a state of separation, and you have lost that natural feeling that desires to recognize the soul within each other regardless of outer appearances. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2009.)

You attract all situations to yourself, and that goes for friends and family who become part of your life plan. In small groups you act out your karmic responsibilities, and it relates to what you call both good and bad experiences. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2009.)

The Law of Attraction will always lead you to those souls that resonate as you do. It also happens to some degree on Earth now, but it is not so noticeable as you give little thought as to why you are attracted to certain people more than others. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

Since you will always find your own kind, it becomes easier the higher you get. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2009.)

From 2008

Your Lightworkers are vital to your success in maintaining consciousness levels that will carry you forward into a new era, leading to Ascension. Support them whenever you can and remember that those that are against them and their work are under the influence of the dark forces.

Their presence is always around you, and unless you attract them they cannot enter into your mind or attach themselves to you. You have been continually encouraged to create a reality that suits the design of the dark, yet you are able to alter everything around you, and it commences with your power of thought. It is strengthened by your ability not to be pulled into the dark energies, and by being aware without being emotionally involved. (Ker-On of Venus, Oct. 22, 2008.)

Reported Ascensions

From 2009

We are in the midst of the most intensified cleansing Humanity has ever experienced. This event is catapulting us forward in the Light, and people everywhere are beginning to awaken. Their I AM Presence is taking dominion of their thoughts, words, actions, and feelings. People, en masse, are starting to remember who they are and why they are here.

When our awakening occurs, we remember our purpose and reason for being. Then our I AM Presence magnetizes to us information and whatever else we need to help us fulfill our part of the unfolding Divine Plan. We listen to the inner promptings of our heart, and we realize that this is our moment. We understand that this moment is the culmination of everything we have been preparing for, everything we agreed to accomplish for ourselves and Humanity prior to this embodiment, everything we agreed to do to assist this blessed planet and ALL her Life into the patterns of perfection for the New Earth. (Patricia Diane Cota-Robles, "This is Our Moment!" Mar. 6, 2009, at http://spiritlibrary.com/era-of-peace/this-is-our-moment.)

Through the ascension process, ... we are literally dying while in a 3D body. Just like the death experience in the old 3D world, we are experiencing a vast amount of letting go and releasing much that is not of a higher dimensional way...all in order to arrive in a higher dimension. Only this time we are taking our physical bodies with us.

As we begin arriving on "the other side," we are also basically being re-incarnated again. This re-incarnation experience, without the usual 3D death experience, can create some interesting phenomenon. And it is not sudden, like the 3D death process...it is gradual, which can make things even more confusing.

Before the ascension process really began in earnest, in 2000, we had different roles. Lightworkers came to the planet to begin the "shake-up" process with the energy...to raise the consciousness of the planet and get things rocking and rolling for the ascension process to take hold. This was the primary role and purpose of the "first incarnation."

After critical mass was reached on the planet and it was time for many to "cross over" in January of 2006, a massive re-birth occurred, and many were then ready for a very New role. But there were also those who went way ahead and thus experienced a re-birth far before the critical mass.

After the critical mass had a re-birth experience, they were then ready for a very New purpose and role. They had basically reached a critical mass within themselves, and were now vibrating at a much higher level. During this time, then, the New roles involved the creation of the New Planet Earth. They had left their old roles and purposes behind. And much of their old selves too!

Birth is a very key component of the ascension process. I remember having a re-birth experience several years ago. I was checking in, or basically giving myself a reading, and all I could see was me waving good-bye and crossing over through some big energetic doorway into another world and reality.

I have to say, that the time, this really freaked me out. This was long before we really knew much about ascension. I thought I was probably getting ready to die. And then, sure enough, I had a substantial and intense ascension process all in one big "whoosh!", and thought I was certainly going insane.

But I emerged in a totally New space, and felt incredibly wonderful and much stronger than I had ever been in my other life. I had let go of a lot and greatly changed my vibration. The ascension process creates many re-births. There is not just one. I have had several. Many times they arrive around the time of our birthdays.

I usually know when one is about to occur, as I feel that I am going somewhere, along with feelings of great loss and sadness...knowing that much will be left behind. And I usually feel a bit panicky as well. I feel that some level, I am going somewhere that I have never been before...some unknown place. But also knowing that so many will be ascending in the future, can bring great comfort that some of our loved ones will be arriving one day as well.

Through a New birth, relationships with our old 3D physical families can be greatly affected. We chose these physical families for very specific reasons in our first incarnation involving the ascension process. When we re-incarnate, we are not attached to them anymore. It is not uncommon to lose contact and to then leave these original physical families. It is part of the process.

Maintaining a relationship out of pure love and affection, can keep these relationships afloat...so we do not necessarily have to say good-bye to our biological families. But our soul families will arrive in due time...especially our connections to our teams for creating the New World, and we will feel connected once again, only for different roles and purposes. We will then be having very New families and at a much higher level.

After the first re-birth, we usually lose most of our damaged inner child energy. It is replaced by the energy of the original innocence. We are then coming from much more of a Source connection, instead of coming from our ego, or dis-connect selves. It is truly a wonderful space to now be in. ...

Although you may feel distraught, stressed, confused, and anguished, know that you will feel so incredibly cleansed and divine after your New birth is complete. Happy Birthday and get ready to welcome to a very New you! It is truly worth it in the end! (Karen Bishop, "Birth," Ascension Companion, circulated in Karen Bishop, e-mail posting, Jan 5, 2009.)

Experience of Living in the "Now"

From 2015

So many of you have lost that spontaneity because you allow distractions to come between you and what you are doing – “I must do this quickly or else I will be late.” “I really should not be doing this now, I don’t have the time.” “This would be fun, but I must not indulge myself, as I have important work to do” – you can and do invent an endless supply of reasons or distractions that take you out of the now moment, the moment when your life is happening.

Instead just remind yourselves frequently that your life is happening now. Then savor the moment, there is almost always something to savor in this now moment, and when you don’t savor it and give thanks for it, life once again passes you by. You tell yourselves that you do not have the time, and that is true, you do not, because there is none. (Jesus: Within the Illusion Nothing Is Constant, channeled by John Smallman, http://johnsmallman2.wordpress.com/) From 2014

Gaia is making many changes in order to clear and shift her energy and you are going with her if you choose. Much is going to change after the clearing of the earth is complete. However, it is very important not to live in the future while ignoring the present, for simply waiting for change will cause you to bypass many opportunities for spiritual growth. Just live each moment as it comes along doing the best you can, fully aware that you are having a third dimensional experience whether it is good or bad. (The Arcturian Group 11/23/2014, Channeled by Marilyn Raffaele, http://www.onenessofall.com/2014-3.html) From 2010

One of the ultimate achievements is to live in the Now. (SaLuSa, March 15, 2010.)

From 2009

if you are completely focused on something you are doing and enjoying, you become unaware of passing time. Your body may demand your attention, seeking food, drink, or a bathroom break; otherwise you could spend a very long time totally unaware of time passing. That is the experience of living in the 'now' - the eternal unchanging moment of pure awareness, without care or worry.

However, as long as you believe in the illusion and continue to rebuild it in every moment, you will find yourself constrained by the limits the physical body appears to impose on you; and as time passes, you will apparently decay and crumble into nothing.

The amazing thing is that there comes a moment during your decay when you choose to separate from your body and find yourself very much alive...but lost, unable to communicate with anyone. Your focus is still on the illusion, but not having a physical body anymore your communicating abilities have ceased. This is the Wake-Up moment! What is going on?!

You can shut down your awareness out of fear and take a long sleep to recover from the shock, which 'in time' you will, or you can open your awareness to the presence of the loving entities who surround you and are with you to welcome you home. And in that wonderful moment you will realize that time and the illusion are gone, and that you remain - complete, perfect, and deliriously happy! (Saul, Aug. 16, 2009.)

Different Paths May Lead to Ascension or to Different Outcomes

From 2012

As you can see, there are two main schools of thought that people follow, one supposes that life will carry on as usual and somehow get past the present problems, and the other sees immense change and the restoration of people's rights. Both will to a large extent continue to follow their own path, and it will determine which one that they step upon when this cycle ends. The fact remains that you are all creating your own reality, using your freewill as a God-given right to determine your own future. (SaLuSa, Jan. 23, 2012.)

From 2011

Do not concern yourself if your path is different to others, as there is more than one way to reach Ascension. Indeed there are time lines that cover every possible combination of possibilities. If you have exercised your choice there can be no wrong way, otherwise freedom of choice would be pointless. You are the creators of your own future whether you realise it or not, which is why you are told that you have created your present reality. That does not mean it cannot be changed, because you have done just that by standing on your own two feet and refusing to bow down any longer to the dark Ones. It is true that we and many other Beings of Light are helping you, but we only do so when you have taken the first steps yourselves. You point the way, and we will place more signposts along it so that you do not loose your sense of direction. (SaLuSa, Nov. 30, 2011.)

Once You've Found the Path, You'll Find the Strength

From 2012

If you are well along the path of Light you will have determined what "baggage" you are carrying that is best released to fully prepare you for Ascension. You are often tied to habitual practices that you attribute to the needs of your physical body.

It could be addictive substances such as nicotine or drugs in general. Be assured that once you put your mind to giving them up, you will find it easier than you might have expected. Such pleasures of the body have no place in the higher dimensions, and the higher your own vibrations the less dependent you will be on them.

So know that the answer is in your own hands, although you will get assistance from our side of the veil. You are never alone in your endeavors to lift yourselves up, so call upon your helpers to work with you. (SaLuSa, Nov. 14, 2012.)

From 2011

Those of you who feel settled in your lives are most likely far along the path to Ascension. To all intent and purposes your life plan has been completed, and you will spend the last period tidying up and concentrating on your goal. You have the ability to help others along, and in the midst of turmoil can be a steadying influence. (SaLuSa, Feb. 4, 2011.)

From 2010

The way forward is as ever in your hands, but all paths will eventually lead to Ascension. Once the truth of the real purpose of your life is revealed, we expect more souls to change tracks. (SaLuSa, Jan. 22, 2010.)

From 2009

Once you have found the pathway to the Light you find inner strength to be in the world, as an observer but not as one who is affected by what goes on around them. (SaLuSa, March 30, 2009.)

We are Trading Roles in a Drama

From 2009

You have been extremely successful in overcoming the challenges presented to you. As actors move from one play to another, so you are already preparing for your next ones. You have read and approved the script and it is quite different to the play you are in now. The old characters are just but names in the program of life, and as they don their new robes so they merge themselves into their new roles.

If you can see life in this way, it will help release your attachment to that which no longer serves you. You can leave the old outworn ways behind you, and enter the new worlds founded on Love and Light. The changes are to be dramatic and move you into levels that will far exceed your expectations. (Ker-On, July 3, 2009.)

As your time moves toward events in 2012, these trends will become more evident, more profoundly obvious. Each of you has a part in this attunement. The instrument is you on all levels. ("Message from the Masters" through Meg Blackburn Losey, April 6, 2009, at http://www.spiritlite.com/messages.php.)

Photon Belt and the End of Darkness

You Consciously Descended into Duality

From 2010

Although duality has been referred to as being like a play, it is nevertheless a very serious experience that will have a great bearing on your future. Your expansion of consciousness will have become so great, that you will act as co-creators of new worlds, and join the ranks of those with super consciousness. (SaLuSa, March 26, 2010.)

Where apprehension exists let us confirm that you willingly and eagerly entered duality, and knew what a hard test it would be. However, you never doubted the promise that you would be lifted up when the end time came. When you look back, it will only be to marvel at the way you were released from the pull of the lower vibrations, when you had become so immersed in them.

Experience is what you will take back to the higher realms, and many will benefit from it. (SaLuSa, March 17, 2010.)

Duality could never have been satisfying or bring you but short spells of happiness, and that is because of the continual conflict between the two forces. However that was the reason you accepted the challenge to experience it. You were prepared to pit your Light against the dark energies, knowing that ultimately the Light would be victorious, and now you have all but reached the end of that journey. (SaLuSa, Feb. 26, 2010.)

Duality is releasing its hold on you, and you have all but completed your time in that experience. It has given you much that has strengthened your spiritual Self and you stand as the Warriors of Light ready to travel the Galaxy. Yes, Dear Ones you are great Beings even if you do not feel as such, but you are yet to raise your vibrations to that level. That will occur within the period that prepares you for the higher dimensions, and is a quite natural step in your evolution.(SaLuSa, Feb. 15, 2010.)

You are beginning to understand that duality is not just a spiritual challenge, but also an experiment that you undertook to find out how you would survive when separated from God. At least you were living in the belief that you were separated, whereas that can never be so. (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2010.)

Dear Ones, matters are coming to a head and for a time it will remain chaotic and uncertain. What you cannot see is the gradual fall of the dark Ones, and the moves to take advantage of their decline. They have lost their control over many issues, and are being forced to take rash action that will be their downfall. Our allies and we are keeping the pressure on them, and expect a major event to finally reveal the truth about their covert plans. They still believe they can dominate others as before, but are finding resistance. They lash out with no concern for others, and promote fear to justify stricter controls. However, this will be short lived as a series of moves by our allies will result in them being relieved of their power. Our plans are far advanced and will bring the changes promised, and nothing will stand in their way.

The dark Ones deal in death and destruction, and it will lead down a blind alley because they are destined to be defeated. (SaLuSa, Jan. 25, 2010.)

Let us speak a bit more about duality, the efforts to understand it and why it has been a part of Earth humankind for so long. As the centuries passed and one generation after another tried to define "human nature," duality has been interpreted as god-fearing people vs. sinners in religions, demonic vs. angelic figures in art and literature, character strengths vs. weaknesses in philosophies, and environmentally-caused behavior in social sciences.

The older expressions portray persons as either "godly" or "evil," and the newer state that the capacity for both is inherent in all people. Indeed there is the potential for both kinds of behavior, but neither end of that "good-bad" duality spectrum is predestined.

Darkness thrives in third density, where energy streamers are rife with violence, anger, greed, lust, jealousy, dishonesty, injustices, desire for power and control. Prior to birth, souls choose to overcome whatever negative traits they developed in other lifetimes; however, that is forgotten once they are back in dense bodies and once again, behavior develops according to free will choices within the environmental influences the souls also chose and forgot.

To achieve the balanced experiencing necessary for spiritual growth, a soul may spend hundreds or more lifetimes evolving out of duality's negative potential into the positive end of the spectrum, where the energy of love, peace, generosity, harmony, honor and kindness prevails. In this unique time in the universe when all experiencing is being accelerated, souls have been given the unprecedented opportunity to evolve out of third density's low vibrations and physically accompany Earth into higher energy planes. (Matthew's Message, Jan. 11, 2010.)

From 2009

The Creator did not force you into the cycle of duality, as you eagerly volunteered knowing you would one day return to your home in the higher dimensions. (SaLuSa, Oct. 7, 2009.)

From 2008

If you can allow for our greater degree of understanding having gone before you, perhaps you will recognize the motivation and love we have for you is because of our elevation into the higher realms. We see you in essence as no different to us and do not look down upon you because we know you have taken on the challenge of duality as part of your evolutionary experiences. As we often remind you, you were once at our levels and we greatlykk admire your faith that has carried you through them. (Diane of Sirius, Oct. 24, 2008.)

Your History has been Bloody

From 2009

The trials, the tribulations, and the anxieties that fill your lives, and on which you focus your attention, are just as much illusions as is the environment in which it appears to you that you are living and experiencing them. It has never been God's intention that you live in such painful and unsettling conditions. He wants you present with Him always in the eternal Reality of perfect wonder and joy that you call heaven.

You, however, chose to play in the darkness of an illusory reality that you believed you could build to contain some gross and unpleasant ideas that you thought would be amusing. The sense of amusement was short lived because the ideas were indeed gross, leading you away from the infinite tenderness of God's Love, and into a nightmare in which, even now, you continue to attempt to attack and destroy each other.

It is time to awaken from this insane and vicious dream! (Saul, Sept. 2, 2009.)

Finally you are starting to awaken, you are realizing that God is infinite unconditional Love, and that judgment, conviction, and punishment is a horrific game with extremely unpleasant consequences that you have been playing and replaying for a very long time in your illusory reality.

You have taken turns at being victims and persecutors, inventing reasons to condemn and punish each other, and delighting in the justifiable and horrendous punishments that you imposed on those whom you chose to condemn in the name of God.

Finally, within you the flame of inextinguishable divine Love is brightening and enabling you to see that so much of what you have been doing is unconscionable. You had made laws based on inflexible and misguided beliefs, which allowed for no possibility of error in their manufacture or interpretation, leaving yourselves trapped in a vast quagmire of deceit, mistrust, and betrayal from which it seemed there could be no escape.

But the small flame burning continuously within you kept hope alive, and so you prayed. Initially with self-righteous indignation that others could so misjudge and condemn such a holy one as yourself, and demanding that God seek retribution against them on your behalf.

Your prayers were heard and answered, but for eons you found those answers totally unacceptable, being quite at odds with your perceived need for recompense from those who had offended, hurt, and persecuted you. And so you refused to hear them. Humanity praying for the destruction of humanity. What insanity!

Now you are beginning to hear those answers, understand them, and accept them. They all boil down to just one exhortation from Jesus to his followers: "Love one another as I have loved You." You have turned the corner and are moving away from judgment towards acceptance and understanding of one another, and are starting to put that exhortation into effect. And that momentous change of direction, of perception, is what was needed to lead you home to the Presence of your loving Father. (Saul, Aug. 30, 2009.)

You are to be the victors in the fight for success and survival, and have been assisted by us to avoid the total collapse of Humanity and your environment. The outcome will now fulfil your dreams of peace and a happy co-existence with each other. (Diane of Sirius, Aug. 5, 2009.)

We have ... seen your history being made, and [have] also known what the motives were so we can speak to you of your past with some authority. It is littered with the corpses of the Human Race, and your blood runs deep into the Earth. You have come back many times and tried to lift Humanity up, but the dark forces have been too strong. However, in the midst of it all a Light has begun to shine out as the love energy has permeated the grids of Earth, creating the opportunity for any soul who so desires to lift up. It came in good time to open up a path that those of the Light could follow, and it came to be named Ascension. (Ag-Agria, June 12, 2009.)

Duality Allows for Darkness to Challenge the Light

From 2009

The nature of duality allows for both the Light and darkness to descend upon Earth. Although you have periods of spiritual enlightenment and life is pleasant and agreeable, as your true history will show it is never maintained indefinitely as the dark Ones plot to seize your power and rule in your place.

However, this present period is resulting in an upturn that will complete the cycle on what you would call a "high", and you will ascend if that is your desire. The dark Ones have run out of time to continue challenging the Light, and they have had their chance and failed to defeat it. Victory was always going to be yours, and all that was uncertain was how it would be achieved. (SaLuSa, Oct. 26, 2009.)

Your Own Freewill Choices Have Determined Your Reality

From 2010

Your individual freewill allows for you to choose whether or not you go on to Ascension, but remember that most of you made that decision before you came to Earth.

Events can be foreseen way ahead, so it easy enough to place you where it is of the most benefit. Life seems complicated but in reality it is quite simple, as you will always find yourself to be in the right place. It is much the same with the people that enter your life, as that is also by arrangement and agreement. (SaLuSa, Oct. 4, 2010.)

We can view your activities as one and therefore see what lies ahead of you, and it is why we can confidently predict the outcome of duality. We see success and there are many paths that lead to the same conclusion, and you have created these through your many different beliefs. It is an example of your creative powers, although you may not realize you have been responsible. (SaLuSa, March 29, 2010.)

From 2009

You create the reality you experience, and because of your changing perception of life and its purpose, you are about to make a most amazing change in that reality. It has been planned for eons and the moment for the change to occur is almost upon you. (Saul, July 1, 2009.)

In such matters the choice is still yours, and it is as well to have your intentions in mind now. What you set your sights on will create your future for you.

For too long you have lived in a dream world, one where your eyes have been obscured to the truth. Where your minds have been limited by the intent of those who rule, to confuse and misguide you. Now the Light shines out and every heart can draw it in, and open their souls to the reality of who you are and your purpose in life. (SaLuSa, April 1, 2009.)

What you are beginning to understand is that God makes no judgement in connection with your many experiences, even when they would be considered as going against the Light. You are welcomed back to the higher realms as the long lost sons and daughters of God, who have risen above duality to enhance and expand the Godhead through your experiences. The freedom you were given to choose your own experiences allowed for the misuse of energy. You were given the opportunity to live them again and again, until you understood that freedom goes hand in hand with responsibility. (Diane of Sirius, Feb. 2, 2009.)

From 2008

The Earth has effectively been a school of learning that has given you invaluable experience of Spirit in Matter. It has also allowed you to exercise your freewill to do so in any manner of your choosing. The most difficult challenge has come from believing that you are separated from God, and forgetting who you really are. Consequently you have often lived lives blindly and unaware of your spiritual Self, and immutable link to God.

Darkness has surrounded your soul, and suppressed your Light until you have identified with the lower energies. Now you are in a very different period of time as the Light has returned to Earth. It will continue to increase exponentially, until it joins up with the incoming energies that are being beamed to you. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

It is you over millennia of time that have created what you see all around you today. It is not exactly by choice, but your dark thoughts and deeds have overshadowed the Light. Now you can take credit for having lifted yourselves up sufficiently to manifest the higher vibrations and they are opening the path to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Oct. 10, 2008.)

You have of course received much guidance, but in the ultimate it is your freewill choices that have determined the course Humanity has taken. (Message from St. Germain, Aug. 1, 2008, at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.)

You are rediscovering just how powerful you are, and be assured that you created all of the experiences that you have had. God has given you freedom of expression, but the creations you have empowered have become your responsibility. However, they will never completely overpower you, as the Light will always ensure a balance is kept. It has now become the dominant force as decreed to bring this cycle to a conclusion. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008, at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.)

Heaven is whatever you imagine it to be, and the place of your dreams will exist just for you. Even now you are creating your next abode that awaits your presence. God is All Loving and has given you the powers of creation so that God may experience through you. (St. Germain, June 25, 2008, at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.)

Peace Cannot be Found In Duality

From 2010

Duality has as it were thrown you to the lions, and you have fought to uphold your dignity and right to decide your own future. (SaLuSa, May 26, 2010.)

Once you have gone beyond duality life is invigorating and fulfilling, and an absolute joy. You may think it is too good to be true, but we do not exaggerate and the truth is sometimes difficult to convey in words you would understand. Your language is short of the words needed to really paint the picture we would like. (SaLuSa, March 31, 2010.)

The "heavenly" pictures we create are clearly an attractive way of life, and are only fully possible when you have completed the cycle of duality. Your present vibrations do not otherwise lend themselves to achieving a permanent level of creation, as there are continual changes taking place. You are so to say, always going up and down the scale and until you overcome the dark energies it will remain so. ...

Duality is a tough dimension in which to find your true Self, yet so many of you have continued to move into the Light and Love. The result is that you have acquired strength of character, and a spiritual understanding that will take you far. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

Darkness thrives in third density, where energy streamers are rife with violence, anger, greed, lust, jealousy, dishonesty, injustices, desire for power and control. Prior to birth, souls choose to overcome whatever negative traits they developed in other lifetimes; however, that is forgotten once they are back in dense bodies and once again, behavior develops according to free will choices within the environmental influences the souls also chose and forgot.

To achieve the balanced experiencing necessary for spiritual growth, a soul may spend hundreds or more lifetimes evolving out of duality's negative potential into the positive end of the spectrum, where the energy of love, peace, generosity, harmony, honor and kindness prevails. (Matthew Ward, Jan. 11, 2010.)

From 2009

Duality is such that you cannot find that elusive peace that knows no ending. That is present in the higher dimensions that beckon to you now, so set your sights on all that is pure and wholesome, and you will attract it to yourself. (SaLuSa, Sept. 14, 2009.)

The Opening of the Multisensory Door - Nov. 2, 2010

From 2010

The most important aspect of this new [Seventh] day is that it entails the full activation of your multi-sensory perceptions. As you begin to walk forward into the higher dimensions of human experience, you will begin to understand how the mind can operate in more than one reality at a time. In fact, many of you are already beginning to experiment with your new processing & mental capabilities.

Come the new day, each of you who are fully reconnected to the new light grid will begin your exploration and creations in the new world. You will simultaneously have access to more than one time/space reality as you bring forth your many multidimensional gifts,  and your point of perception will be shifting to a greater understanding of life as an integrated whole.

We would like to offer the acknowledgment that this transition to the new world will be more impacting than anything you have experienced thus far in human form. (The Spiritual Hierarchy, "Welcome the New (7th) Day!," November 02, 2010, through Lauren Gorgo, at http://transmissionsfromhome.blogspot.com/.)

What is the Fate of Addicts?

From 2008

Can addicts ascend with Earth? Persons who are dealing positively with their addictive nature to substances or behaviors can benefit from the higher frequencies that are magnifying strengths and, just as other types of physical and emotional infirmities and debilitations cannot exist in the higher density of Earth's destination, neither can third-density addictions. In light receptive people, healing happens along Earth's ascension pathway. (Matthew's Message, August 30, 2008.)

Time is Illusory

From 2013

Time for you has dominated your lives, but as you immerse yourselves more into the higher vibrations so it will have less importance. You will begin to understand the concept of all being in the Now, and you will simply go with the flow. We know you are used to working to plans of how to use your time, but when you can allow things to happen naturally without having any rigid thoughts on the matter, life will flow much more easily for you. It is difficult for you to contemplate life without time as you understand it now, but you will feel absolutely free and enjoy a life that is peaceful and fulfilling. As your perception of time changes, so will your experiences. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

From 2012

Humanity's awakening is at hand. Of course you keep hearing that, because it is a fact. Within the illusion however, time often seems to drag slowly and relentlessly onwards without an identifiable destination or purpose, as pain and suffering continue to plague your lives.

Time is illusory, and in your perception it generally slows down when you want it to pass more quickly, and it passes more quickly when you want it to slow down. That in itself should demonstrate very clearly to you that it can only be illusory.

Reality is constant, without inconsistency or imprecision of any kind. It is perfect, clear, transparent, and authentic, just as God created It. Reality has no need of time, and within It there is only the eternal now, the permanent moment in which God and His creation exist eternally.

While you remain apparently enslaved within your illusory time-determined reality, that is an idea that is totally inconceivable to you: everything must have a beginning and an end; any concept other than that seems utterly insane. (Saul, Aug. 19, 2012.)

Time and Events are Speeding Up

From 2013

You will have noticed already that time continues to speed up and, before you know where you are, events will suddenly indicate that the era of big changes has commenced. By then we expect to have been acknowledged and will be active with you, so that we can join forces and make quick progress. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2013.)

From 2012

You speak of 'time flying by', and we agree that this is the case for you. Yet in the New time it shall seem to be even quicker ... Much more as if there is NO time. For time is of the old paradigm and will become of less and less important as 'time' moves on. The coming weeks shall be as if a day is a minute. (Blossom Goodchild, Nov. 26, 2012.)

Another effect of Earth's proximity to fourth density is that linear time is passing more and more swiftly. If you are reaching day's end feeling frustrated because there was no time to handle all responsibilities, set your priorities and please don't fret about foregoing what could not be fit in. (Matthew's Message, Nov. 20, 2012.)

There is so little time left and that is still speeding up, so try to keep your attention on the great future that awaits you. It will be well beyond anything you can imagine, and perhaps you will consider that your personal changes will be the most acceptable. (SaLuSa, Aug. 22, 2012.)

The acceleration of time is speeding up and the warmth of the summer is quickly moving forward into the fall season. (Hilarion, Aug. 19, 2012.)

Knowing about these major leaps forward and other marvelous life-changing developments to come, you can feel joyous, excited, confident and soundly prepared to surmount whatever challenges you may encounter during the next few months. And those months will seem to fly by - your sensation of time passing faster and faster will keep increasing as the planet continues ascending. (Matthew's Message, July 4, 2012.)

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and find you are noticing how much faster time is still speeding up. It is a sure sign that the vibrations are rapidly lifting up, and a guarantee that you will experience the upliftment that goes along with it. (SaLuSa, May 4, 2012.)

If anyone doubted that time has sped up, you have only to consider the speed at which the first two months have passed, and so it shall continue right through to Ascension. (SaLuSa, Feb. 29, 2012.)

Already you approach the end of the month, and many of you will realize that time is still speeding up. It is a strange experience for you, and means it will feel as if there is insufficient time to get all of your work done. (SaLuSa, Jan. 20, 2012.)

Earth is experiencing a Timestorm which is one of the side effects of disrupting the flow of time itself, caused by something altering the timestream. When a wormhole travels close enough to a star during a Solar flare, its timepath may be altered.  A side effect of this is Time Dilation. Time Dilation slows down or advances the speed of time, reversing time in a localized field.  Time is only altered within that field and not throughout the entire universe. This can slow down the progression of time to the point that one year would equal a thousand years outside the field. If we all think time has sped up and slowed down simultaneously, this is the reason. (Channeled by Gillian MacBeth-Louthan, "2012 Time Fields," Jan 14, 2012, http://bit.ly/dSE9WI.)

From 2011

And now in your year of 2011 - approaching the core of the dimensional spiral you exist within - time as you know it, speeds up, and will be perceived by many as switching places with the aspect you know as space. Within this is connection to the higher energies as more and more of you come forward to attune yourselves to the healing awareness and intelligence of the various frequencies of Love Light. (Magenta Pixie and the Nine, Oct. 30, 2011, at http://stevebeckow.com/2011/11/magenta-pixie-and-the-nine-attunements-for-ascension-aligning-with-the-higher-metaphor/.)

Many of you have noticed this year how time has speeded up more than ever, and it will continue to do so. You can therefore be sure that what remains of this cycle will pass by in a flash, but it will be the most enjoyable experience. (SaLuSa, Nov. 2, 2011.)

There is no doubt that not only time is continuing to speed up, but events important to the necessary changes are also reaching a climax. It bodes well for the immediate period which is highlighted by the Love Wave of 11.11.11. (SaLuSa, Sept. 28, 2011.)

The collapsing of time will hasten ... changes. (Mira the Pleiadian, Aug. 17, 2011.)

Believe that the resolution can come quickly. Know that it can come quickly, because you are the masters of the destiny of the collective consciousness. Hear that well: you are the masters of your reality and the collective consciousness reality. You are the masters of the destiny and how quickly it can come. (Jeshua through Judith Coates, 12 April 2011, at http://lightworkers.org/channeling/129130/jeshua-ascension-collective-consciousness.)

Let me ask you, Lightworker, can't you feel that which is time speeding up? Consistent time is a paradigm you have been used to since you were born, and the perceived change makes you nervous, doesn't it? In some cases, it wakes you up at three in the morning when the cells are saying, "What is it that's different?" The next time you're awakened and the cells are asking you what's wrong, I want you to talk to them, as the boss of your own DNA. Remind them of the time you planned for, for it has arrived. The shift is here. (Kryon, Live Channelling, Boulder, Colorado, Sunday, January 16, 2011, as channelled by Lee Carroll, at http://www.kryon.com/k_channel11_boulder.html.)

Hold paramount in your thoughts that your linear time is speeding into the timeless continuum, where Earth's Golden Age already has arrived! (Matthew's Message, Jan. 11, 2011.)

From 2010

Much is happening in this connection and our allies are near to achieving a major breakthrough. Suddenly it will all click into space and you will have stepped firmly onto the path of Ascension. That is our main objective, and from thereon you will move very quickly into a new way of life that serves to provide you with all that has been denied you. (SaLuSa, November 29, 2010.)

Can you believe that you are approaching the half-year point already, and if anyone still doubted that time is speeding up what more proof could they have wished for. You are moving out of linear time and will leave behind all of the irritating aspects it causes you. You continually race against the clock, which rules your lives, and how nice it will be when you are free from its restrictions.(SaLuSa, June 18, 2010.)

As we progress closer into the fourth and fifth dimensions time will continue to speed up. In [a] May 5th channeling, Djwal Khul said "In time you will figure everything out but don't try to figure out time. It is a waste of energy." This makes sense to me. The British journalist and one of the foremost authorities on the Illuminati, David Ickes, recently wrote an interesting article about time. In essence he mentioned that time was going to continue speeding up. He reminded us that it is important of us to let go of all of the old things, situations or people that are not our major priorities in our lives. In the future we will not have time for anything but those things that matter. (Valerie Donner, May 20, 2010, at http://thegroundcrew.com/channeled_messages.htm.)

From now on there is much that will be happening at breakneck speed. You must stay grounded and in the Light. (Mira the Pleiadian, May 14, 2011.)

The days are flying by and there can be few of you who have not perceived how they have speeded up. It will continue to do so, and from your point of view is most welcome. It means that any hardships or concerns you now have will soon pass by, and bring you more quickly to the important and vital changes that are coming. (SaLuSa, May 7, 2010.)

2010 has been declared the year of manifestation by the Beings of Light in the Realms of Illumined Truth. This is a roller coaster time of miracles and challenges. These extreme experiences are waking Humanity up at warp speed, and our God Selves are not allowing us to go back to sleep. People in every walk of life are reaching out to make a positive difference and at long last we have reached a tipping point. Now it is time for our hopes and dreams to tangibly manifest. (Patricia Diane Cota-Robles, "The Divine Plan is Unfolding at Warp Speed," April 25, 2010, at http://www.eraofpeace.org/latest-news.php.)

In the next few months you are going to be finding a speeding up of timing. You are going to experience a speeding up of occurrences, upheavals, things happening and resolving, even where separated ego has said there can be no resolution; that at least it is going to take another generation or longer to resolve.

Time is running out.  It has served its purpose of showing you the inadequacies of the illusion, and when it has done so, you will experience once more the wonder that is God.  He is the Reality in which your eternal existence is always occurring, uninterruptedly. (Saul, March 21, 2010.)

All of the immediate benefits that will move you along and out of the legacy of duality, are in waiting and ready to be implemented quite quickly. It is a matter of gradually changing your life pattern so that it moves nicely into a level that is more suited to the final changes. (SaLuSa, March 8, 2010.)

These times are exciting if you look at what lies ahead, because out the chaos will come a definite plan that all will understand. Once it gets going there will be one change after another all aimed at bringing in the New Age. You have a lot to catch up on, and it will lift your spirits in next to no time. The goals will be quite clear and you will be given sufficient information to help you understand. Anyone who follows the messages about Ascension will already have a good idea as where everything is leading. (SaLuSa, April 5, 2010.)

As you know there is an immense amount of work to do, but we shall complete it in quick time. (SaLuSa, Feb. 26, 2010.)

Whatever you have been promised as part of the changes that is for the good of all, will come into being and it is mainly our responsibility to ensure that they do. Keep your faith in the plan that releases you from duality, as it is positive and will regardless of any interference come into your lives in the very near future. We have all the time we need to play our part, but we know for you the impression is that time is very short. It does not really matter when we commence open contact, as everything will be completed in time for the final curtain to come down - and all in readiness for Ascension. (SaLuSa, March 1, 2010.)

From 2009

The cycle of life is speeding up dramatically; all of you are feeling this. The reason for this is because there are a number of tears within the fabric of the old paradigm, this is allowing for many souls to be released from that paradigm. As a result they are meeting the greater aspects of their authentic self and beginning to integrate the divine and sacred weave of their infinite plan of light.

As the tears within the fabric of the old paradigm increase in size more sleeping souls are exposed to the light; this is vitally important simply because, precious Lightworkers, we are now going to accelerate the energies even more.

Those of you who are working from a more advanced perspective, those of you who are able to integrate higher quotients of light, you are the ones whom we are turning to, the ones whom we rely upon to hold the energies, to hold the light for these ones and in doing so you will find that everything speeds up within your own life. (Mary Magdalene, "1:10 Key Date Activation & Air Gates 44 - 50," Sept. 25, 2009, through Michelle Eloff, at http://www.thelightweaver.org.)

Just as everything else is being accelerated, so are the results of the universal law of attraction coming more rapidly and forcefully. We cannot stress too strongly how crucial it is to focus on what you want, NOT what you don't want! (Matthew Ward, Sept. 21, 2009 )

Your calendars cannot correctly indicate the duration of Earth's journey into that era because the increasingly higher density energies of her course are accelerating time as you perceive it. Change will come faster and more emphatically as the days pass, and the days will be passing with increasing speed. (Matthew Ward, Sept. 21, 2009.)

If you are one who has set your sights on ascending, you do not have much longer left in this dimension so enjoy it to the full by standing firm within your Light. Let the world go by as when you are watching a film that you know has an ending, which enables you to close that experience. (SaLuSa, Sept. 18, 2009.)

You are so near to your fulfilment that we encourage you to stay positive, and in no way allow events on Earth to interfere with your intent to continue evolving into the Light. It will become easier as you progress, and you will be able to ignore the attempts of the dark Ones to create fear amongst you. (Sirius, Sept. 14, 2009.)

Time is still speeding up and will continue to do so, until some day in the future you will experience "no time" as all will be in the Now. Some of you are already moving out of linear time, and that can cause some confusion when your days are still subject to time sequences. This will continue as everything starts to move into balance and the extremes become much less. (SaLuSa, Sept. 9, 2009.)

Have no fear, as the rule of the dark ones is drawing to a close. The days of enlightenment have already begun and the Light will always be victorious when pitched against them. The Galactic Federation are with you, and the time for openness approaches, and we are eagerly anticipating our meetings with you.

Wishing us to appear grants us the authority to do so, but we require conditions that are appropriate to the importance of such an occasion. It is to be the People's Day of Celebration, and it will mark the end to the oppressive reign of the Illuminati and their minions. In your lowest moments of despair, think of the joy to come and know you do not have to bear the load you have for much longer. (Atmos, July 20, 2009.)

The end shall come quickly where they are concerned. (Atmos, July 20, 2009.)

The 'rush' that you are soon to experience would overwhelm you had you not enthusiastically taken part in the training required to give you the strength and vitality to withstand, embrace, and experience the infinite wonder of it. It is to be a 'rush' of mind-boggling power and wonder that you will control and direct endlessly for your eternal delight.

Truly, your moment of Divine Enlightenment is almost upon you. So relax in the certainty that all you could possibly desire will soon be yours forever. (Saul, July 11, 2009.)

Now look to the future, as your time is almost finished and all that remains will be joyful and bring happiness into your lives - and we shall meet very soon. (SaLuSa, June 19, 2009.)

We expect you to see signs of the changes before the year is out, but the opportunities are like the tide moving in and out all of the time. (SaLuSa, June 19, 2009.)

Need I tell you that time is passing ever quicker, and what seemed a long way off at the turn of the century, now rapidly approaches. (SaLuSa, May 20, 2009.)

As you already know, time is speeding up, so it is no longer a fixed linear measure. Time will be further accelerated until in the final moments it will appear as if everything has transpired in an instant. (Adrial, May 11, 2009, at http://www.cosmicparadigm.com/Marks_Corner/2009_05_01_archive.html.)

Considering what lies ahead for you, can anything that you are still to experience on Earth make any real difference to your resolve to ascend? In real terms there is so little time left before you see dramatic changes, and you will know for certain that you are leaving duality and all that means behind you. (SaLuSa, April 20, 2009.)

You have glimpsed the future and felt the joy of happiness and freedom, and know that it is yours to rightfully claim. To that end our allies and we are determined to help you bring that about as soon as possible.

The stage is now set for the last act to be played out and it is going [according] to plan, in spite of the interference from the dark. No matter how it looks to you at any time, be assured that events have now really taken off, and out of the gloom the Light is gaining in brilliance and permeating your Earth. (SaLuSa, April 15, 2009.)

In some senses there is not much time left before the upliftment that will accompany Ascension. Yet everyone of you still has the opportunity to change the direction of your life. (SaLuSa, Apr. 3, 2009.)

The closer you get to the time of 2012 the faster your time will be moving for it is the end of times so to speak, a specific time-line. (Kuthumi, April 26, 2009, at http://spiritlibrary.com/the-lightweaver/special-message-from-kuthumi.)

Contemplate where you were this time last year. Think about how fast you have changed and the progress that has been made in this short period of time. The next few years leading to 2012 will be at super warp speed. There will be some curves and passes along the way but the proposed destination will be reached. (Mira the Pleiadian, Apr. 7, 2009.)

You are so near to experiencing one the greatest periods of your lives, and it only remains for the right opportunity to start this epic rolling. The foundation and all of the material requirements have been catered for, and once we get the go ahead we shall spring into action. (SaLuSa, March 27, 2009.)

The jump from now into the future will see a remarkable period of changes that you will hardly be able to keep pace with. What a relief that will be, after being veiled from your true selves for so many thousands of years. Is it no wonder you lost nearly all remembrance of your journey from the higher realm? Now there is every opportunity to learn the truth, and it will be an important part of our mission to refresh your minds. (Ag-agria, Feb.16, 2009.)

From 2008

Already you are commenting on how quickly this year has gone, and indeed you are sensing that it is going twice as fast. If nothing else, it is a sign that you are moving out of the old paradigm, and creating a new one that will move you onto the path of Ascension. Everything is vibrating at a faster rate and as it continues to do so, it has the effect of breaking down the old lower vibration. It has put the dark and Light energies face to face, and only that which can exist in the higher realms can continue to go forward. It means that the cleansing is well underway, and the more you can detach from the old ties, the quicker you will benefit from the uplifting energies. (SaLuSa, Dec. 22, 2008.)

Time is in some ways of no significance when it comes to the end times. Events are not as much subject to linear time, but more to the incoming energies that are carrying the higher vibrations of Light. From our perspective we see all in the Now. (Ker-On of Venus, Dec. 12, 2008.)

These last few years will absolutely speed by and your level of interest and participation in the changes will increase. (Ker-On of Venus, Dec. 12, 2008.)

Time continues to speed up at an ever quickening pace. It is fortuitous that as you go through the final days of the control by the dark forces, that they pass so quickly. (SaLuSa, Dec. 1, 2008.)

Your lives are being shaken up and down while the changes start to impact upon you. Just be aware that this is only a temporary period that you must go through, that allows for the old to be removed. However, the signs are already there that indicate a corner has been turned, and from hereon if you look carefully you will notice that there are new ideas and solutions to age-old problems. There cannot be any going back to the old ways that have stifled your desire to experience a better life, and one that promotes equality and fairness in the spread of wealth.

Greed will die with the passing of the old ways of materialism, and with many new ways of living shall emerge. (SaLuSa, Oct. 29, 2008.)

You need changes all around and we have been charged to help you achieve them, as without our help that task would be beyond you. There is now a time factor involved as everything is speeding up, and there is an immense amount to do in just a few years. It must be clear to you now that the cleansing must soon commence, and we look to our allies to assist us. They are set up to bring the truth out, and also rid you of the last cabal that still clings to power. (Ker-On of Venus, Oct. 22, 2008.)

Another element that makes this period particularly volatile is that your perception of time is changing. Culturally perceived time is speeding up and more seems to be happening in less time. This is occurring both for individuals and for the culture as a whole. This rapid movement and changing of events shall become faster and faster.

You are entering a relentless pace in which your perception of time will increasingly accelerate. Because your perception of time is speeding up, and the events within those time-frames are increasing in number, many will enter a kind of shock, a state of disbelief. Specifically, it is unimaginable that the economic system can deteriorate so rapidly! What do you do when money is scarce and the things you are used to in your life are hard to acquire? These are critical questions. (The Hathors, Oct. 1, 2008, at http://tomkenyon.com/birthing-the-new-world/.)

What sets this time apart is the energy present, streaming into our solar system from our benevolent Universe that is speeding up time! We're getting a boost from the ethers that will assist in accelerating not only time, but the vibrational frequency of life itself.

Now if time is unlocking from its rigid linearity and becoming more fluid, like interconnecting waves of fragmented snapshots...parallel realities floating in and out...then we can begin to recognize the opportunity of personal and collective choice and conscious intent.

No longer stuck in a fixed life story, we can jump out of time into an alternative outcome! This provides us with the ability to access a lifepath that supports our authentic truth in more balance and harmony. The window of time has opened and we can switch into the upward spiral of Ascension!

It's important to remember what motivates the downward path of devolution. The human ego has demonstrated it would prefer to hang onto something familiar, despite how harmful it has proven to be, from an underlying fear of the unknown. The inner resistance to change can be a compelling force of nature!

But as time stretches and accelerates, the human mind is responding to new thought, new concepts, new technology...and new energy! Dormant genetic codes and cellular memory are being stimulated awake by the powerful stellar waves of light particles entering our atmosphere. As the planet moves through the Universal Galactic Core these upcoming years, our bio-energetics will be activated and our minds will expand with a greater understanding of Ascension.

Many souls living at this time carry within their bio-energetics packets of light-activated blueprints for change! As these blueprints of evolution come to life, many will find themselves compelled to get involved...to join in service to the whole! They will become operational according to a universal plan, designed by the Sirian High Council - the architects of the Original Ascension Plan. (Sirian Council, "Original Sirian Ascension Plan," Sept 2008, through Meg Benedicte, at http://tinyurl.com/29xp4de.)

It seems that time is passing faster and faster, but it has nothing to do with clocks and calendars. That sensation is due to the higher vibrations Earth has reached in her ascension pathway, and linear time that existed half a century ago has been condensed into less than half of the 24 hours-per-day measurement back then. Those third density devices you use to keep appointments and plan ahead won't be needed in the universal continuum, where everything is a series of events happening simultaneously. Later on you will have clarity about the continuum, but for now, please accept our word that even though according to your calendar 2012 is 31/2 years in the future, that period will be "crunched" like the hours of the day that increasingly will feel as if they are zooming by. Everything is occurring more swiftly than ever before in your recorded history; however, just as world transformation is a process, leaving linear time and entering the continuum is too - there won't be an abrupt ending of everything familiar and sudden entry into the unknown. (Matthew's Message, July 27, 2008.)

What you perceive as time passing faster and faster is the effect of the higher energy planes in which you are living now, where everything is accelerating as Earth makes her way into the continuum - or, more accurately, as your consciousness grasps the actuality of timelessness, the reality of eternity and infinity. The faster, or more intensely, the light infuses Earth, the more swiftly your "time" passes as she moves still higher into fourth density vibrations. So, just as in this moment your calendar week is passing in less than half the time of a calendar week a dozen or so years ago, 2012 will be coming increasingly more rapidly than your current calendar can indicate. (Matthew Ward, "Essay on 2012," Dec. 31, 2007, at http://tinyurl.com/6cnd3d.)

From 2004

Often I have mentioned that your "time" is collapsing. It never has been as defined there, in sequential moments and months and millennia. Always it has been energy movement, and the energy that's moving Earth is vibrating in higher frequencies than previously. Some years ago I mentioned that what was a week's worth of time was then passing in about five days. (Matthew's Message, March 1, 2004.)

Undated

Earth time is an illusion that exists nowhere else in this universe.... The sense of "time passing faster" is your interpretation of what actually is occurring, the acceleration of energy as your planet is rising into higher frequencies.  The more light absorbed by Earth through the collective light absorbed by her population, the more rapid will be her ascension into higher vibrational levels and correspondingly the more rapidly your "time will pass." 

Mother, when you and I first connected [after Matthew's death] over ten years ago, I told you that a calendar week actually was about five days of your former "time" sensation. Now it is less than three days. Your perception that time is hastening by will continue with energy's acceleration as more light joins that which already is anchored on the planet, thus 71/2 years will be accelerated in kind. The date 2012 is not important of itself - how quickly it arrives IS, and it is within your province to speed this up by holding and spreading the light. (Matthew Ward, June 18, 2004.)

Time is moving very, very quickly, for you are starting to experience new perceptions all around you. You are starting to change your perceptions because of your heightened view. ...

Everything on Earth has been about ebb and flow, the breath in and the breath out. Many of you have noticed that at times it is called The Breath of God, the inhale and the exhale. In between each one of those breaths there is something called a still point, or a moment of transition.

If you throw a ball in the air, it goes in an upward motion but then it hits a still point before it returns to Earth. That is typical of most of your sciences and what you call laws of physics on Earth. We tell you this because what we are about to describe to you does not follow those laws. There is a very important reason for this, because your point of perception only allows you to see a very limited range of the entire picture. This is why your sciences believe that everything actually began from a central point even though it did not. But for your purposes, tracking it through your sciences and your perception, that is what you will see.

Now, here is the interesting part. As the Universe expands you would expect it to slow down, but it is not and is actually speeding up. This is only an illusion of your point of perception, for what is taking place is that the in-breath of God has begun with the same motion of the out-breath. The expansion has stopped and the Universe is now actually coming back together as one. You are not aware of it because there was no still point, no hesitation or pause between directions.

What takes place in this effect is that as you evolve and as the Universe starts to expand with that same motion, it begins to contract. (At this point in the channel I attempted to illustrate a motion they were showing me that goes in and out in one continuous sweep. It's really easy in 5D, but my hands kept hitting each other in 3D and they responded.) It is very difficult for us to make this illustration work in three dimensions. The movement creates a wave that shifts between dimensions in one motion, and the same is happening with the Universe. ...

Now, why is that important to even know? Because your physical bodies are reacting exactly the same way. Your physical bodies and your energetic bodies have also been expanding at an unbelievable rate. (The Group, "The Secret of the Expanding Universe," through Steve Rother, at http://www.lightworkers.org.)

Bibliography

The Arcturians through Sue Lie’s messages are located at http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.ca

The Arcturian Group's messages are located at http://www.onenessofall.com/Welcome2.html.

Hilarion's messages are located at http://www.therainbowscribe.com/hilarionsweeklymessage.htm

Jesus's messages are located at http://johnsmallman2.wordpress.com.

Matthew's Messages are located at http://www.matthewbooks.com/mattsmessage.htm.

Mike Quinsey’s Higher Self, SaLuSa, Atmos, Ag-Agria, Diane of Sirius, and Ker-On of Venus are located at http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm.

Mira the Pleiadian's messages are located at http://thegroundcrew.com/channeled_messages.htm#message.

Saul's messages are located at http://johnsmallman.wordpress.com.

Sheldon Nidle’s message (Spiritual Hierarchy and Galactic Federation) are located at http://paoweb.com.

Wanderer of the Skies' messages are located at http://wandererodtheskies.blogspot.com/.